As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2015

Registration No. 333-205894

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



 

PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT 4 TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM F-1
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

FULING GLOBAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)



 

   
Cayman Islands   3089   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 
Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town
Wenling, Zhejiang Province
People’s Republic of China 317511
+86-576-86623058 – telephone
+86-576-86623099 – facsimile
  The Corporation Trust Company
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
+1-800-677-3394 – telephone
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of principal executive offices)
  (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)


 

Copies to:

 
Anthony W. Basch, Esq.
Xiaoqin Li, Esq.
Kaufman & Canoles, P.C.
Two James Center, 14 th Floor
1021 East Cary Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219
+1-804-771-5700 – telephone
+1-888-360-9092 – facsimile
  Mark E. Crone, Esq.
Ronniel Levy, Esq.

CKR Law
1330 Avenue of the Americas, 35 th Floor
New York, New York 10019
+1-212-259-7300 – telephone
+1-212-259-8200 – facsimile


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. þ

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Amount to be
Registered (1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate Price
Per Share
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Common Stock     4,600,000     $ 5.00     $ 23,000,000.00     $ 2,316.10 (3)  

(1) Includes 600,000 shares that may be sold to investors upon the exercise of an over-subscription option.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We will not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated October 20, 2015

4,000,000 Ordinary Shares

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Fuling Global Inc.

This is an initial public offering of Ordinary Shares of Fuling Global Inc., a Cayman Islands company with manufacturing operations in the United States and China. We are offering 4,000,000 of our Ordinary Shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. We expect the initial public offering price of our Ordinary Shares to be $5.00 per share. We have applied to list our Ordinary Shares on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “FORK.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our Ordinary Shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 .

     
  Per Common
Share
  Total (No
Over-subscription)
  Total (Full
Over-subscription)
Assumed public offering price   $ 5.00     $ 20,000,000     $ 23,000,000  
Underwriting fee and commissions (up to 6.8%)   $ 0.34     $ 1,360,000     $ 1,564,000  
Proceeds to us, before expenses   $ 4.66     $ 18,640,000     $ 21,436,000  

Besides the above underwriting fee and commissions, we will pay additional items of value in connection with this offering that are viewed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, as underwriting compensation. These payments will further reduce proceeds available to us before expenses. See “Underwriting.” We expect our total cash expenses for this offering (including cash expenses payable to our underwriters for its out-of-pocket expenses and the above underwriting fee and commissions) to be approximately $2.5 million if the over-subscription option is not exercised or approximately $2.7 million if the over-subscription option is exercised in full.

This offering is being conducted on a best efforts, all-or-none basis and is not being firmly underwritten. The underwriters, Burnham Securities, Inc. and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., must sell all 4,000,000 Ordinary Shares if any are sold. The underwriters are required to use only its best efforts to sell the securities offered. In addition, we have given our underwriters an over-subscription option to sell up to an aggregate of 600,000 additional Ordinary Shares. The offering will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and our underwriters once the entire offering is sold or (ii) the close of business on October 31, 2015 unless extended at the sole discretion of the underwriters and us to November 30, 2015. Until we sell 4,000,000 Ordinary Shares, all investor funds will be held in an escrow account at Signature Bank, located at 950 Third Avenue, 9 th Floor, New York, NY 10017. If we do not sell 4,000,000 Ordinary Shares by close of business on October 31, 2015 (or November 30, 2015 if extended), all funds will be promptly returned to investors (within one business day) without interest or deduction. If we complete this offering, net proceeds will be delivered to our company on the closing date. We will not be able to use such proceeds in China, however, until we complete certain remittance procedures in China. If we complete this offering, then on the closing date, we will issue Ordinary Shares to investors in the offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
[GRAPHIC MISSING]
Burnham Securities, Inc.
  [GRAPHIC MISSING]
 
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is            , 2015.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

 
Prospectus Summary     1  
Risk Factors     14  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements     35  
Letter from Chief Executive Officer — Mr. Xinfu Hu     36  
Use of Proceeds     39  
Dividend Policy     41  
Exchange Rate Information     42  
Capitalization     44  
Dilution     45  
Post-Offering Ownership     46  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     47  
Business     75  
Regulations     105  
Our Employees     112  
Description of Property     113  
Management     117  
Executive Compensation     123  
Related Party Transactions     127  
Principal Shareholders     128  
Description of Share Capital     130  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     142  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale     143  
Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares     145  
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities     151  
Underwriting     152  
Expenses Relating to this Offering     158  
Legal Matters     158  
Experts     158  
Interests of Named Experts and Counsel     158  
Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification     158  
Where You Can Find Additional Information     159  

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Ordinary Shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and is subject to change. No person should rely on the information contained in this document for any purpose other than participating in our proposed initial public offering, and only the preliminary prospectus issued           , 2015 is authorized by us to be used in connection with our proposed initial public offering. The preliminary prospectus will only be distributed by us and the underwriters named herein and no other person has been authorized by us to use this document to offer or sell any of our securities.

Until            , 2015 (25 days after the commencement of our initial public offering), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade our Ordinary Shares, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our Ordinary Shares. You should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

If you are like the average American, you have probably already used our products. According to a recent Gallup Consumption poll, more than 80% of Americans eat fast food at least once per month. Our environmentally conscious disposable plastic food service products are used by McDonald’s, Subway, Wendy’s, Burger King, KFC (China only), Walmart, McKesson, Woolworths and more than one hundred other customers.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we had (a) more than 100 customers that each accounted for less than 1% of our total revenues; (b) 12 customers that each accounted for 1% to 3% of our total revenues; (c) 6 customers that each accounted for 3% to 5% of our total revenues; (d) 2 customers that each accounted for 5% to 7% of our total revenues; (e) 4 customers that each accounted for 7% to 10% of our total revenues; and (f) no single customer that accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had (a) more than 100 customers that each accounted for less than 1% of our total revenues; (b) 12 customers that each accounted for 1% to 3% of our total revenues; (c) 2 customers that each accounted for 3% to 5% of our total revenues; (d) 0 customers that each accounted for 5% to 7% of our total revenues; (e) 3 customers that each accounted for 7% to 10% of our total revenues; and (f) 2 customers that each accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues.

Although we do not always have written contracts directly with our quick service restaurant (“QSR”) customers, when we do, we typically sign contracts with terms of between one and four years. Our expectations are from the commitments based on these contracts and past course of dealing. However, we cannot guarantee that sales in the future will be at the same rates as in the above paragraph.

In addition to serving these QSR customers, we also provide our products to international supermarket and retail stores, international plastic food service product dealers, manufacturers and small and medium-sized wholesale dealers.

Based on revenues, in 2014, we sold approximately 92.87% of our products in the United States, 2.33% in Europe, 1.46% in Australia, 1.45% in Canada, 0.92% in Central and South America, 0.82% in the Middle East, and 0.15% in China.

Twenty years ago, we were a small manufacturer of plastic household articles and baskets. Today, we have grown into one of China’s largest exporters of disposable serviceware. The China Chamber of Commerce for Import and Export of Light Industrial Products and Arts and Crafts has recognized Taizhou Fuling as one of China’s top three plastic kitchenware and serviceware companies for exports every year from 2011 through 2014, based on export sales amount. During this process, we have transformed our product line, entered the U.S. market, and established our brand recognition in the industry. We have grown steadily and have built trust with customers around the world with the high quality of our products.

As we have grown, we have continued to focus on our mission of producing environmentally-friendly products. Our customers rely on us for top quality foodservice disposable products, delivered quickly with dependable service, all at the lowest reasonable price.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

China Operations

Factory

Currently, we have following three factories in China with more than 1,000 employees:

1. Wenqiao factory: 8 Shengpan Road, Guanweitong Village, Wenqiao County, Wenling City, Zhejiang Province
2. Songmen factory: South of Binhai Road, Songmen Town, Wenling City, Zhejiang Province
3. Sanmen factory: Binhai Xincheng, Sanmen County, Taizhou City, Zhejiang Province

We also plan to build another factory in Wenling city. For more details, please see “Business — Wenling Expansion.”

U.S. Operations and Expansion

Logistics Center

We have a sound and efficient sales network in the North America which we continue to invest in. Currently, we distribute our products through logistics centers in following cities:

1. Linden, New Jersey, U.S.
2. Los Angeles, California, U.S.
3. Lansdale, Pennsylvania, U.S.
4. Allentown, Pennsylvania, U.S.
5. Toronto, Ontario, Canada
6. Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada

After the completion of this offering, we also plan to secure following additional logistics centers:

7. Chicago, Illinois, U.S.
8. Dallas, Texas, U.S.

Allentown Factory

In 2014, after careful consideration, we extended our network by establishing a factory in Allentown, Pennsylvania with initially 4 employees. We have already invested approximately $2.8 million into this U.S. factory, which became operational in June 2015. This modern facility is also greatly expandable, should demand require it. For more details, see “BUSINESS — Allentown Expansion.”

We will integrate the resources from both China and U.S. to continue to deliver our environmentally conscious plastic products to international customers promptly and efficiently.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Offering

This is the initial public offering of our Ordinary Shares. Although we are launching production at our newly-constructed manufacturing facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania, we currently produce all of our products in China. We anticipate that a significant percentage of our products will continue to be produced in China (particularly plastic disposable cutlery, which is more efficiently produced in China and then shipped to the United States for sale).

On the other hand, we also produce straws and drinking cups, and the economics of producing these products currently favors moving production to the United States, which led to our decision to expand into our Allentown facility. When we ship cutlery, we are able to pack it tightly, maximizing the number of pieces in a container. By contrast, when we ship straws and drinking cups, we also have to ship a lot of empty space with the product. Therefore, for these kinds of products, we can choose to manufacture them in the United States to reduce shipping costs.

As we have automated the process of manufacturing our disposable serviceware, we have found that higher wages paid in the United States are, in the case of straws, offset by the savings in shipping costs from China. Moreover, U.S. domestic manufacturing better meets the requirements of our American clients, allowing us to implement just-in-time delivery principles and satisfy the environmental considerations that underlie our business decisions. For this reason, we will use approximately 41% of our offering proceeds to further develop and grow our United States manufacturing and sales operations.

We expect to use approximately 53% this offering to expand our factories in China, which will allow us to keep up with increased demand that we foresee in the near future.

Finally, we believe it is important to continue to innovate so that we can leverage improvements in technology to deliver high quality, ecological products at reasonable prices. For this reason, we are also devoting approximately 6% of our offering proceeds to research and development of new technology, new environmentally-friendly materials and manufacturing process.

We believe that completing our public offering will position our company to compete more effectively and grow more rapidly than relying on purely internal financing and organic growth from existing facilities. Strategically, while we have expanded steadily over the last few years, by raising the profile of our company through an initial public offering in the United States, we expect to increase our U.S. production and sales and find new opportunities in our most important market. Additionally, by virtue of our adherence to the increased transparency required of public companies, we expect that our customers will have even more confidence in transacting business with our company.

Company Structure

Fuling Global Inc. (“FGI”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on January 19, 2015. FGI, its subsidiaries and its variable interest entity (“VIE”) (collectively the “Company”) are principally engaged in the production and distribution of environmentally-friendly plastic serviceware and kitchenware in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”) and the United States (“U.S.”). Most products are exported to the U.S. and Europe and sold to major fast food chains, international supermarkets and retail stores, manufacturers, and wholesalers.

Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd. (“Taizhou Fuling”) was established on October 28, 1992 as a Sino-Foreign joint venture under the laws of China with initial registered capital of $0.51 million.

After several registered capital increases and capital contributions by Taizhou Fuling’s two shareholders, Wenling Fulin Plastic Products Ltd. (previously Wenling County Songmen Plastic Co., Ltd., or “Wenling Songmen”) and Total Faith Holdings Limited (“Total Faith”), and the acquisition on May 28, 2014 by Total Faith of Wenling Songmen’s 24% interest, Taizhou Fuling changed its entity type from a Sino-Foreign joint venture to a wholly foreign owned enterprise (“WFOE”). Total Faith was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on April 26, 2004. At the completion of such increases in registered capital and purchase of Wenling Songmen’s interest by Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling had registered capital of $11,110,000.

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taizhou Fuling has three wholly-owned subsidiaries, (1) Zhejiang Great Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Great Plastics”), (2) Direct Link USA LLC (“Direct Link”), and (3) Fuling Plastic USA, Inc. (“Fuling USA”). Total Faith has one minority owned subsidiary, Domo Industry Inc. (“Domo”), a U.S. company established in the State of New York in October 2007. A chart of our corporate structure can be found on page 5 below.

Great Plastics was incorporated in China in March 2010 and principally engaged in the production of plastic straw, cup and plate items. Direct Link was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2011 to serve as a trading entity in the U.S. for our products. Fuling USA was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in 2014 to own, expand and operate our Allentown facility. Fuling USA is establishing Company’s first production factory in the U.S. and will principally engage in the production of plastic straw items.

Prior to the incorporation of Fuling USA, Taizhou Fuling wholly owned another subsidiary incorporated in 2009 in the State of New York, named Fuling Plastics USA Inc. (“Old Fuling USA”). Old Fuling USA served as one of the trading entities of Taizhou Fuling in the U.S. until early 2014 and its business was discontinued and transferred over to the new Fuling USA when we decided to set up the new factory in Allentown, Pennsylvania. Old Fuling USA was dissolved on April 8, 2015.

Total Faith also consolidates the financial statements (minus the non-controlling interest of another shareholder) of Domo, because Domo’s equity at risk is not sufficient to permit it to carry on its activities without additional subordinated financial support from Total Faith. Total Faith has a majority of the voting rights on the Board of Directors of Domo. Total Faith is obligated to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from Domo’s activities and to receive a majority of Domo’s residual returns. Based on this arrangement, Total Faith has gained effective control over Domo and Domo is considered a Variable Interest Entity under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10-05-08A. Accordingly, Total Faith consolidates Domo’s operating results, assets and liabilities.

Both Direct Link and Domo serve as import trading companies of Taizhou Fuling in the United States. Besides manufacturing products in the United States, Fuling USA may import certain products from our China entities and sell them to our customers in the United States.

On January 9, 2015, Fuling USA transferred 100% of its interest in Direct Link to Taizhou Fuling, and our co-founder, Ms. Guilan Jiang, transferred her 49% interest in Domo to Total Faith, both in connection with the reorganization of our corporate structure in preparation for our initial public offering. On February 19, 2015, Ms. Jiang transferred her 100% equity interest in Total Faith to FGI. At the completion of these transactions, (i) Total Faith owns 49% of the equity of Domo but still maintains effective control of Domo; (ii) Taizhou Fuling owns 100% of the equity of Direct Link; (iii) FGI owns 100% of the equity of Total Faith; and (iv) eight shareholders own 100% of FGI.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our current corporate structure is as follows prior to completion of this offering:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Industry and Market Background

Our company’s primary market is the United States, with approximately 92.87% of our products being sold in America in 2014. Our customers span four main groups:

       
    Sales Percentage
Type of Customer   Geographic Region   Six Months
ended
June 30,
2015
  2014   2013
Dealers (1)     USA, Europe, Central and South America,
Australia, Middle East, Canada
      58 %       54 %       58 %  
QSRs     USA       31 %       33 %       33 %  
Retailers (2)     USA, Australia       6 %       6 %       7 %  
Manufacturers (3)     USA       5 %       7 %       2 %  
Total              100 %       100 %       100 %  

(1) Wholesalers of foodservice disposable industry buy our products and sell to other businesses. Our dealers include Imperial Bag & Paper Co., LLC and Fasho International, LLC.
(2) Retailers sell our products directly to individuals for profit, but they do not include QSRs, which typically include our products as a part of the food items they sell and do not sell our products separately.
(3) OEMs resell our products under their own name and branding.

Our products form part of the foodservice disposables industry. According to the 2013 forecast report of Freedonia Group, an international business research company, the entire industry in the U.S. is poised to grow to $19.7 billion in 2017, a compound annual growth rate of 3.6% from 2012 through 2017. Demand in the industry is driven by trends in consumer food expenditures. Generally speaking, the more food purchased for

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consumption away from home and outside traditional full-service restaurants (which are more likely to use non-disposable foodservice items), the higher the demand for foodservice disposables.

The foodservice disposables industry consists of three segments: (i) packaging, (ii) serviceware and (iii) napkins and other disposables. Packaging includes containers, lids, wraps, bags, packaging trays and container sleeves. Serviceware includes cups, utensils, plates, bowls, food and beverage carriers, placemats, coffee cup sleeves, coasters and doilies. Napkins and other disposables include food and beverage napkins, moist towelettes, toothpicks and skewers.

We produce environmentally conscious plastic products primarily in the serviceware segment and, to a lesser extent, in the packaging segment.

As a percentage of total U.S. foodservice disposables, the packaging segment accounted for approximately 46.2% of the revenues in the U.S. foodservice disposables industry in 2012 and is projected to grow from $7.6 billion in 2012 to $9.3 billion in 2017, a compound annual growth rate of 4.1%. Growth is anticipated to come from the trend toward limited service restaurants with expanded menu options and longer opening hours. Combined with the popularity of take-out food, these factors should cause the packaging products segment to continue to grow through 2017.

The serviceware segment accounted for approximately 45.5% of the revenues in the U.S. foodservice disposables industry (or $7.5 billion) in 2012 and is expected to grow at 3.2% compound annual growth rate through 2017.

Our Products

We manufacture environmentally-friendly plastic foodservice disposable products (“disposables”). Our historic strength is in the production of disposable cutlery, the quality and value of which has satisfied the exacting requirements of large, sophisticated, multinational purchasers that have decades of experience sourcing foodservice disposables. We have built on that strength to deliver drinking straws, cutlery and serviceware such as cups and plates to customers around the world. Our largest customer base is in the United States, which accounts for more than 90% of our revenues. We plan to systematically integrate the resources from the two countries we primarily operate in, China and the United States, and manufacture straws and potentially cups in the United States. We will be able to send large quantity, single specification orders to be produced through the high capacity automation equipment in our U.S. Allentown factory so we can deliver goods faster and reduce shipping costs. For those low-volume, multi-variety, multi-specification orders, we will continue to send them to our factories in China so we can take advantage of lower labor costs. We own our state-of-the-art factories in Zhejiang Province, China, and we have obtained ISO9001 quality management system, ISO14001 environmental management system, Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (“HACCP”), Good Manufacturing Practice (“GMP”) and U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) food facility registration certifications. These certifications are crucial for businesses like ours that serve some of the most sophisticated and demanding purchasers of foodservice disposables in the world: the leading multinational QSRs.

Cutlery

We manufacture forks, knives, spoons, and general, specialized and multipurpose utensils (for instance, the spork), both in single- and multi-utensil packages. More than ninety customers purchased our cutlery products in 2014. Approximately 54% ($45.211 million) and 56% ($38.828 million) of our sales in 2014 and 2013, respectively, were for cutlery products.

Drinking Straws

We have been expanding into providing straws to QSR customers. While it might initially seem like straws would be an afterthought compared to cutlery, in fact straws are extremely important in QSRs, as consumers frequently purchase a drink at a QSR but often order hamburgers or other sandwiches that do not require utensils. We believe that our straws business will become even more successful as we move production to the United States, since we will reduce our shipping costs significantly, while managing our labor costs, with our new, fully automated production lines in Allentown, Pennsylvania. More than thirty customers purchased our drinking straw products in 2014. Approximately 16% ($13.055 million) and 14% ($9.557 million) of our sales in 2014 and 2013, respectively, were for drinking straw products.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cups and Plates

We also manufacture and sell cups and plates. We sell “courtesy cups” to QSRs. Courtesy cups are small, clear or translucent plastic cups designed to hold water and provided free of charge for patrons who do not purchase a beverage. More than fifty customers purchased our cup and plate products in 2014. Approximately 27% of our sales in 2014 ($22.699 million) and 2013 ($18.818 million) were for cup and plate products.

Our Opportunity and Strategy

Our strategy is to increase our operational advantage, continuously develop environmentally-friendly products and solutions for our leading multinational clients, and grow our packaging segment.

1. Increase Operational Advantage

Strategy :  Because of our customer focus, we are very competitive in price, while maintaining high quality and environmentally responsible production. We plan to decrease our costs further by reducing labor costs and shipping costs by increasing our U.S. manufacturing operations.

As labor costs rise in China, we have found that we have less of an advantage over similarly situated companies producing from other countries and exporting to the U.S. As a result, we have focused on increasing automation to reduce our reliance on labor, especially for cutlery. Because we have developed some of our own machinery for producing and packaging our products, we believe we have advantages over less automated competitors. Although we have automated a significant proportion of our operations, we believe we still have room to continue to automate our production processes and enjoy savings in labor expenses and increased productivity.

For those products which normally have higher shipping costs relative to sales price or gross margin, such as straws, we can reduce our shipping costs by manufacturing them in the United States. Our decision to invest in our Allentown factory was for this purpose.

Risks :  Our expansion into America may not be successful in decreasing our costs as anticipated. To the extent lower cost manufacturers develop abroad, they could compete with us on price, notwithstanding our reduction by moving to the United States. Moreover, if we are unable to automate our processes as much as we expect, the reduction in costs may be lower than projected.

2. Develop Environmentally-Friendly Solutions

We also have focused on developing environmentally-friendly solutions in order to continue to compete as our target markets’ environmental laws become more stringent. We have already seen products like foamed polystyrene banned or heavily restricted in some of our target markets. We believe that by providing biodegradable disposable food service items, we may find a competitive advantage over companies that produce only traditional, less environmentally-friendly products.

Risks :  These environmentally-friendly solutions may not bring us the advantage we anticipate. First of all, there is uncertainty that our customers will appreciate the value of our environmental-friendly solutions and be willing to pay a premium for, or otherwise favor purchase of, such environmentally-friendly products. Second, our competitors may have more advanced environmentally-friendly solutions than we develop. In such case, we could find we have less of an advantage than anticipated.

3. Grow Packaging Segment

Strategy :  While we will strengthen our traditional serviceware segment, we also plan to grow our packaging segment. Our customers in this segment are mainly retailers and wholesalers. The packaging segment is only a small percentage of our sales now. We aim to achieve significant growth in this segment. Our decision is based on the following:

(1) We have the same customer base as in our serviceware segment.
(2) Several big cities including New York have announced regulatory bans on some level for plastic foam containers. We believe this trend will only increase. Most of these containers are made of a plastic resin known as expanded polystyrene. These polystyrene materials are difficult to recycle and

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

do not biodegrade efficiently. As a result of increased local regulations as well as national and international mandates and socioeconomic pressures on our customers to purchase in an environmentally conscious manner, we estimate that our environmentally-friendly packaging products will see new opportunities for increased sales.
(3) We have developed advanced environmentally-friendly packaging products and have the facilities to produce them.

Risks :  Our plan to grow our packaging segment may fail, because we are competing in a segment with strongly established companies in the U.S., and we are competing in a new market with products of different materials instead of only plastic. For example, the packaging segment makes use of paper and foil products, while plastic dominates the serviceware segment. Even if we are able to produce high-quality plastic packaging products, customers may prefer to use products made from other materials.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths. Some of our competitors may have these or other competitive strengths.

Advanced technology .  We use proprietary industrialized machines and processes protected by patents.
Top-class equipment and facilities .  Our facilities in Taizhou, Zhejiang Province and Allentown, Pennsylvania feature equipment from leading international firms, state-of-the art automated manufacturing systems and quality, health and safety records that allow us to boast an extremely low rate of customer complaints. Our Allentown facility will enable us to manufacture and ship certain products more quickly and cheaply in the U.S. than we have been able to do in the past.
Strong research and development .  We use cutting-edge technology and employ highly educated people with strong research backgrounds to assist us in developing new degradable products and more efficient processes to manufacture our products.
Powerful sales and distribution network .  We use warehouses in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, California, Toronto and Vancouver to ensure that our products are quickly available when our customers need them. While some of our U.S. competitors have equivalent or, in some cases, better distribution, we are not aware of any Chinese competitors that match our North American network.
In-house tooling facility .  Most of our products consist of injection molded plastics, which rely on molds for the products. Each product requires its own specific mold. Many competitors in our industry order such molds from tooling firms, which can be expensive and time consuming. By contrast, we have our own tooling department that is responsible for creating dies from customer specifications. This allows us to save time and money compared to ordering from third parties. Moreover, it allows us to maintain a strong library of dies. At present we maintain approximately 1,100 molds for more than 600 customer products.
Economies of scale .  We are pleased to provide products to a variety of customers and to fill large orders for a number of those customers. These large orders allow us to increase our efficiency, reduce costs and deliver high quality products quickly and to our customers’ exacting demands.
Strong reputation in foodservice disposables industry .  Our customer list is filled with sophisticated, multinational purchasers of foodservice disposable products — some of the largest users of such products and some of the most recognizable consumer brands in the world. They know what they want and they trust us to manufacture it for their restaurant, supermarket, retail store, distributor and other foodservice disposable manufacturer businesses.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Challenges and Risks

We recommend that you consider carefully the risks discussed below and under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus before purchasing our Ordinary Shares. If any of these risks occur, our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and ability to make distributions to our shareholders could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our Ordinary Shares could decline and you could lose some or all of your investment. These risks include, among others, the following:

Risk regarding our ability to use offering proceeds.   Under PRC laws and regulations, we are permitted to use the proceeds from this offering to fund our PRC subsidiaries only through parent/subsidiary loans or capital contributions, subject to applicable government registration and approval requirements. We intend to initiate this process immediately upon completion of this offering. We currently anticipate using approximately two-thirds of the gross proceeds from this offering to increase the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling (after which time Taizhou Fuling may apply such funds to the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds”). The increase in registered capital will require prior approval from (i) China’s Ministry of Commerce (“MOFCOM”) to increase Taizhou Fuling’s registered capital, (ii) China’s State Administration for Industry and Commerce (“SAIC”) to alter Taizhou Fuling’s business certificate to reflect the increase in registered capital and (iii) China’s State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) to allow Taizhou Fuling’s Chinese bank to convert U.S. dollars into Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) in order to fund such increased registered capital, or each of the foregoing agencies’ respective local counterparts. This approval process typically takes 30 to 90 days in total, and sometimes longer, from the time MOFCOM or its local branches receive all the required application documents to begin the process. The remaining approximately one-third of such gross proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including expenses related to this offering. We plan to remit money to China using the capital contribution method. The approval from MOFCOM is the key approval in the capital contribution process, and we believe all other approvals are ministerial if MOFCOM approves such increase in registered capital. We have not yet initiated this process but intend to start the process immediately upon completion of the offering. We do not foresee any problem receiving necessary government approvals for a capital contribution; however, if our application is rejected, we would remit money to China through a parent/subsidiary loan instead. If we were to provide funding to Taizhou Fuling through parent/subsidiary loans, the total amount of such parent/subsidiary loans may not exceed the difference between Taizhou Fuling’s total investment amount as approved by the foreign investment authorities and Taizhou Fuling’s registered capital. Such parent/subsidiary loans must also be registered with the SAFE, which registration usually takes no more than 20 working days after application to complete. The cost for obtaining such approvals and completing such registration is minimal. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make parent/subsidiary loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business”.
Possibility to be classified as “Resident Enterprise.”   Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a “Resident Enterprise” of China. Such classification will likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.
Shareholder enforcement risk.   Since most of our operations and assets are located in the PRC, shareholders may find it difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against the assets of our company, directors and executive officers located in China.
Reputation risk.   If we become directly subject to the recent scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations, this offering and our reputation and could result in a loss of your investment in our shares, especially if such matter cannot be addressed and resolved favorably.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Low barrier to entry.   We believe the barrier to entry in our industry is relatively low. Although we believe we distinguish our company from competitors on the basis of quality, technology and service, to the extent our customer base focuses heavily on price, many of our competitors can provide products at relatively low prices, affecting our profit margins as we seek to compete with them.
Expansion risk.   We have devoted significant resources to our decision to build a manufacturing and warehousing facility in the United States and commence operations in Allentown, Pennsylvania. While this decision will offer new opportunities to our company, it also is a new venture and has only recently begun to operate and exposes us to increases in labor costs. As a result, we have no guarantee that we will be successful in this new expansion. If we do not manage our expansion effectively, our business prospects could be impaired.
Significantly larger U.S. competitors.   The three largest U.S. suppliers of foodservice disposables account for a significant percentage of the industry. Our industry consists of a small number of competitors, with approximately 50% of our market controlled by the top 10 companies in the industry and three companies holding almost 30% of the U.S. market share. Under such circumstances, we may be unable to compete effectively against such larger, better-capitalized companies, which have well-established, long-term relationships with the large customers we serve and seek to serve.
Reliance risk.   We are subject to risks related to our dependence on the strength of restaurant, retail and commercial sectors of the economy in various parts of the world.
Limits to increase efficiency.   Our plans to continue to improve productivity and reduce costs may not be successful, which would adversely affect our ability to compete.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

the ability to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure; and
an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our Ordinary Shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

Corporate Structure

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. We currently have eight shareholders who will hold approximately 74% after completion of the offering if the over-subscription option is not exercised, or approximately 72% after completion of the offering if the over-subscription option is exercised in full. Of these shareholders, our largest shareholder is Ms. Guilan Jiang, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Operating Officer, who owns her shares through Silver Trillion Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. As Silver Trillion/Ms. Jiang holds 47.5% of our Company prior to completion of this offering and approximately 35.4% after completion of the offering if the over-subscription option is not exercised or approximately 34.1% after completion of the offering if the over-subscription option is exercised in full, Ms. Jiang has significant influence on the operation of our business. Our second largest shareholder is Celestial Sun Holding Limited, a British Virgin Islands company owned by Sujuan Zhu, the sister-in-law of Ms. Jiang, with 19% of our Company prior to completion of this offering and approximately 14.1% after completion of the offering if the over-subscription option is not exercised or approximately 13.6% after completion of the offering if the over-subscription option is exercised in full. No other shareholder holds ten percent or more of our shares prior to this offering.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Information

We operate from a 17,780 square meter manufacturing facility in the Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town, located on 28,073 square meters of land in Wenling, Zhejiang Province, China. We lease a 5,120 square meter manufacturing facility in the Economic Development Zone in Wenling, Zhejiang Province. We also have a 33,480 square meter manufacturing facility in Binhai Xincheng, located on 30,349 square meters of land in Sanmen County, Zhejiang Province. We have opened our fourth manufacturing facility with approximately 8,175 square meters of space which we lease in Allentown, Pennsylvania.

Our principal executive offices are located at the Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town, Wenling, Zhejiang Province, People’s Republic of China 317511. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is +86-576-8662 3058. We maintain a website at www.fulingplastics.com , on which we will post our key corporate governance documents, including our board committee charters and our code of ethics. We do not incorporate the information on our website into this prospectus and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

Prospectus Conventions

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only, “we,” “us,” “our company,” “Company,” “our” and “Fuling” refer to:

Fuling Global Inc., a Cayman Islands company (“FGI” when individually referenced), which is the parent holding company issuing securities hereby;
Total Faith Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (“Total Faith” when individually referenced), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of FGI;
Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd., a PRC company (“Taizhou Fuling”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Total Faith;
Domo Industry Inc., a New York company (“Domo”), of which Total Faith owns 49% of the equity but maintains effective control;
Direct Link USA LLC, a Delaware company (“Direct Link”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Taizhou Fuling;
Fuling Plastic USA, Inc., a Pennsylvania company (“Fuling USA”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Taizhou Fuling; and
Zhejiang Great Plastics Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company (“Great Plastics”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Taizhou Fuling.

This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at a specified rate solely for the convenience of the reader. The exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were US$1.00 for RMB 6.1460 and RMB 6.1140, respectively. The average exchange rates for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were US$1.00 for RMB 6.1457 and RMB 6.1958, respectively. We use period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates for revenue and expenses. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transactions occurred. Any discrepancies in any table between the amounts identified as total amounts and the sum of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding.

For the sake of clarity, this prospectus follows the English naming convention of first name followed by last name, regardless of whether an individual’s name is Chinese or English. For example, the name of the Chief Operating Officer and Chair of our Board of Directors will be presented as “Guilan Jiang,” even though, in Chinese, Ms. Jiang’s name is presented as “Jiang Guilan.”

We obtained the industry and market data used in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any document incorporated by reference from industry publications, research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties and our own internal estimates based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. We did not, directly or indirectly, sponsor or participate in the publication of such materials, and these materials are not incorporated

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus. We have sought to provide current information in this prospectus and believe that the statistics provided in this prospectus remain up-to-date and reliable, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus.

The Offering

Shares Offered by Us:    
    4,000,000 Ordinary Shares, plus up to 600,000 additional Ordinary Shares if the over-subscription option is exercised in full
Shares Outstanding Prior to Completion of Offering:    
    11,666,667 Ordinary Shares
Shares to be Outstanding after Offering:    
    15,666,667 Ordinary Shares, or up to 16,266,667 Ordinary Shares if the over-subscription option is exercised in full.
Assumed Offering Price per Share:    
    $5.00
Gross Proceeds to Us, Net of Underwriting Discount but before Expenses:    
    $18,640,000 if the over-subscription option is not exercised, or $21,436,000 if the over-subscription option is exercised in full.
Anticipated Nasdaq Capital Market Symbol:    
    “FORK” (CUSIP No. G3729B 102)
Transfer Agent:    
    VStock Transfer, LLC
77 Spruce Street, Suite 201
Cedarhurst, NY 11516
Risk Factors:    
    Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus beginning on page 14 before deciding to invest in our Ordinary Shares.
Use of Proceeds:    
    We plan to devote the net proceeds of this offering to (i) developing our U.S. sales network and factory in Allentown, Pennsylvania, (ii) a new factory in Wenling, China and (iii) research and development projects. See the “Use of Proceeds” section beginning on page 39 .
Dividend Policy:    
    We have no present plans to declare dividends and plan to retain our earnings to continue to grow our business.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Financial Information

In the table below, we provide you with historical selected financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. This information is derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. When you read this historical selected financial data, it is important that you read it along with the historical financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(All amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Statement of operations data:

     
  For the
six months
ended
June 30,
(unaudited)
  For the year ended
December 31,
     2015   2014   2013
Revenues   $ 45,745     $ 83,181     $ 69,536  
Gross profit   $ 16,072     $ 28,678     $ 21,233  
Operating expenses   $ (10,754 )     $ (19,029 )     $ (16,388 )  
Income from operations   $ 5,318     $ 9,649     $ 4,845  
Provision for Income taxes   $ (745 )     $ (1,369 )     $ (587 )  
Net income   $ 4,314     $ 7,728     $ 3,451  

Balance sheet data:

     
  As of
June 30,
(unaudited)
  As of December 31,
     2015   2014   2013
Current assets   $ 38,183     $ 34,700     $ 30,440  
Total assets   $ 62,212     $ 57,224     $ 50,603  
Current liabilities   $ 40,443     $ 39,769     $ 37,967  
Total liabilities   $ 40,443     $ 39,769     $ 37,967  
Total shareholders’ equity   $ 21,769     $ 17,455     $ 12,636  

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk Factors

Before you decide to purchase our Ordinary Shares, you should understand the high degree of risk involved. You should consider carefully the following risks and other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our Ordinary Shares could decline, perhaps significantly.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our U.S. competitors are significantly larger than our company.

The three largest U.S. suppliers of foodservice disposables account for a significant percentage of the industry. As of 2012, Dart Container Corporation, Reynolds Group/Pactiv and Georgia-Pacific collectively held approximately 29% of the U.S. market share in the foodservice disposables industry. The overall industry consists of a small number of competitors, with approximately 50% of our market controlled by the top 10 companies in the industry.

Concentration in the foodservice disposables industry varies widely within specific market segments, with some segments dominated by a small number of producers. For example, Dart Container is the leading supplier of plastic foodservice beverage cups, followed by Pactiv and Berry Plastics. By contrast, the market for cutlery is more fragmented, with a growing portion of the market supplied by contract manufacturers in China.

Nevertheless, we may be unable to compete effectively against such larger, better-capitalized companies, which have well-established, long-term relationships with the large customers we serve and seek to serve.

We are subject to risks related to our dependence on the strength of restaurant, retail and commercial sectors of the economy in various parts of the world.

Our business depends on the strength of the restaurant, retail and commercial sectors of the economy in various parts of the world, primarily in North America, and to a lesser extent Europe, Canada, Central and South America, the Middle East, and China. These sectors of the economy are affected primarily by factors such as consumer demand and the condition of the retail industry, which, in turn, are affected by general economic conditions. Challenging economic conditions in our target markets may exert considerable pressure on consumer demand, and the resulting impact on consumer spending may have an adverse effect on demand for our products, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

Our projections and assumptions underlying may be inaccurate, resulting in slower than anticipated growth.

All statements, except historical data, are forward-looking statements. Although we believe the projections in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee these projections will happen. Our operational results in the future may be different from our estimates for many reasons, including but not limited to the oil price (our products are by-products of oil, so we are heavily impacted by oil price), shrinking fast food industry production caused by increased production cost and changed consumption habits of food industry, failure to grow capacity and capacity utilization as quickly as anticipated or at all, losing or failing to secure customers and customer orders, shutdown of important clients, and replacement of plastics industry by paper and wood products industry.

Our plans to continue to improve productivity and reduce costs may not be successful, which would adversely affect our ability to compete.

Our success depends on our ability to continually improve our manufacturing operations to gain efficiencies, reduce supply chain costs and streamline selling, general and administrative expenses in order to produce products that are reasonably priced, while still allowing our Company to invest in innovation.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In particular, we are in the midst of building a manufacturing and warehousing facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania. Our goal is to manufacture in this facility certain products that are not efficient to manufacture and ship from China. This project may not be completed substantially as planned, may be more costly to implement than expected, may have delays in implementation, or may not result in, in full or in part, the savings and other benefits anticipated. In addition, such initiatives require the Company to implement a significant amount of organizational changes, which could have a negative impact on employee engagement, divert management’s attention from other concerns, and if not properly managed, impact the Company’s ability to retain key employees, cause disruptions in the Company’s day-to-day operations and have a negative impact on the Company’s financial results.

Price increases in raw materials and sourced products could harm the Company’s financial results.

Our primary raw materials are (1) plastic resin (primarily polypropylene (“PP”) and polystyrene (“PS”) which includes General Purpose Polystyrene (“GPPS”) and High Impact Polystyrene (“HIPS”)), (2) plastic bags and membranes for packaging cutlery, (3) shipping cartons, (4) plastic colorants, (5) paper napkins, salt, pepper and wet wipes for inclusion in cutlery packages and (6) labeling materials. These raw materials are subject to price volatility and inflationary pressures. Our success is dependent, in part, on our continued ability to reduce our exposure to increases in those costs through a variety of programs, including sales price adjustments based on adjustments in such raw material costs, while maintaining and improving margins and market share. We also rely on third-party manufacturers as a source for our products. These manufacturers are also subject to price volatility and labor cost and other inflationary pressures, which may, in turn, result in an increase in the amount we pay for sourced products. Raw material and sourced product price increases may more than offset our productivity gains and price increases and may adversely impact the Company’s financial results.

Our reliance on third party logistics providers may put us at risk of service failures for our customers.

Although some of our larger competitors have integrated logistics and delivery service companies, we rely on third parties to ship our products from China to our customers. Even after completing our Allentown facility, we will continue to rely on third parties for transportation within the United States. One of the bases on which we compete (particularly with regard to our QSR customers) is service. To the extent we are unable to meet their demand for products or do not deliver products on time, we stand a substantial risk of losing key accounts. Because we rely on third parties for logistics services, we may be unable to avoid supply chain failures, even if we are able to meet our manufacturing obligations to customers.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, it could harm our business and competitive position.

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, domain name and trade secret laws and non-disclosure agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights. We own twenty-eight patents in China and one patent in U.S. covering our designs and production technology.

The process of seeking patent protection can be lengthy and expensive, our patent applications may fail to result in patents being issued, and our existing and future patents may be insufficient to provide us with meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Our patents and patent applications may also be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.

We also rely on trade secret rights to protect our business through non-disclosure provisions in employment agreements with employees. If our employees breach their non-disclosure obligations, we may not have adequate remedies in China, and our trade secrets may become known to our competitors.

Implementation of PRC intellectual property-related laws has historically been lacking, primarily because of ambiguities in the PRC laws and enforcement difficulties. Accordingly, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other western countries. Furthermore, policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive, and we may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend patents issued to us or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our proprietary rights or those of others. Such litigation and an adverse determination in any such litigation, if any, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention, which could harm our business and competitive position.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Chinese patents and registered marks may not be protected outside of China due to territorial limitations on enforceability.

In general, patent and trademark rights have territorial limitations in law and are valid only within the countries in which they are registered.

At present, Chinese enterprises may register their trademarks overseas through two methods. One is to file an application for trademark registration in each single country or region in which protection is desired, while the other is to apply via the Madrid system for international trademark registration. By the second way, under the provisions of the Madrid Agreement concerning the International Registration of Marks (the “Madrid Agreement”) or the Protocol Relating to the Madrid Agreement concerning the International Registration of Marks (the “Madrid Protocol”), applicants may designate their marks in one or more member countries via the Madrid system for international registration.

As of the date of the filing, we have registered one trademark ( [GRAPHIC MISSING]   TM ) at the International Bureau of the World Intellectual Property Organization (“WIPO”) under the Madrid Agreement and Protocol. We have also applied for territorial extension by designating 15 member countries through WIPO. Currently the registration for this trademark is valid in 13 foreign member countries, including the U.S. For more details, please see the disclosure of our trademarks on page 101 .

Similar with trademarks, Chinese enterprises may also register their patents overseas through two methods. One is to file an application for patent registration in each single country or region, and the other is to file international application with the China Intellectual Property Office or the International Bureau of World Intellectual Property Organization under the Patent Cooperation Treaty. However, such international application may relate to invention or utility model patents, but does not include industrial design patents.

As of the date of the filing, we have registered one design patent at the United States Patent and Trademark Office. This registration is only valid in the U.S. For more details, please see the disclosure of our patents on page 100 .

Currently, most of our patents and trademarks are registered in China. If we do not register them in other jurisdictions, they may not be protected outside of China. As a result, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

We may be exposed to intellectual property infringement and other claims by third parties which, if successful, could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to use and develop our technology and know-how without infringing third party intellectual property rights. If we sell our branded products internationally, and as litigation becomes more common in China, we face a higher risk of being the subject of claims for intellectual property infringement, invalidity or indemnification relating to other parties’ proprietary rights. Our current or potential competitors, many of which have substantial resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have or may obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our branded products in either China or other countries, including the United States and other countries in Asia. The validity and scope of claims relating to patents in our industry involve complex scientific, legal and factual questions and analysis and, as a result, may be highly uncertain. In addition, the defense of intellectual property suits, including patent infringement suits, and related legal and administrative proceedings can be both costly and time consuming and may significantly divert the efforts and resources of our technical and management personnel. Furthermore, an adverse determination in any such litigation or proceedings to which we may become a party could cause us to:

pay damage awards;
seek licenses from third parties;
pay ongoing royalties;
redesign our branded products; or
be restricted by injunctions,

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

each of which could effectively prevent us from pursuing some or all of our business and result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Outstanding bank loans may reduce our available funds.

We have approximately $19.52 million in outstanding bank loans as of December 31, 2014. The loans are held at multiple banks and are secured by some of our land and property in China as the collateral for the debt. Our assets outside of China, including our Allentown assets, have not been used as collateral for the foregoing loans. While we believe we have adequate capital to repay these bank loans at present, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to pay all amounts when due or to refinance the amounts on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to make our payments when due or to refinance such amounts, our property could be foreclosed and our business could be negatively affected.

While we do not believe they will impact our liquidity, the terms of the debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions could also have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations by significantly limiting or prohibiting us from engaging in certain transactions, including but not limited to: incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness; transferring or selling assets currently held by us; and transferring ownership interests in certain of our subsidiaries. The failure to comply with any of these covenants could cause a default under our other debt agreements. Any of these defaults, if not waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt, in which case the debt would become immediately due and payable. If this occurs, we may not be able to repay our debt or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it on favorable terms, if any.

We may be unable to refinance our short-term loans.

We expect to be able to refinance its short-term loans based on past experience and our good credit history. We do not believe failure to refinance from certain banks will have significant negative impact on our normal business operations. In both 2014 and 2013, our operating cash flow was positive. In addition, our related parties including our major shareholders and affiliate companies are willing to provide us financial support. However, it is possible for us to have negative cash flow in the future, and for our related parties to be unable to provide us financial support as needed. As a result, the failure to refinance our short-term loans could potentially affect our capital expenditure and expansion of business.

We have guaranteed third parties’ debt, and a failure by such parties to repay their debts may be enforced against our company.

As a condition of obtaining bank financing, smaller companies in China sometimes enter into reciprocal debt guaranties with third parties, pursuant to which the bank agrees to provide loans to one or more unrelated entities if such entities agree to guaranty the loans made to the other entities. On April 3, 2007, our board of directors adopted a resolution to provide joint and several liability guaranty for Wenling Feilipu Electronic Ltd. Co. (“Wenling Feilipu”) to apply for loans from Bank of China Wenling Brach, which introduced our company to Wenling Feilipu for purpose of obtaining loans. The total guaranty amount was RMB 7,000,000. On April 18 and 23, 2013, Wenling Feilipu failed to repay RMB 4,000,000 and RMB 4,000,000 (of which we guaranteed only RMB 3,000,000), respectively, and we were required to repay RMB 6,320,000 on behalf of Wenling Feilipu. We have paid this amount in full and cleared the guarantee.

On November 21, 2014, our board of directors adopted a resolution to provide guaranty for Taizhou Ruige Mechanical and Electrical Industrial Ltd. Co. to apply for loans from Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Wenling Branch in the amount of RMB 10,000,000. Taizhou Ruige has repaid its loan in full, and this guarantee has been cleared.

We do not currently guarantee any third party debts or intend to enter into any third party guarantees after completion of this offering. In addition, our banks do not currently require such guarantee arrangements from us. However, it is possible that we may, in the future, require bank loans to support our business or expand our operations and be unable to obtain unguaranteed loans. If this were to occur in the future, future lenders might demand unrelated third party guarantees. If we were to enter into any other guarantees for third party debts and they failed to pay, our cash position could be adversely affected and we might be unable to be made whole by our counter-guarantor.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

China’s appreciating currency may make our products more expensive to export to other countries.

We sell a majority of our products in the United States. Historically, we have relied on lower wages and favorable exchange rates in China to make our products sold abroad competitive in price. As China’s currency has appreciated against the US dollar and Chinese shipping and labor rates increase, our products’ prices have been affected in countries that use these currencies. While we plan to move some of our manufacturing to the United States, we anticipate continuing to produce a significant percentage of our products (and the vast majority of our cutlery products) in China. To the extent the Chinese RMB continues to appreciate and such shipping and labor rates continue to increase, our products could become more expensive and, as a result, less attractive to potential customers in other countries. See “Exchange Rate Information.”

If the value of our property decreases, we may not be able to refinance our current debt.

All of our current debt is secured by either mortgages on our real and other business property or guarantees by some of our shareholders. If the value of our real property decreases, we may find that banks are unwilling to loan money to us secured by our business property. A drop in property value could also prevent us from being able to refinance that loan when it becomes due on acceptable terms or at all.

We may require additional financing in the future and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain required additional financing when needed.

We may need to obtain additional debt or equity financing to fund future capital expenditures. While we do not anticipate seeking additional financing in the immediate future, any additional equity may result in dilution to the holders of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Additional debt financing may include conditions that would restrict our freedom to operate our business, such as conditions that:

limit our ability to pay dividends or require us to seek consent for the payment of dividends;
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
require us to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes; and
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain any additional financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.

The loss of any of our key customers could reduce our revenues and our profitability.

Our key customers are principally multinational QSRs, third party distributors, and retail stores, all located in the U.S. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, sales to our six largest customers amounted in the aggregate to approximately 50.4% of our total revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, sales to our six largest customers amounted in the aggregate to approximately 53.7% of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2014, sales to our seven largest customers amounted in the aggregate to approximately 52.5% of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2013, sales to our six largest customers amounted in the aggregate to approximately 53.3% of our total revenue. There can be no assurance that we will maintain or improve the relationships with these customers, or that we will be able to continue to supply these customers at current levels or at all. Any failure to pay by these customers could have a material negative effect on our company’s business. In addition, having a relatively small number of customers may cause our quarterly results to be inconsistent, depending upon when these customers pay for outstanding invoices.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, we had zero and two customers that accounted for 10% or more of our revenues. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, we had one and one customer that accounted for 10% or more of our revenues.

       
Customer Name   Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2015
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
Wendy’s     10.9 %       14.2 %           12.9 %  
Burger King                 11.8 %  

* Less than 10% during the period.

If we cannot maintain long-term relationships with these major customers, the loss of our sales to them could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We buy our supplies from a relatively limited number of suppliers.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, our five largest suppliers accounted for approximately 54.0% of our total purchases. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, our seven largest suppliers accounted for approximately 51.7% of our total purchases. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our six largest suppliers accounted for approximately 50.1% of our total purchases. During the year ended December 31, 2013, our eight largest suppliers accounted for approximately 52.3% of our total purchases. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, we had two and one suppliers that accounted for 10% or more of our purchases. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, we had two and two suppliers that accounted for 10% or more of our purchases.

       
Supplier Name   Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2015
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
Brilliance Resources Company Limited     14.5 %       13.2 %       14.7 %      
Koco Group Ltd         10.1 %       10.2 %       13.3 %  
Grand Chemical Group     14.5 %              

* Less than 10% during the period.

Because we purchase a material amount of our raw materials from these suppliers, the loss of any such suppliers could result in increased expenses for our company and result in adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our bank accounts are not fully insured or protected against loss.

We maintain our cash with various banks and trust companies located in mainland China, Hong Kong and the United States. Our cash accounts in the PRC are not insured or otherwise protected. To the extent our U.S. and Hong Kong accounts were to exceed statutory amounts, they would also not be fully protected against loss. Should any bank or trust company holding our cash deposits become insolvent, or if we are otherwise unable to withdraw funds, we would lose the cash on deposit with that particular bank or trust company.

We are substantially dependent upon our senior management and key research and development personnel.

We are highly dependent on our senior management to manage our business and operations and our key research and development personnel for the development of new products and the enhancement of our existing products and technologies. In particular, we rely substantially on our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Xinfu Hu, and our Chief Operating Officer and Chair, Ms. Guilan Jiang, to manage our operations. Ms. Jiang and Mr. Hu are husband and wife and have been involved in the plastic industry for more than twenty years. Due to their experience in the industry and long relationships with our customer base, they would be difficult to replace.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While we provide the legally required personal insurance for the benefit of our employees, we do not maintain key person life insurance on any of our senior management or key personnel. The loss of any one of them would have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Competition for senior management and our other key personnel is intense, and the pool of suitable candidates is limited. We may be unable to quickly locate a suitable reunderwriting for any senior management or key personnel that we lose. In addition, if any member of our senior management or key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, they may compete with us for customers, business partners and other key professionals and staff members of our company. Although each of our senior management and key personnel has signed a confidentiality and non-competition agreement in connection with his employment with us, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully enforce these provisions in the event of a dispute between us and any member of our senior management or key personnel.

In our efforts to develop new products and methods of manufacturing, we compete for qualified personnel with technology companies and research institutions. Intense competition for these personnel could cause our compensation costs to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Our future success and ability to grow our business will depend in part on the continued service of these individuals and our ability to identify, hire and retain additional qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, we may be unable to meet our business and financial goals.

Failure to manage our growth could strain our management, operational and other resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business and prospects.

Our growth strategy includes increasing market penetration of our existing products, developing new products and increasing the number and size of customers we serve. Pursuing these strategies has resulted in, and will continue to result in substantial demands on management resources. In particular, the management of our growth will require, among other things:

continued enhancement of our research and development capabilities;
stringent cost controls and sufficient liquidity;
strengthening of financial and management controls;
increased marketing, sales and support activities; and
hiring and training of new personnel.

If we are not able to manage our growth successfully, our business and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Labor laws in the PRC may adversely affect our results of operations.

On June 29, 2007, the PRC government promulgated the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The Labor Contract Law imposes greater liabilities on employers and significantly affects the cost of an employer’s decision to reduce its workforce. Further, it requires certain terminations be based upon seniority and not merit. In the event we decide to significantly change or decrease our workforce, the Labor Contract Law could adversely affect our ability to enact such changes in a manner that is most advantageous to our business or in a timely and cost-effective manner, thus materially and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a “Resident Enterprise” of China. Such classification will likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

China passed the Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, and it is implementing rules, both of which became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” meaning that it can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. The implementing rules of the EIT Law define de facto management as “substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties” of the enterprise.

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On April 22, 2009, the State Administration of Taxation of China, or the SAT, issued the Circular Concerning Relevant Issues Regarding Cognizance of Chinese Investment Controlled Enterprises Incorporated Offshore as Resident Enterprises pursuant to Criteria of de facto Management Bodies, or the SAT Notice 82, further interpreting the application of the EIT Law and its implementation to offshore entities controlled by a Chinese enterprise or enterprise group. Pursuant to the SAT Notice 82, an enterprise incorporated in an offshore jurisdiction and controlled by a Chinese enterprise or enterprise group will be classified as a “non-domestically incorporated resident enterprise” if (i) its senior management in charge of daily operations reside or perform their duties mainly in China; (ii) its financial or personnel decisions are made or approved by bodies or persons in China; (iii) its substantial assets and properties, accounting books, corporate stamps, board and shareholder minutes are kept in China; and (iv) at least half of its directors with voting rights or senior management often resident in China. After SAT Notice 82, the SAT issued a bulletin, known as SAT Bulletin 45, which took effect on September 1, 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Notice 82 and clarify the reporting and filing obligations of such “non-domestically incorporated resident enterprise.” SAT Bulletin 45 provides procedures and administrative details for the determination of resident status and administration on post-determination matters. On January 29, 2014, the SAT issued Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Recognizing Resident Enterprises Based on the Criteria of de facto Management Bodies, to further clarify the reporting and filing procedure for offshore entities controlled by a Chinese enterprise or enterprise group and recognized as a resident enterprise.

The determining criteria set forth in SAT Notice 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises, PRC enterprise groups or by PRC or foreign individuals. If the PRC tax authorities determine that FGI or its subsidiaries is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. First, we may be subject to the enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable income as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. In our case, this would mean that income such as non-China source income would be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at a rate of 25%. Currently, we do not have any non-China source income, as we complete our sales, including export sales, in China. Second, under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, dividends paid to us from our PRC subsidiaries would be deemed as “qualified investment income between resident enterprises” and therefore qualify as “tax-exempt income” pursuant to the clause 26 of the EIT Law. Finally, it is possible that future guidance issued with respect to the new “resident enterprise” classification could result in a situation in which the dividends we pay with respect to our ordinary shares, or the gain our non-PRC stockholders may realize from the transfer of our ordinary shares, may be treated as PRC-sourced income and may therefore be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax. If we are required under the EIT Law and its implementing regulations to withhold PRC income tax on dividends payable to our non-PRC stockholders, or if non-PRC stockholders are required to pay PRC income tax on gains on the transfer of their shares of ordinary shares, our business could be negatively impacted and the value of your investment may be materially reduced. Further, if we were treated as a “resident enterprise” by PRC tax authorities, we would be subject to taxation in both China and such countries in which we have taxable income, and our PRC tax may not be creditable against such other taxes.

We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Chinese anti-corruption law.

In connection with this offering, we will become subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. persons and issuers as defined by the statute for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We are also subject to Chinese anti-corruption laws, which strictly prohibit the payment of bribes to government officials. We have operations, agreements with third parties, and make sales in China, which may experience corruption. Our activities in China create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of the employees, consultants or distributors of our company, because these parties are not always subject to our control. We are in process of implementing an anticorruption program, which prohibits the offering or giving of anything of value to foreign officials, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The anticorruption program also requires that clauses mandating compliance with our policy be included in all contracts with foreign sales agents, sales consultants and distributors and that they certify their compliance with our policy annually. It further requires that all

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

hospitality involving promotion of sales to foreign governments and government-owned or controlled entities be in accordance with specified guidelines. In the meantime, we believe to date we have complied in all material respects with the provisions of the FCPA and Chinese anti-corruption laws.

However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and the employees, consultants or distributors of our Company may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA or Chinese anti-corruption laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the government may seek to hold our Company liable for successor liability FCPA violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.

We conduct a substantial amount of our business through our subsidiaries in China. Our operations in China are governed by PRC laws and regulations. Our PRC subsidiaries are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investments in China and, in particular, laws and regulations applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises. The PRC legal system is based on statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, because some of these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published decisions and their nonbinding nature, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all) that may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make parent/subsidiary loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds,” as an offshore holding company of our PRC operating subsidiaries, we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, or we may make parent/subsidiary loans to our PRC subsidiaries.

We currently anticipate using a portion of the gross proceeds from this offering to increase the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling (after which time Taizhou Fuling may apply such funds to the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds”). The increase in registered capital will require prior approval from (i) MOFCOM to increase Taizhou Fuling’s registered capital, (ii) SAIC to alter Taizhou Fuling’s business certificate to reflect the increase in registered capital and (iii) SAFE to allow Taizhou Fuling’s bank to convert U.S. dollars into RMB in order to fund such increased registered capital, or each of the foregoing agencies’ respective local counterparts. This approval process typically takes 30 to 90 days, and sometimes longer, from the time MOFCOM or its local branches receive all the required application documents to begin the process. The remaining portion of such gross proceeds will be used to pay expenses related to this offering, for our U.S. operations and for other general corporate purposes. We plan to remit money to China using the capital contribution method. The approval from MOFCOM is the key approval in the capital contribution process, and we believe all other approvals are ministerial if MOFCOM approves such increase in registered capital. We have not yet initiated this process but intend to start the process immediately upon completion of the offering. We do not foresee any problem receiving necessary government approvals for a capital contribution; however, if our application is rejected, we would remit money to China through a parent/subsidiary loan instead. If we are unable to obtain these government approvals on a timely basis, we will not be able to use the proceeds of this offering and capitalize our PRC operations unless and until we are able to remit such funds to China, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we are unable to timely remit money to China using the capital contribution method, we would seek to remit money to China through a parent/subsidiary loan instead. Any parent/subsidiary loans to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to PRC regulations. For example, parent/subsidiary loans by us to our subsidiaries in China, which are foreign invested entities (“FIEs”), to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE. On August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated Circular 142, a notice regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested company of foreign currency into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. The notice requires that RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested company may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable governmental authority and may not be used for equity investments within the PRC unless such investments are otherwise provided for in the business scope. The foreign currency-denominated capital shall be verified by an accounting firm before converting into RMB. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight over the flow and use of RMB funds converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested company. To convert such capital into RMB, the foreign-invested company must report the use of such RMB to the bank, and the RMB must be used to the reported purposes. According to Circular 142, change of the use of such RMB without approval is prohibited. In addition, such RMB may not be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not yet been used. Violations of Circular 142 may result in severe penalties, including substantial fines as set forth in the Foreign Exchange Administration Rules.

On May 10, 2013, SAFE released Circular 21, which came into effect on May 13, 2013. According to Circular 21, SAFE has simplified the foreign exchange administration procedures with respect to the registration, account openings and conversions, settlements of FDI-related foreign exchange, as well as fund remittances.

Circular 142 and Circular 21 may significantly limit our ability to convert, transfer and use the net proceeds from this offering and any offering of additional equity securities in China, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in the PRC.

Governmental control of currency conversion may affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. FGI receives revenues and purchases raw materials primarily in U.S. dollars but incurs other expenses primarily in RMB. Although our main suppliers are based in mainland China or based in Hong Kong with Chinese operating subsidiaries, some of them provide quotations in U.S. dollars. We choose quotations based on price competitiveness. In the past, U.S. dollars quotations were more competitive so we purchase almost all of our raw materials in U.S. dollars. However, recently several RMB quotations were more competitive and we accepted them and paid in RMB.

Under our current corporate structure, FGI’s income is primarily derived from dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries. Shortages in the availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their foreign currency denominated obligations. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade-related transactions can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our security-holders.

We are a holding company and we rely for funding on dividend payments from our subsidiaries, which are subject to restrictions under PRC laws.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, and we operate our core businesses through our subsidiaries in the PRC and the United States. Therefore, the availability of funds for us to pay dividends to our shareholders and to service our indebtedness depends upon dividends received from these

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRC subsidiaries. If our subsidiaries incur debt or losses, their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us may be impaired. As a result, our ability to pay dividends and to repay our indebtedness will be restricted. PRC laws require that dividends be paid only out of the after-tax profit of our PRC subsidiaries calculated according to PRC accounting principles, which differ in many aspects from generally accepted accounting principles in other jurisdictions. PRC laws also require enterprises established in the PRC to set aside part of their after-tax profits as statutory reserves. These statutory reserves are not available for distribution as cash dividends. In addition, restrictive covenants in bank credit facilities or other agreements that we or our subsidiaries may enter into in the future may also restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. These restrictions on the availability of our funding may impact our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders and to service our indebtedness.

Our business may be materially and adversely affected if any of our PRC subsidiaries declare bankruptcy or become subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

The Enterprise Bankruptcy Law of the PRC, or the Bankruptcy Law, came into effect on June 1, 2007. The Bankruptcy Law provides that an enterprise will be liquidated if the enterprise fails to settle its debts as and when they fall due and if the enterprise’s assets are, or are demonstrably, insufficient to clear such debts.

Our PRC subsidiaries hold certain assets that are important to our business operations. If any of our PRC subsidiaries undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

According to the SAFE’s Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment, effective on December 17, 2012, and the Provisions for Administration of Foreign Exchange Relating to Inbound Direct Investment by Foreign Investors, effective May 13, 2013, if any of our PRC subsidiaries undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, prior approval from the SAFE for remittance of foreign exchange to our shareholders abroad is no longer required, but we still need to conduct a registration process with the SAFE local branch. It is not clear whether “registration” is a mere formality or involves the kind of substantive review process undertaken by SAFE and its relevant branches in the past.

PRC regulation of direct investments and parent/subsidiary loans by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or limit us from using the proceeds of this Offering to make additional capital contributions or loans to our Company’s PRC subsidiaries.

Any capital contributions or parent/subsidiary loans that we, as an offshore entity, make to our Company’s PRC subsidiaries, including from the proceeds of this offering, are subject to PRC regulations. If we make loans to our Company’s PRC subsidiaries, those parent/subsidiary loans are registered and approved by the local SAFE branch, generally receive approval within 20 working days and cannot exceed the difference between the total investment amount approved by SAFE and the registered capital of each of our PRC subsidiaries. As loans, they would bear interest and need to be repaid in the future in accordance with their terms. As our company is a Cayman Islands company, repayment would also need government approval. In our case, we would be limited to making a parent/subsidiary loan of approximately $8.89 million, which is the difference between Taizhou Fuling’s total investment amount as approved by the foreign investment authorities (currently $20 million), and Taizhou Fuling’s registered capital (currently $11.11 million).

If we make capital contributions instead, the total amount of investment in each of our Company’s PRC subsidiaries must be approved by several agencies or their local counterparts. A capital contribution requires (i) MOFCOM approval to increase the registered capital of the entity receiving funding, (ii) SAIC approval to alter the business certificate to reflect such increased registered capital and (iii) SAFE approval to allow Taizhou Fuling’s bank to convert U.S. dollars into RMB in order to fund such increased registered capital, or each of the foregoing agencies’ respective local counterparts. The process of completing a capital contribution generally requires 30 to 90 working days from the initial filing with MOFCOM, rather than 20 working days for a parent/subsidiary loan. On the other hand, there is no limit to the amount we can fund through a capital contribution, and capital contributions do not require repayment or, as a result, payment of interest. For these reasons, although the process of receiving approval is more arduous, we prefer to (and plan to) fund Taizhou Fuling’s operations through a capital contribution rather than a parent/subsidiary loan.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these approvals in a timely manner or at all. If we fail to obtain such approvals or make such registration, our ability to make equity contributions or provide loans to our Company’s PRC subsidiaries or to fund their operations may be negatively affected, which may adversely affect their liquidity and ability to fund their working capital and expansion projects and meet their obligations and commitments.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could adversely affect our business and the value of our securities.

Changes in the value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar, Euro and other foreign currencies are affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may have a material adverse effect on our revenues and financial condition, and the value of, and any dividends payable on our shares in U.S. dollar terms. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on RMB amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of paying dividends on our Ordinary Shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. In addition, fluctuations of the RMB against other currencies may increase or decrease the cost of imports and exports, and thus affect the price-competitiveness of our products against products of foreign manufacturers or products relying on foreign inputs.

Since July 2005, the RMB is no longer pegged to the U.S. dollar. Although the People’s Bank of China regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future PRC authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.

We reflect the impact of currency translation adjustments in our financial statements under the heading “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” For years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had a negative adjustment of $164,781 and a positive adjustment of $431,424, respectively, for foreign currency translations. Very limited hedging transactions are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions. While we may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure at all. In addition, our foreign currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currencies.

If we become directly subject to the recent scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations, this offering and our reputation and could result in a loss of your investment in our shares, especially if such matter cannot be addressed and resolved favorably.

Recently, U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China, have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity has centered around financial and accounting irregularities, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in some cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies has sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity will have on our company, our business and this offering. If we become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend the Company. This situation may be a major distraction to our management. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, our company and business operations will be severely hampered and your investment in our shares could be rendered worthless.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident shareholders to penalties and limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute profits to us, or otherwise adversely affect us.

The SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, in July 2014 that requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. In addition, such PRC residents or entities must update their SAFE registrations when the offshore special purpose vehicle undergoes material events relating to any change of basic information (including change of such PRC citizens or residents, name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions.

SAFE Circular 37 was issued to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for PRC Residents Engaging in Financing and Roundtrip Investments via Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75.

If our shareholders who are PRC residents or entities do not complete their registration with the local SAFE branches, our PRC subsidiary may be prohibited from distributing their profits and proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may be restricted in our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the SAFE registration described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

Ms. Jiang has completed her SAFE Circular 37 registration. Ms. Sujuan Zhu, Mr. Qian Hu, Mr. Xinzhong Wang, Mr. Jinxue Jiang and Mr. Yongjun Guo have applied to SAFE’s local branch in Taizhou for registration, but we cannot provide any assurances that such registration will be completed in a timely manner. Moreover, we may not be fully informed of the identities of all our beneficial owners who are PRC citizens or residents, and we cannot compel our beneficial owners to comply with SAFE registration requirements.

As a result, we cannot assure you that all of our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC citizens or residents have complied with, and will in the future make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by, SAFE regulations. Failure by such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE regulations, or failure by us to amend the foreign exchange registrations of our PRC subsidiary, could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, limit our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions or pay dividends or affect our ownership structure, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

China’s proposed foreign investment law may impose new burdens on our company.

On January 19, 2015, MOFCOM released the draft Foreign Investment Law for public comment (the “Draft FI Law”). The Draft FI Law proposed fundamental changes to the existing foreign investment legal regime in China. If implemented in its current status, the Draft FI Law, once effective, will require Taizhou Fuling to submit an annual report to the foreign investment authority. The information required by the annual report may be extensive and burdensome, such as the foreign invested company’s main products, import and export, employment, financial status, transactions with our affiliates and material disputes. If we fail to make such reporting timely or if there is any concealment in such reporting, we may be subject to fines or other regulatory sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure and Operation

We will incur additional costs as a result of becoming a public company, which could negatively impact our net income and liquidity.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market require significantly heightened corporate governance practices for public companies.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect that these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and will make many corporate activities more time-consuming and costly.

We do not expect to incur materially greater costs as a result of becoming a public company than those incurred by similarly sized foreign private issuers. If we fail to comply with these rules and regulations, we could become the subject of a governmental enforcement action, investors may lose confidence in us and the market price of our Ordinary Shares could decline.

Entities controlled by our employees, officers and/or directors will control a majority of our Ordinary Shares, decreasing your influence on shareholder decisions.

Upon completion of this offering, entities controlled by our employees, officers and/or directors will, in the aggregate, continue to own a majority of our outstanding shares. As a result, our employees, officers and directors will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval. These shareholders, acting individually or as a group, could exert control and substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our Ordinary Shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering. See “PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS.”

The obligation to disclose information publicly may put us at a disadvantage to competitors that are private companies.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a publicly listed company in the United States. As a publicly listed company, we will be required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission upon the occurrence of matters that are material to our company and shareholders. In some cases, we will need to disclose material agreements or results of financial operations that we would not be required to disclose if we were a private company. Our competitors may have access to this information, which would otherwise be confidential. This may give them advantages in competing with our company. Similarly, as a U.S.-listed public company, we will be governed by U.S. laws that our non-publicly traded competitors are not required to follow. To the extent compliance with U.S. laws increases our expenses or decreases our competitiveness against such companies, our public listing could affect our results of operations.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.

As a foreign private issuer, we will also be exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we will still be subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. If we opt to rely on such exemptions in the future, such decision might afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares.

Section 5605(b)(1) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of its board members to be independent, and Section 5605(d) and 5605(e) require listed companies to have independent director oversight of executive compensation and nomination of directors. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. We have agreed with our underwriters that we will not opt to follow home country practice in lieu of such requirements for two years after the completion of this offering. See “Corporate Governance Efforts.” After this period, however, we could decide to follow home country practice. Our Board of Directors could make such a decision to depart from such requirements by ordinary resolution. The remainder of this risk factor, therefore, discusses risks to shareholders in the event the Board of Directors were to depart from some of such Nasdaq requirements and instead follow home country practices.

The corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, does not require a majority of our board to consist of independent directors or the implementation of a nominating and corporate governance committee. Since a majority of our board of directors would not consist of independent directors if we relied on the foreign private issuer exemption, fewer board members would be exercising independent judgment and the level of board oversight on the management of our company might decrease as a result. In addition, we could opt to follow Cayman Islands law instead of the Nasdaq requirements that mandate that we obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events, such as an issuance that will result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of 20% or greater interests in the company and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company. For a description of the material corporate governance differences between the Nasdaq requirements and Cayman Islands law, see “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law”.

Our directors’ and executive officers’ other business activities may pose conflicts of interest.

Our directors and executive officers have other business interests outside the company that could potentially give rise to conflicts of interest. For example, our Chief Operating Officer and Chair, Guilan Jiang, owns 50% of Wenling Fulin Plastic Products Co. Ltd. Ms. Jiang is also its legal representative, general manager and director. While this company was previously engaged in the plastics industry and, as a result, may have competitive overlap with our company, we do not believe it currently competes with our company. Wenling Fulin Plastic Products Co. Ltd. is a holding company with no investment in any competing business with us, although it has investment in a local commercial bank and leases its land to a restaurant. While the company was previously in our industry, this privately held company’s operations, but not the name, have changed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this company were to begin to operate within our industry, we might find a conflict of interest.

Although her business working time at this company is flexible, Ms. Jiang has historically devoted very limited time to matters concerning Wenling Fulin Plastic Products Co. Ltd., and most of her time to matters for FGI. If Ms. Jiang devotes any significant time and effort to this other company in the future, such business activities could both distract her from focusing on FGI and pose a conflict of interest to the extent her activities at Wenling Fulin Plastic Products Co. Ltd. compete with our company.

An insufficient amount of insurance could expose us to significant costs and business disruption.

While we have purchased insurance, including export transportation, product liability and account receivable insurance, to cover certain assets and property of our business, the amounts and scope of coverage could leave our business inadequately protected from loss. For example, not all of our subsidiaries have coverage of business interruption insurance. If we were to incur substantial losses or liabilities due to fire, explosions, floods, other natural disasters or accidents or business interruption, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. For the scope of coverage of our insurance, see “BUSINESS — Our Insurance Coverage”.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Related to Our Initial Public Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares

Investors risk loss of use of funds subscribed, with no right of return, during the offering period.

We cannot assure you that all or any shares will be sold. Burnham Securities Inc. and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (the “Underwriters”) are offering our shares on a best efforts all-or-none basis. We have no firm commitment from anyone to purchase all or any of the shares offered. If subscriptions for 4,000,000 shares are not received on or before close of business on October 31, 2015 (or November 30, 2015 if extended), escrow provisions require that all funds received be promptly refunded. If refunded, investors will receive no interest on their funds. During the offering period, investors will not have any use or right to return of the funds.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Ordinary Shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we could lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our Ordinary Shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our Ordinary Shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Ordinary Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Ordinary Shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail our company of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Ordinary Shares may decline.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. In addition, beginning with our 2015 annual report on Form 20-F to be filed in 2016, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process is time consuming, costly, and complicated. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our annual report on Form 20-F following the date on which we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which may be up to five full years following the date of this offering. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Ordinary Shares could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which we list, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Despite recent reforms made possible by the JOBS Act, compliance with these rules and regulations will nonetheless increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. In addition, as long as we are listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, we are also required to file semi-annual financial statements.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business, brand and reputation and results of operations.

We also expect that being a public company and these rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

The market price of our Ordinary Shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The initial public offering price for our Ordinary Shares will be determined through negotiations between the Underwriter and us and may vary from the market price of our Ordinary Shares following our initial public offering. If you purchase our Ordinary Shares in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price of our Ordinary Shares, or the market price following our initial public offering, will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time prior to our initial public offering. The market price of our Ordinary Shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;
the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;
actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;
lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

If this offering prices above the assumed price per share or if we increase the aggregate offering size with an immediately effective post-effective amendment, we could raise more funds than currently assumed. To the extent (i) we raise more money than required for the purposes explained in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” or (ii) we determine that the proposed uses set forth in that section are no longer in the best interests of our Company, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of such net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. However, we will advise shareholders as required in our annual reports on Form 20-F of any changes in application of funds and will file a current report on Form 6-K to the extent we determine such changes in application must be disclosed more quickly.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of such net proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes, and we may not spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders agree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our Ordinary Shares if the market price of our Ordinary Shares increases.

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our Ordinary Shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. An active trading market for our Ordinary Shares may not develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares at the market price, if at all, if trading in our shares is not active. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the Underwriters based upon a number of factors which are descried in the “Underwriting” section. The initial public offering price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we must now engage U.S. securities law counsel and U.S. auditors that we did not require prior to this offering, and we will have annual payments for listing on a stock exchange if we are so listed. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and to make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. While it is impossible to determine the amounts of such expenses in advance, we expect that we will incur expenses of between $500,000 and $1 million per year that we did not experience prior to commencement of this offering.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our Ordinary Shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding Ordinary Shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our Ordinary Shares.

The market price of our shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our Ordinary Shares. An aggregate of 11,666,667 shares will be outstanding before the consummation of this offering and 15,666,667 shares will be outstanding immediately after this offering if the over-subscription option is not exercised, or 16,266,667 shares if the over-subscription option is exercised in full. All of the shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Some of our pre-IPO shareholders will be able to sell their shares upon completion of this offering.

Holders of 5% of our outstanding shares prior to completion of this offering will not be subject to lock-up agreements. Our net tangible book value attributable to shareholders at August 31, 2015 was $21,119,082, or approximately $1.81 per Ordinary Share outstanding as of August 31, 2015. Our post offering pro forma net tangible book value, which gives effect to receipt of the net proceeds from the offering and issuance of additional shares in the offering, but does not take into consideration any other changes in our net tangible book value after August 31, 2015, will be approximately $38,659,082 or $2.47 per Ordinary Share, if the over-subscription option is not exercised, or approximately $41,455,082 or $2.55 per Ordinary Share if the over-subscription option is exercised in full. Because these shareholders have paid a lower price per share than participants in this offering, they may be more willing to accept a lower sales price than the IPO price. This fact could impact the trading price of the stock following completion of the offering, to the detriment of participants in this offering.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our shares is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Ordinary Shares. Upon the completion of this offering, if you purchase shares in this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-subscription option, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $2.53 or approximately 51% in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the shares; if you purchase shares in this offering and assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ over-subscription option, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $2.45 or approximately 49% in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the shares. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

We are subject to liability risks stemming from our foreign status, which could make it more difficult for investors to sue or enforce judgments against our company.

Most of our operations and assets are located in the PRC. In addition, most of our executive officers and directors are non-residents of the U.S., and much of the assets of such persons are located outside the U.S. As a result, it could be difficult for investors to effect service of process in the U.S., or to enforce a judgment obtained in the U.S. against us or any of these persons.

In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a Cayman Islands company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The Cayman Islands courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities law; and to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands,

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will generally recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. This means that even if shareholders were to sue us successfully, they may not be able to recover anything to make up for the losses suffered.

Lastly, under the law of the Cayman Islands, there is little statutory law for the protection of minority shareholders. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the constituent documents of the corporation, our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association. Shareholders are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the general law and the articles and memorandum.

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law, since the common law of the Cayman Islands for business companies is limited. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to law and the constituent documents of the corporation. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, then the courts will grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders, which are more limited than the rights afforded minority shareholders under the laws of many states in the United States.

Our board of directors may decline to register transfers of ordinary shares in certain circumstances.

Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless (i) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares; (iii) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required; (iv) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four; (v) the shares conceded are free of any lien in favor of us; or (vi) a fee of such maximum sum as Nasdaq may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as our board of directors may from time to time require, is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within one month after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

You may be unable to present proposals before general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by shareholders.

Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association allow our shareholders holding shares representing in aggregate not less than 20% of our voting share capital in issue, to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our directors are obliged to call such meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association do not provide our shareholders with any right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by such shareholders, any shareholder may submit a proposal to our Board of Directors for consideration of inclusion in a proxy statement. Advance notice of at least ten calendar days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least one shareholder present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in our company.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. We do not undertake to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations, other than required by the federal securities laws or other applicable laws.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

Letter from Chief Executive Officer — Mr. Xinfu Hu

Dear investors:

As you read this prospectus, you might be considering investing in Fuling and participating in our future development. I hope, through this letter, to give you a better understanding of our vision and values to help you with your investing decision.

Our Mission and Vision

You may not know the name Fuling, but you probably have used our products, some of which we are making in the United States. With more than 20 years of hard work delivering top quality products to our customers, Fuling has become an important player in the U.S. disposable serviceware market. Our environmentally conscious serviceware are used by McDonald’s, Subway, Wendy’s, Burger King, KFC (China only), Walmart, McKesson, Woolworths and more than one hundred other customers, and we expect to continue to broaden our customer base.

Fuling’s vision is to be an international leader in the production of disposable cutlery, straws and other serviceware. We believe that we can continue to produce serviceware of the highest quality without compromising on our dedication to innovation and the environment. We focus on research and development, craftsmanship, manufacturing technology, environmental protection and quality management to ensure that we can provide excellent products reliably and at fair prices. Anything Fuling produces — even something as small as a straw — is imprinted with our culture and values.

The United States is our main market. We have invested approximately $2.8 million and plan to invest over $9 million in our state of the art, new Allentown facility. Our customer base includes major fast-food chains, other leading disposable serviceware companies, retail stores, and small- and medium-sized customers, including distributors.

Our Guiding Principles

We believe our customers, employees and shareholders are all crucial for our success. Our guiding principle is very simple: if we support our customers and employees, our customers and employees will support our shareholders in return.

We believe that creating lasting value for our customers will bring our shareholders lasting returns. Our dedicated, conscientious employees are the most important factor in customer satisfaction. Without a happy and diligent employee team, we won’t have happy customers; without happy and satisfied customers, we won’t have satisfied shareholders. We believe our employees’ satisfaction and dedication to our mission has been a large reason we have enjoyed continuous growth.

We hope you as investors will not only be rewarded financially, but also share a sense of accomplishment in our contributions to society, both in China and the United States. By investing in us, you help us increase job opportunities in the U.S. and China, encourage innovation, promote environmental protection, and push economic transformation and improvement.

Our Business Model

Years of continuous effort have yielded a sound and efficient business platform in the U.S. We set up three sales companies in the U.S. to specifically service different groups of customers. These sales companies are Fuling Plastic USA, Inc., Direct Link USA LLC and Domo Industry Inc.

In addition, we have distribution centers in New Jersey, California, Pennsylvania in U.S. and Toronto and Vancouver in Canada. We plan to add two more such centers in Chicago and Dallas so that our products will be easily accessible in the entire North American market.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

Our business model, simply put, is to produce high quality products, primarily in China, and to sell them in the United States and around the world. In the coming years, this model will not change fundamentally because the costs of manpower, raw materials and operations in China are lower than those in the United States.

However, we are never static. We have taken a firm step in the diversification of production and operation, and have built our first factory in the United States.

This is a decision made by our management team after careful consideration. We produce knives, forks, drinking cups, straws, and other disposable serviceware available to the U.S. market, but the transportation costs of these products are each different. For example, the transportation costs for cups and straws are more expensive than for other serviceware with similar weight, due to physical attributes of these hollow products. Therefore, instead of spending more money and resources on shipping, it is more economic to build factories producing these products in the U.S. By reducing transportation costs and raising the level of factory automation, higher salaries and raw material costs in the U.S. can be offset.

In 2014, we established our first factory outside of China, in Allenton, Pennsylvania. This transformative initiative is not an easy step, because it requires the factory to adapt to the local American culture while it has to remain consistent with our three factories in China. In addition, we have been exacting in our demands that the factory be a model of sustainable development and environmental protection.

However, this step will be very beneficial to us, because it systematically integrates the resources from the world’s two leading countries: the U.S. and China. For low-volume, multi-variety, multi-specification orders, we will continue to produce them at our factories in China. For orders of large quantities and single specification, we will be able to produce them with the highly-automated equipment in our U.S. factory.

We plan to invest around one-third of the funds raised in this IPO (approximately $9 million) in the development and operation of our U.S. factory and to further develop our U.S. sales network.

We are optimistic about the future of our Allentown factory, and we think this model will be mutually beneficial for both Fuling and our U.S. customers.

Our Approach to Challenges

Our integrity has seen us through numerous challenges over the course of our growth as a company. From the time my spouse, Guilan Jiang, founded Fuling with her sister-in-law Sujuan Zhu, a few close friends and me after being laid off from another job, Fuling has been successful by addressing challenges directly. We transformed our company from a small producer of plastic household articles, baskets and other plastic products into an initially-small disposable serviceware producer because Ms. Jiang found an opportunity at a chance meeting at a trade fair to supply plastic utensils to a global QSR.

Once we had that opportunity, our team rallied around the mission of providing excellent quality products to ensure that the customer was thrilled with the results. There are no shortcuts to satisfying and impressing customers, only hard work done with integrity. These efforts have, over time, resulted in our company being one of China’s largest exporters of disposable serviceware. The China Chamber of Commerce for Import and Export of Light Industrial Products and Arts and Crafts has recognized Taizhou Fuling as one of China’s top three plastic kitchenware and serviceware companies for exports every year from 2011 through 2014, based on export sales amount. Although we are in the leading position in China among exporters of disposable serviceware, compared with the international leading enterprises, we are still in the stage of growing our strength and power.

In any business, innovation often squares off against other competing forces. Besides competitive pressures, financial, exchange rate and many other uncertain factors can also lead to new development crises. We are aware that becoming a public company will bring us more challenges, because of the collision of different cultures, values and laws, and even geopolitical factors. And we will encounter challenges along the way that we do not currently anticipate. However, our many years of dealing at the highest levels with our exacting, multinational clients, with successful results, has prepared us for these future challenges.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

We want you to know that we will maintain our culture of addressing challenges directly and our mission of providing environmentally-friendly products. We will continue to focus on R&D of environmentally-friendly raw materials, and achieving zero pollution emissions in the production process. We will defend Fuling’s and its shareholders’ long-term value and interests. Your trust and support will be our greatest asset.

Thank you all once again for considering participating in the development of our business.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]
 
Xinfu Hu
CEO, Fuling Global Inc.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of Proceeds

After deducting the estimated underwriting fee and offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $17.5 million from this offering, or approximately $20.3 million if the over-subscription option is exercised in full. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows (as to such uses in China, after we complete the remittance process described below), and we have listed the specific uses of proceeds below. If and to the extent the over-subscription option is exercised, we intend to use any such proceeds for our working capital needs and to replace other sources of funding mentioned below where projects require more capital to complete than we anticipate raising in this offering.

   
Description of Use   Amount
($ million)
  Percentage of
Net Proceeds
United States
                 
Operation of Allentown factory and development of U.S. sales network     3.9       22.29 %  
Development of Allentown factory     3.3       18.86 %  
China
                 
Purchase of land for new factory in Wenling     5.0       28.57 %  
Construction costs for Wenling Factory – Phase I (1)     0.3       1.71 %  
Purchase of Equipment and Machinery – Phase I     4.0       22.86 %  
Research and Development – Process Automation     1.0       5.71 %  
Total     17.5       100 %  

(1) We anticipate that the first phase of construction costs for Wenling factory will cost approximately $5 million, of which approximately $0.3 million will come from this offering and the balance from a combination of 2015 operating cash flows and, to the extent required, bank loans and other sources of financing.

Specifically, use of “Operation of Allentown factory and development of U.S. sales network” may entail:

 
Description of Use   Amount
($ million)
Working capital for operation in Allentown     3.0:
(1) 0.5 in 2015
(2) 2.5 in 2016
 
Marketing and distributor relationship development     0.5  
Sales employee recruiting and training     0.4  
Total     3.9  

Approximately two-thirds of the net proceeds from this offering will be remitted to China before we are able to use those funds to expand our business. We are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to Taizhou Fuling, through capital contributions or parent/subsidiary loans, subject to approvals from or registrations with relevant PRC government authorities. We plan to use the capital contribution to fund Taizhou Fuling. We expect that a properly submitted application will be approved in the ordinary course of business; however, we cannot guarantee such an approval will occur or be timely. If our application for a capital contribution is denied, we will use the parent/subsidiary loan method of funding Taizhou Fuling.

As mentioned, we currently anticipate financing our subsidiaries by means of capital contributions. We currently anticipate using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering (total net proceeds of approximately $18 million) to increase the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling (after which time Taizhou Fuling may apply such funds to building a new facility in Wenling and research and development). The increase in registered capital will require prior approval from (i) MOFCOM to increase Taizhou Fuling’s registered capital, (ii) SAIC to alter Taizhou Fuling’s business certificate to reflect the increase in registered capital and (iii) SAFE to allow Taizhou Fuling’s bank to convert U.S. dollars into RMB in order to fund such increased registered capital, or each of the foregoing agencies’ respective local counterparts. This approval process typically takes 30 to 90 days in total, and sometimes longer, from the time MOFCOM or its local branches receive all the required application documents to begin the process.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We plan to remit money to China using the capital contribution method. The approval from MOFCOM is the key approval in the capital contribution process, and we believe all other approvals are ministerial if MOFCOM approves such increase in registered capital. We have not yet initiated this process but intend to start the process immediately upon completion of the offering. We do not foresee any problem receiving necessary government approvals for a capital contribution; however, if our application is rejected, we would remit money to China through a parent/subsidiary loan instead. If we were to provide funding to Taizhou Fuling through parent/subsidiary loans (rather than the capital contribution method), the total amount of such parent/subsidiary loans may not exceed $8.89 million, which is the difference between Taizhou Fuling’s total investment amount as approved by the foreign investment authorities (currently $20 million), and Taizhou Fuling’s registered capital (currently $11.11 million). To the extent we are unable to receive all of the proceeds of this offering through a parent/subsidiary loan, we would anticipate using such excess in our U.S. operations, but may, at any time, reallocate those of other funds via intercompany loans and contributions to our PRC subsidiaries. By contrast, if we fund Taizhou Fuling through a capital contribution, the amount of our contribution is subject to increasing our registered capital, as described above, and applying to change the approved investment amount is not required. Such parent/subsidiary loans must also be registered with the SAFE, which registration usually takes no more than 20 working days after application to complete. The cost for obtaining such approvals and completing such registration is minimal.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete these government registrations or obtain the relevant approvals on a timely basis, if at all. The procedure to remit funds may take several months after completion of this offering, and we will be unable to use the funds in China until remittance is completed. We have not yet initiated the process of remitting money to China using either method but will begin to do so promptly upon completion of this offering. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make parent/subsidiary loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

Pending use of the net proceeds, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing, investment-grade obligations. These investments may have a material adverse effect on the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our Ordinary Shares. It is possible that we may become a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income taxpayers, which could result in negative tax consequences to you. These consequences are discussed in more detail in “Material Tax Matters Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares.”

The foregoing represents our current intentions with respect of the use and allocation of the net proceeds of this offering based upon our present plans and business conditions, but our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The occurrence of unforeseen events or changed business conditions may result in application of the proceeds of this offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividend Policy

Other than dividends of (i) $9,000 declared by Taizhou Fuling in 2004 and reinvested in Taizhou Fuling as additional paid in capital, (ii) $900,000 declared by Taizhou Fuling in 2007 and reinvested in Taizhou Fuling as additional paid in capital and (iii) $10,274,848 declared by Taizhou Fuling in 2014, of which $7,530,000 was reinvested in Taizhou Fuling as additional paid in capital, we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Ordinary Shares. Those dividends were paid in RMB in China. (Most of the portion of the 2014 dividend that was not reinvested consisted of taxes associated with restructuring the Company.) We anticipate that we will retain any earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Therefore, we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions and future prospects and other factors the Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Under Cayman Islands law, we may only pay dividends from surplus (the excess, if any, at the time of the determination of the total assets of our company over the sum of our liabilities, as shown in our books of account, plus our capital), and we must be solvent before and after the dividend payment in the sense that we will be able to satisfy our liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of business; and the realizable value of assets of our company will not be less than the sum of our total liabilities, other than deferred taxes as shown on our books of account, and our capital.

If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our BVI subsidiary, Total Faith. Current PRC regulations permit our indirect PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to Total Faith only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our subsidiaries in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of such entity in China is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at the discretion of its board of directors. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation.

In addition, pursuant to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, dividends generated after January 1, 2008 and distributed to us by our PRC subsidiaries are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10% unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC-resident enterprises are incorporated.

Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from operations in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. Taizhou Fuling may go to a licensed bank to remit its after-tax profits out of China. Nevertheless, the bank will require Taizhou Fuling to produce the following documents for verification before it may transfer the dividends to an overseas bank account of Taizhou Fuling’s parent company: (1) tax payment statement and tax return; (2) auditor’s report issued by a Chinese certified public accounting firm confirming the availability of profits and dividends for distribution in the current year; (3) the Board minutes authorizing the distribution of dividends to its shareholders; (4) the foreign exchange registration certificate issued by SAFE; (5) the capital verification report issued by a Chinese certified public accounting firm; (6) if the declared dividends will be distributed out of accumulated profits earned in prior years, Taizhou Fuling must appoint a Chinese certified public accounting firm to issue an auditors’ report to the bank to certify Taizhou Fuling’s financial position during the years from which the profits arose; and (7) other information as required by SAFE.

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exchange Rate Information

Our financial information is presented in U.S. dollars. Our functional currency is Renminbi (“RMB”), the currency of the PRC. Transactions denominated in currencies other than RMB are translated into RMB at the exchange rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China at the dates of the transactions. Exchange gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in a currency other than the RMB are included in statements of operations as foreign currency transaction gains or losses. Our financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation”, which was subsequently codified within ASC 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”. The financial information is first prepared in RMB and then is translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates as to assets and liabilities and average exchange rates as to revenue and expenses. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transactions occurred. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. The relevant exchange rates are listed below:

           
  June 30, 2015   December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
US$1:RMB exchange rate     Period End       6.1088       Period End       6.1460       Period End       6.1140  
       Average       6.1254       Average       6.1457       Average       6.1958  

We make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

The following table sets forth information concerning exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated ( www.oanda.com ).

       
  Midpoint of Buy and Sell Prices for U.S. Dollar per RMB
Period   Period-End   Average   High   Low
2010     6.6018       6.7696       6.8344       6.6018  
2011     6.3585       6.4640       6.6357       6.3318  
2012     6.3086       6.3116       6.3862       6.2289  
2013     6.0220       6.0720       6.2195       5.9778  
2014     6.1411       6.1463       6.1758       6.0924  
2015 (through October 17, 2015)     6.3535       6.1838       6.4129       6.0933  
March     6.1206       6.1444       6.1646       6.1206  
April     6.1001       6.1081       6.1197       6.1001  
May     6.1065       6.1013       6.1098       6.0933  
June     6.1088       6.1109       6.1210       6.1036  
July     6.2097       6.1103       6.2097       6.1047  
August     6.3885       6.3279       6.4129       6.2096  
September     6.3638       6.3692       6.3836       6.3559  
October (through October 17, 2015)     6.3535       6.3499       6.3568       6.3230  

As of October 17, 2015, the exchange rate is RMB 6.3535 to $1.00.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Over the past several years, the RMB has moved from a period of being tightly linked to the U.S. dollar, to a period of revaluation and strengthening against the dollar and into a second period of current relative stability. Our primary sales outside China occur in the United States (92.87% in 2014), Europe (2.33% in 2014), Australia (1.46% in 2014), Canada (1.45% in 2014), in Central and South America (0.92% in 2014), and the Middle East (0.82% in 2014), but all such sales outside China are made in U.S. dollars. Following is a chart showing recent changes in the exchange rates between the RMB and U.S. dollars.

Strength of U.S. Dollar against Renminbi

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of August 31, 2015 on an actual and a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to the completion of the offering at an assumed public offering price of $5.00 per share and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the estimated underwriting fees. You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Share Capital.”

Pre- and Post-Offering Capitalization
 
As of August 31, 2015

     
    Pro Forma After Offering (1)
     Actual   No
Over-subscription
  Full
Over-subscription
Indebtedness:
                          
Short-term debt   $ 20,687,639     $ 20,687,639     $ 20,687,639  
Long-term debt                  
Total indebtedness     20,687,639       20,687,639       20,687,639  
Shareholders’ Equity:
                          
Ordinary Shares $0.001 par value per share, 70,000,000 shares authorized, 11,666,667 shares issued and outstanding; pro forma without over-subscription reflects 15,666,667 shares issued and outstanding; pro forma with over-subscription reflects 16,266,667 shares issued and outstanding     11,667       15,667       16,267  
Additional paid-in capital (2)     11,108,133       28,644,133       31,439,533  
Statutory reserves     2,397,433       2,397,433       2,397,433  
Retained earnings     8,235,478       8,235,478       8,235,478  
Accumulated other comprehensive gain     871,955       871,955       871,955  
Non-controlling interest     319,374       319,374       319,374  
Total shareholders’ equity     22,944,040       40,484,040       43,280,040  
Total capitalization   $ 43,631,679     $ 61,171,679     $ 63,967,679  

(1) Gives effect to completion of the offering of 4,000,000 shares, at an assumed public offering price of $5.00 per share and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the estimated underwriting fee and our estimated offering expenses. (See note 2 below.) “No over-subscription” column does not give effect to shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-subscription option, if any. “Full over-subscription” column assumes 600,000 Ordinary Shares are sold pursuant to the exercise of the over-subscription option.
(2) Pro forma additional paid in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting underwriting fee, Underwriter expense allowance and other expenses. We expect to receive net proceeds of (a) approximately $17,540,000 in the event the over-subscription option is not exercised ($20,000,000 offering, less underwriting fee of $1,360,000 and offering expenses of approximately $1,100,000) or (b) approximately $20,336,000 in the event the over-subscription option is exercised in full ($23,000,000 offering, less underwriting fee of $1,564,000 and offering expenses of approximately $1,100,000).

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dilution

If you invest in our Ordinary Shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Ordinary Share and the pro forma net tangible book value per Ordinary Share after the offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per Ordinary Share offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per Ordinary Share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding Ordinary Shares. Our net tangible book value attributable to shareholders at August 31, 2015 was $21,119,082, or approximately $1.81 per Ordinary Share outstanding as of August 31, 2015. Net tangible book value per Ordinary Share represents the amount of total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, divided by the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 15,666,667 Ordinary Shares outstanding with 4,000,000, or approximately 25.53%, in the public float. If the over-subscription option is exercised in full, we will have 16,266,667 shares outstanding and 4,600,000, or approximately 28.28%, in the public float. Our post offering pro forma net tangible book value, which gives effect to receipt of the net proceeds from the offering and issuance of additional shares in the offering, but does not take into consideration any other changes in our net tangible book value after August 31, 2015, will be approximately $2.47 per Ordinary Share if the over-subscription option is not exercised, or approximately $2.55 per Ordinary Share if the over-subscription option is exercised in full. This would result in dilution to investors in this offering of approximately $2.53 per Ordinary Share if the over-subscription option is not exercised or approximately $2.45 if the over-subscription option is exercised in full, from the assumed offering price of $5.00 per Ordinary Share. Net tangible book value per Ordinary Share would increase to the benefit of present shareholders by $0.66 per share if the over-subscription option is not exercised or $0.74 if the over-subscription option is exercised in full, attributable to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares by investors in this offering.

The following table sets forth the estimated net tangible book value per Ordinary Share after the offering and the dilution to persons purchasing Ordinary Shares based on the foregoing offering assumptions.

   
  No Over-subscription
Post-Offering (1)
  Full Over-subscription
Post-Offering (2)
Assumed offering price per Ordinary Share   $ 5.00     $ 5.00  
Net tangible book value per Ordinary Share before the offering   $ 1.81     $ 1.81  
Increase per Ordinary Share attributable to payments by new investors   $ 0.66     $ 0.74  
Pro forma net tangible book value per Ordinary Share after the offering   $ 2.47     $ 2.55  
Dilution per Ordinary Share to new investors   $ 2.53     $ 2.45  

(1) Assumes gross proceeds from offering of 4,000,000 Ordinary Shares.
(2) Assumes gross proceeds from offering of 4,600,000 Ordinary Shares, if over-subscription option is exercised in full.

Assuming no exercise of the over-subscription option, a U.S. $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $5.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by $5 million, the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per share by $0.24 per ordinary share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in this offering by $0.76 per ordinary share, assuming no change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting fee and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Post-Offering Ownership

The following charts illustrate our pro forma proportionate ownership, upon completion of the offering, by present shareholders and investors in this offering, compared to the relative amounts paid by each. The charts reflect payment by present shareholders as of the date the consideration was received and by investors in this offering at the offering price without deduction of commissions or expenses. The charts further assume no changes in net tangible book value other than those resulting from the offering.

Post-Offering Ownership Without Over-subscription

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average Price
Per Share
     Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
Existing shareholders     11,666,667       74 %     $ 21,119,082       51 %     $ 1.81  
New investors     4,000,000       26 %     $ 20,000,000       49 %     $ 5.00  
Total     15,666,667       100 %     $ 41,119,082       100 %     $ 2.62  

Post-Offering Ownership With Over-subscription

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average Price
Per Share
     Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
Existing shareholders     11,666,667       72 %     $ 21,119,082       48 %     $ 1.81  
New investors     4,600,000       28 %     $ 23,000,000       52 %     $ 5.00  
Total     16,266,667       100 %     $ 44,119,082       100 %     $ 2.71  

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview of Company

We are a specialized production and distribution company for environmentally-friendly plastic serviceware with primary customers from the United States and European countries. We mainly conduct our operations in China and United States through our wholly owned subsidiary, Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries in both countries.

Our plastic serviceware products are made from environmentally-friendly material. Our products include disposable cutlery, drinking straws, cups and plates and other plastics products. Our largest customer base is in the United States. Our production facilities include three factories in Zhejiang Province, China and one factory in Pennsylvania, U.S., and we have obtained ISO9001 quality management system, ISO14001 environmental management system, HACCP, FDA food facility registration and GMP certifications. These certifications are crucial for businesses like ours that serve some of the most sophisticated purchasers of foodservice disposables in the world.

Our primary raw materials in production of our products are PP, GPPS and HIPS, which are extracted from crude oil. Thus, our cost of raw material is highly impacted by fluctuations in the price of oil. Cost of revenues mainly includes costs of raw materials, costs of direct labor, utilities, depreciation expenses and other overhead.

Our largest product category is disposable cutlery. It includes forks, knives, spoons, general, specialized and multipurpose utensils (for instance, the spork), both in single- and multi-utensil packages. It accounted for 60% and 54% of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and we believe it will continue to be a key area for growth in the coming years. Our other product categories are (i) drinking straws, (ii) cups and plates and (iii) other plastics products. (i) Drinking straws, (ii) cups and plates and (iii) other plastics products accounted for 12%, 24% and 4% of the total sales respectively for the six months ended June 30, 2015. (i) Drinking straws, (ii) cups and plates and (iii) other plastics products accounted for 16%, 27% and 3% of the total sales respectively in 2014.

Direct Link, one of our subsidiaries was incorporated in the United States in 2011 and is engaged in the distribution of our products in the U.S. In May 2014, Fuling Plastic USA, Inc. (“Fuling USA”) was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Taizhou Fuling. Fuling USA is establishing the Company’s first production factory in the U.S. and will principally engage in the production of plastic drinking straw items. We have not established any subsidiaries in Europe and we rely on the sales forces located in China to export our products to European countries.

As of October 19, 2015, our products are sold in 22 countries. Our customers now include McDonald’s, Subway, Wendy’s, Burger King, KFC (China only), Walmart, McKesson and Woolworths.

In 2014, we supplied four of the five largest fast food restaurant chains in the United States, based on U.S. systemwide sales amount as published by QSR Magazine. These top five chains, in order, were 1. McDonald’s, 2. Subway, 3. Starbucks, 4. Wendy’s and 5. Burger King.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We estimate we supplied the following percentages of these customers’ products in the United States in 2014. These percentages are management’s best estimates, based on orders from such customers and understanding of other supplier relationships.

     
Customer   Cutlery   Straws   Courtesy
Cups
A     100 %       70 %      
B     45 %       45 %      
C     24 %          
D         100 %       100 %  

* Less than 1%; please note that these customers are presented in random order and not in order of size in order to protect the confidentiality of the customers.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, sales to these four customers amounted in the aggregate to 30.6% and 35.3% of our total revenues, respectively. Only Wendy’s (10.9% and 14.2%, respectively) exceeded 10% of our total revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Sales to these four customers amounted in the aggregate to 32.7% and 32.9% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. None of these customers exceeded 10% in 2014, and only Wendy’s (12.99%) and Burger King (11.8%) exceeded 10% of our total revenues in 2013.

Revenue by Geographic Area*
(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2015
  Year Ended
December 31, 2014
Region   Amount   %   Amount   %
United States   $ 43,657       95.44 %     $ 76,930       92.87 %  
Europe   $ 926       2.02 %     $ 1,933       2.33 %  
Australia   $ 325       0.71 %     $ 1,214       1.46 %  
Canada   $ 469       1.03 %     $ 1,198       1.45 %  
Central and South America   $ 35       0.08 %     $ 760       0.92 %  
Middle East   $ 37       0.08 %     $ 683       0.82 %  
China   $ 297       0.64 %     $ 122       0.15 %  
Total   $ 45,746           $ 82,840        

* The revenue here does not include our income from sources other than our serviceware products, which are mainly sales of raw materials and recyclable waste.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Government Policy May Impact our Business and Operating Results

We have not seen any significant impact of unfavorable government policy upon our business in recent years. However, our business and operating results will be affected by China’s overall economic growth and government policy. Unfavorable changes in government policies (as well as government policies affecting our customers) could affect the demand for our products and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Our products are currently not subject to the government restrictions in the PRC. However, any future changes in the government’s policy upon plastic related production industry or disposal rules may have a negative effect on our business. As our majority of business is from international trading, any future changes in the government policy affecting the importing and exporting industry may impact our revenue and profitability.

World price of crude oil may impact of our profitability

The price of our products’ main raw material is closely associated with that of crude oil. Fluctuating oil price impacts not only the cost of plastic resin, but also transportation costs. Normally, our customers and we mutually agree to adjust our price according to raw material price fluctuation. However, if we are unable to do that in future, oil price fluctuation will impact our profitability.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fast food industry is expected to grow in a slow-growth environment

Our major customers operate in fast food industry in the U.S. The industry is expected to perform marginally better over the next five years as the U.S. economy improves and consumers continue to seek convenient meal options. While no severe revenue declines are expected, fast food restaurants will continue to operate in a slow-growth environment. Successful operators will need to adapt to changing consumer preferences as the traditional concept of fast food evolves to include a wider variety of options. As plenty of opportunities remain for new fast food concepts and products, the industry’s long era of growth is far from over. As a result of these trends, fast food industry revenue is expected to grow at an annualized rate of 2.0% over the five years to 2019 to $219.3 billion in the U.S.

Competition is high and increasing

The three largest U.S. suppliers of foodservice disposables account for a significant percentage of the industry. As of 2012, Dart Container Corporation, Reynolds Group/Pactiv and Georgia-Pacific collectively held approximately 29% of the U.S. market share in the foodservice disposables industry. Our industry is marked by a small number of strong competitors, with approximately 50% of our market controlled by the top 10 companies in the industry. Under such circumstances, we may be unable to compete effectively against such larger, better-capitalized companies, which have well-established long-term relationships with the large customers we serve and seek to serve. Competition in this industry is primarily based on price. Other significant competitive factors are quality and reliability of delivery.

Exchange rate fluctuation may significantly impact our business and profitability

We sell a majority of our products in the United States (approximately 92.87% based on 2014 revenues, and approximately 95.44% based on the revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2015). Historically, we have relied on lower wages and favorable exchange rates in China to make our products sold abroad competitive in price. As China’s currency has appreciated against the U.S. dollar, our advantage in price competitiveness might be impacted. While have already begun to diversify risk by moving some of our manufacturing to the United States, we anticipate continuing to produce the majority of our products in China. To the extent the Chinese RMB continues to appreciate, our products could become more expensive and, as a result, less attractive to potential customers in other countries.

Industry Trends and Company Strategy

We have noted the existence of the following trends since the beginning of 2015, all of which are likely to affect our business to the extent they continue in the future. We are adopting strategies accordingly.

Industry operators will need to cater to environmental concerns in order to succeed

Business and consumer concerns over the environmental impact of plastic will gain importance as an industry trend over the next five years. Consumers will likely be more conscious of the environmental impact of paper and plastic products and look to purchase recycled and eco-friendly products. As a result, industry operators will need to cater to environmental concerns in order to succeed in the industry. For instance, according to Freedonia, McDonald’s reports that its corrugated clamshells contain at least 37 percent recycled content.

Our management believes companies that provide eco-friendly products can charge higher prices which usually offset more than the cost increase and thus achieve higher profit margins. On average, our eco-friendly products have 10% higher gross margin compared to our conventional products.

Innovation and cost cutting

The main material used to produce plastic products is plastic resin, a petroleum-based product. For this reason, fluctuations in global crude oil prices lead to changes in the input costs for plastic manufacturers. Crude oil prices are generally volatile.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The plastic resins we primarily use are polypropylene (“PP”) and polystyrene (“PS”) which includes General Purpose Polystyrene (“GPPS”) and High Impact Polystyrene (“HIPS”)) The following chart shows their percentages of our total cost of raw materials in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, and years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
Raw Material   2015   2014   2014   2013
PP     50.93 %       52.70 %       51.31 %       41.13 %  
GPPS     26.55 %       24.28 %       25.66 %       34.21 %  
HIPS     2.74 %       2.30 %       2.26 %       0.80 %  
Total     80.22 %       79.29 %       79.23 %       76.14 %  

The following chart shows the monthly prices of PP, GPPS, HIPS and Brent oil (one kind of crude oil) from January 2014 to August 2015:

       
  PP
($/LB)
  GPPS
($/LB)
  HIPS
($/LB)
  Brent Oil
($/barrel)
2014
                                   
January   $ 0.960     $ 1.365     $ 1.475     $ 108.150  
February     0.950       1.325       1.435       108.860  
March     0.935       1.325       1.435       107.550  
April     0.925       1.295       1.405       107.580  
May     0.920       1.275       1.385       109.650  
June     0.890       1.265       1.375       111.620  
July     0.890       1.335       1.445       106.650  
August     0.940       1.335       1.445       101.600  
September     0.940       1.295       1.405       97.410  
October     0.980       1.275       1.385       87.540  
November     0.930       1.245       1.355       78.900  
December     0.835       1.205       1.315       62.910  
2015
                                   
January     0.730       0.910       1.010       47.870  
February     0.740       0.870       0.970       58.140  
March     0.725       0.870       0.970       55.930  
April     0.685       0.920       1.020       61.020  
May     0.675       0.950       1.050       65.630  
June     0.685       0.900       1.000       63.800  
July     0.670       0.960       1.060       56.690  
August   $ 0.655     $ 0.930     $ 1.030     $ 48.100  
Decreased     31.77 %       31.87 %       30.17 %       55.52 %  

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following diagrams show the trend of the prices:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

The following chart shows the normalized and standardized prices:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

With competition being mostly price-based, market players need to improve technology and manufacturing processes to save cost. In addition, the environmental trend will encourage market players around the world to invest more in research and development.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have consistently invested in R&D and new equipment and technology to increase our cost competitiveness. The following chart illustrates the effect:

       
  2012   2013   2014   Increase from 2012 to 2014
Average Worker Annual Salary   $ 5,090     $ 5,705     $ 6,326       21 %  
R&D Expense   $ 1,669,748     $ 2,128,923     $ 2,484,566       49 %  
Productivity Per Worker   $ 80,180     $ 107,980     $ 126,990       58 %  

Proximity to key markets is a major success factor

Although many degradable products are imported from Asia, due to rising manufacturing costs in China, some importers of degradable foodservice disposables are in the midst of establishing U.S. production operations. For example, Trellis Earth Products, an Oregon-based manufacturer of sustainable food service products, is shifting its manufacturing of its bioplastic-based disposables from China to a facility in Rochester, New York. The trend is based on the economic logic of producing or sourcing near the consumer.

The nature of some of our products (straws, cups and plates, specifically) necessitates operations to be fairly localized, as shipping costs tends to be significant for these products. It makes economic sense to manufacture those products at a location close to markets. In addition to reduced transportation costs and delivery time, this is also helpful for customer satisfaction since it allows manufacturers to respond to customer needs more quickly.

In 2014, we commenced construction of a manufacturing facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania, which will provide us a platform to manufacture drinking straws in the United States. The total investment for the project will be roughly $9.9 million. The factory in Allentown became operational in June 2015.

Business Development Trends

Our prices fluctuate based on changes in our material costs. We and our long-term customers closely follow changes in such prices and adjust our product prices accordingly. As a result of decreases in oil prices in 2015, our customers reduced the price they paid for our products during the year, but we have been able to maintain our profit margins on the year. We currently anticipate that our revenues will increase by approximately 12% and that our profits will increase by approximately 18% in 2015. After completion of this offering and assuming our capacity expansion plans are met with the proceeds of this offering and our operational cash flows, we estimate that revenues and profits will both increase by approximately 18% in 2016 and 25% in 2017. These projections are based on the following assumptions; to the extent these assumptions are inaccurate, our results could vary significantly from the foregoing projections.

Projected 2015 revenue growth of 12% and net income growth of 18%

Our revenue growth projections assume that:

a) Our new QSR customer in China, KFC China, begins to generate revenues in the second half of 2015.
b) A major distributor customer, LOLLICUP USA, Inc., places substantially higher orders with us, as it has secured an additional QSR customer in the U.S.
c) Other current customers’ orders remain healthy overall. Our top ten customers’ overall order volume growth rate is 19% through July 2015.
d) The new container production lines (mainly thermoforming machine) we purchased in the first half of 2015 in China for new products in plates, cups, bowls and other categories begin to fill new orders from existing customers in October. We expect production in 2015 to be 1,000 tons or 17% of capacity.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

e) We increase the capacities of our Chinese factories. Our Songmen factory currently operates at 90.9% capacity based on 24/7 operation. We estimate that we could increase capacity by 2,100 tons if we increased to 100% capacity. Our Sanmen factory currently operates at 48.5% capacity based on 24/7 operation; we estimate that we could increase capacity by 2,000 tons if we increased to 73.5% capacity. These capacity rates do not take into consideration the expansion in capacity created by the new container production lines mentioned in (d) above.
f) Our Allentown factory becomes operational as planned. Our Allentown operations began production in June 2015 with four of six current production lines fully functional (completely installed, tested, validated, certified by Underwriters Laboratories). The remaining two production lines became operational in the middle of July 2015. Although we can run all six lines at the same time, we have not yet fully staffed operations to run all six production lines at 24/7 operation. We currently run two of the six production lines most of the time. We estimate that we could have all six production lines in full operation by the end of 2015. This will provide us 1,200 tons of straw production or 25% capacity.

Our net income growth projections assume that:

a) The decrease of our raw material price decrease is not completely offset by the decrease of our sales price, as oil prices have dropped in 2015. If raw material costs increased by 10%, we estimate that approximately 80% of our clients will adjust their purchase prices accordingly. Approximately 30% of our clients adjust price automatically according to changes in raw materials prices. We expect that approximately 50% of our clients will seek to negotiate a price reduction with us. For example, when raw material price decreases by 10%, we may suffer a sales price decrease impact of 5%. Our product prices do not generally adjust price exactly as same as the change of raw material price. We expect that approximately 20% of our clients will not adjust price, whether or not raw material prices increase or decrease.
b) Our labor and shipping costs either decrease or remain stable. If our labor costs increased by 10% from our estimate, we would expect revenue growth to remain stable but net income to decrease by approximately 1%. If shipping costs (by sea) increased by 10%, we expect net income would decrease by approximately 1%.

Projected 2016 revenue growth of 18% and net income growth of 18%

Our revenue growth projections assume that:

a) KFC China continues to place orders of about $1 million in 2016, in line with their agreement with us.
b) We successfully secure a new distributor customer in U.S. This target customer is a buying network group with many distributor members. We estimate our sales to this new customer could approach $5 million in 2016 if we are successful in securing it as a customer and receive orders in line with our estimates.
c) Our other existing customers’ orders continue to increase in line with prior growth rates.
d) The container products capacity added in 2015 continues to provide products to current customers. It is currently impossible to estimate the timing and impact of such orders.
e) We increase the capacities of our Chinese factories (other than our Songmen factory, which we project to remain at 100% capacity in 2016). Phase I of our new Wenling factory is projected to become operational in July 2016, adding 20,000 ton capacity per annum. We expect the utilization will be 3,000 tons of production in 2016. Our Sanmen factory could increase capacity by 2,100 tons if we increased to 100% capacity in 2016.
f) We increase the capacity of our Allentown factory by 1,200 tons to 50% of designated capacity. Total output would be at 2,400 tons.
g) Our product prices remain stable.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our net income growth projections assume that:

a) Our raw material prices remain stable compared to 2015 prices.
b) Our shipping costs remain stable compared to 2015 costs.
c) We expect the cost of labor in China will increase approximately 10% in 2016, but we expect our investments in automation and equipment to increase production efficiency will offset such increased labor costs.

Projected 2017 revenue growth of 25% and net income growth of 25%

Our revenue growth projections assume that:

a) We are able to secure a new manufacturer customer and that this customer generates an estimated $9 million in revenue for us in 2017. This target customer has annual sales of more than $1 billion. We are currently negotiating with this client but cannot guarantee that we will be successful in securing them as a customer.
b) The orders from the new distributor client we expect to add in 2016 increase our 2017 revenues by $8 million compared to 2016 revenues.
c) Our increased container products capacity continues to provide products to current customers, resulting in increased revenues of approximately $10 million in 2017.
d) Our Songmen and Sanmen factories remain at 100% capacity utilization and our Wenling factory reaches 50% utilization. In addition, we assume that Phase II of our Wenling factory completes in July 2017, bringing an additional 20,000 tons capacity annually. We expect the utilization will be 15,000 tons of production in 2017.
e) Our Allentown factory capacity utilization reaches 100% or 4,800 ton per annum.

Our net income growth projections assume that:

a) Our raw material prices remain stable compared to 2016.
b) Our shipping and labor costs remain stable compared to 2016 levels.

All of these forward-looking statements depend on adequate market demand for our products, maintenance of full capacity at our facilities and stable pricing for our products and raw materials. Actual results could differ materially from these projections as a result of a number of risks and uncertainties. See “Risk Factors — Our projections and assumptions underlying may be inaccurate, resulting in slower than anticipated growth”.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

The following table summarizes the results of our operations during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase (or decrease) during such periods.

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
Statement of Operations Data:   Six Months Ended
June 30, 2015
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
  Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
  Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
  Amount   As % of
Sales
  Amount   As % of
Sales
Revenues   $ 45,746       100 %     $ 37,915       100 %     $ 7,831       21 %  
Cost of goods sold     29,673       65 %       25,340       67 %       4,333       17 %  
Gross profit     16,073       35 %       12,575       33 %       3,498       28 %  
Operating expenses
                                                     
Selling expenses     7,143       16 %       5,433       14 %       1,710       31 %  
G&A expenses     2,679       6 %       1,532       4 %       1,147       75 %  
R&D expense     933       2 %       1,120       3 %       (187 )       -17 %  
Total operating expenses     10,755       24 %       8,085       21 %       2,670       33 %  
Income from operations     5,318       12 %       4,490       12 %       828       18 %  
Other income (expenses)
                                                     
Interest expense, net     (619 )       -1 %       (589 )       -2 %       (30 )       5 %  
Subsidy income     60       0 %       173       0 %       (113 )       -65 %  
Other income     299       1 %       58       0 %       241       420 %  
Total other income (expenses)     (260 )       -1 %       (358 )       -1 %       98       -27 %  
Income before income taxes     5,058       11 %       4,132       11 %       926       22 %  
Provision for income taxes     (745 )       -2 %       (559 )       -1 %       (186 )       33 %  
Net income   $ 4,313       9 %     $ 3,573       9 %     $ 740       21 %  

Revenues.   Revenues increased by approximately $7.8 million, or 21%, to approximately $45.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from approximately $37.9 million for the same period in 2014. The increase in net sales was driven by higher amount of products sold.

Revenue by Product Type

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2015
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
  Variance
     Amount   % of Sales   Amount   % of Sales   Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
  Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
Cutlery   $ 27,435       60 %     $ 22,621       60 %     $ 4,814       21 %  
Straws     5,440       12 %       4,345       11 %       1,095       25 %  
Cups and plates     11,102       24 %       9,798       26 %       1,304       13 %  
Others     1,769       4 %       1,151       3 %       618       54 %  
Total   $ 45,746       100 %     $ 37,915       100 %     $ 7,831       21 %  

Cutlery

Revenue from cutlery increased by $4.8 million, or 21%, from $22.6 million to $27.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. We sold 2.5 million kilograms more compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014 for this product category. Sales from products made with nano-modified polypropylene material with our patented technology, increased by $2.1 million. The sales increase of cutlery was driven by the increased volume of products sold.

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales of cutlery made from traditional polypropylene material and polystyrene materials in 6 months ended June 30, 2015 increased by $2.4 million or 41% from the same period of 2014. This increase was driven by the increase of total volume of products sold by 1.25 million kilograms.

Sales of cutlery made from cornstarch biodegradable material increased by $163,700. We expect that our sales from this type of product will continue to grow due to increasing environmental concerns about plastic products.

Straws

Sales for straws increased by $1.1 million for six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with sales for six months ended June 30, 2014. Our price is very competitive in the U.S. market and our products have been receiving substantial interest from customers. The sales increase was driven by the increased volume of products sold of 262,000 kilograms, or 22% compared to the same period of 2014.

Cups and plates

Sales for cups and plates increased by $1.3 million for six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with sales for the same period in 2014. The sales increase was driven by the higher amount of products sold. The quantity sold increased by 13% or 355,000 kilograms.

Other products

Other products include products for family use, party and other entertainment purposes. Sales from these types of products increased by $618,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with sales for the same period in 2014. The sales increase was mainly due to the new products we introduced to the market in 2015. We introduced measuring cups, the sales of which amounted $812,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Revenue by Geographic Area*

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2015
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
  Period-over
Period Increase
Region   Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %
United States   $ 43,657       95.44 %     $ 36,016       94,99 %     $ 7,641       21.22 %  
Europe     926       2.02 %       712       1.88 %       214       30.09 %  
Australia     325       0.71 %       486       1.28 %       (161 )       -33.23 %  
Canada     469       1.03 %       468       1.23 %       1       0.29 %  
Central and South America     35       0.08 %       63       0.17 %       (28 )       -44.00 %  
Middle East     37       0.08 %       86       0.23 %       (49 )       -56.41 %  
China     297       0.64 %       84       0.22 %       212       253.38 %  
Total   $ 45,746              $ 37,915              $ 7,830           

* The revenue here does not include our income from sources other than our serviceware products, which are mainly sales of raw materials and recyclable waste.

There was significant increase in the sales from the United States market. In the six months ended June 30, 2015, sales from one major new customer, which is a large beverage chain store based in California U.S., contributed $3.4 million. Sales to other new customers increased by $640,000. With more localized operation in U.S., sales to existing customers increased by $3.36 million. With the Allentown factory becoming operational in the U.S., we expect our sales in the U.S. market will continue to grow due to the lower cost and localized service to be provided to our customers.

The slight change for sales from other regions was primarily due to normal fluctuation of demand.

Cost of goods sold.   Our cost of goods sold increased by approximately $4.3 million or 17% to approximately $29.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from approximately $25.4 million for the same period in 2014, which is consistent with sales growth in the six months ended June 30, 2015. As

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a percentage of revenues, the cost of goods sold decreased by approximately 2% to 65% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 67% in the same period in 2014. The decrease in cost of goods sold as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to higher selling prices, economies of scale in general, and improved production efficiency, particularly for our cups and plates products.

The portions of our products produced by third-party manufacturers in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 are both less than 1%. The associated impact on our gross margins is very limited considering the portion.

Gross profit.   Our gross profit increased by approximately $3.5 million, or 28% to approximately $16.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 from approximately $12.6 million in the same period in 2014. Gross profit margin was 35% in the six months ended June 30, 2015, as compared with 33% in the same period in 2014. The increase of 2% was primarily attributable to higher selling prices and economies of scale in general, and improved production efficiency for our cups and plates products.

Our cost and gross profit by product types for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2015
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
  Variance
     Cost
$
  Gross
Profit
%
  Cost
$
  Gross
Profit
%
  Cost $
Increase
(Decrease)
  Gross Profit %
Increase
(Decrease)
Cutlery     17,841       35 %       14,952       34 %       2,889       1 %  
Straws     4,362       20 %       3,575       18 %       787       2 %  
Cups and plates     6,245       44 %       6,007       39 %       238       5 %  
Others     1,083       39 %       777       32 %       306       7 %  
Taxes     142       N/A       29       N/A       113       N/A  
Total     29,673       35 %       25,340       33 %       4,333       2 %  

Cost of revenue for cutlery products increased by approximately $2.89 million to approximately $17.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $15.0 million in the same period in 2014. Gross profit margins were 35% and 34%, respectively. Cutlery represented the largest portion of sales.

Cost of revenue for straws was approximately $4.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to approximately $3.6 million in the same period in 2014. The gross profit margin was approximately 20% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 18% in the same period in 2014. The increase in gross profit margin in the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily attributable to higher selling prices and the economies of scale as unit production costs became lower with higher levels of production.

Cost of revenue for cups and plates was around $6.2 million and 6.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Gross profit margin was 44% in the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 39% in the same period in 2014. In the second half year of 2014, we started to use new automated equipment and machinery for cups and plates manufacturing, which helped to improve efficiency and lower costs.

Taxes included in costs represent the value added tax (“VAT”) paid for purchased inventory, which cannot be deducted to offset our sales tax. The amount of tax in costs can vary year to year depending on the timing and amount of purchases made throughout the year.

Selling expenses.   Selling expenses increased by approximately $1.7 million to approximately $7.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to approximately $5.4 million in the same period in 2014. As a percentage of sales, our selling expenses were 16% of revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 14% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in selling expenses is consistent with the increase of revenues and was primarily attributable to an increase of approximately $1.2 million in ocean freight charges, $261,000 in customs and inspection related expense, $165,000 in commissions.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General and administrative expenses.   Our general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.1 million or 75%, to approximately $2.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from approximately $1.5 million in the same period in 2014. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses were 6% of sales in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 4% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the following factors:

(a) an increase in expenses related to preparation for the public listing and IPO of approximately $256,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2015; and
(b) an increase in salary and benefit related expense of $491,000 due to business expansion, especially the operation in U.S.
(c) an increase in bad debt expense of $144,000 due to increase of aged account receivable.

Research and development expenses.   Our research and development expenses decreased approximately $187,000 to approximately $933,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with approximately $1.1 million in the same period in 2014. We consider this to be a normal fluctuation from period to period. In the long run, we expect the R&D expense to increase as we continue to conduct research and development activities, especially seeking to increase the use of environmentally-friendly materials, develop degradable and biodegradable materials and reduce reliance on fossil-based raw materials.

Interest expense.   Our interest expense increased by approximately $33,000, to approximately $638,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015, from approximately $605,000 in the same period in 2014. As our average outstanding loan balance is consistent in these two periods, the interest expense was consistent.

The average interest rates for our average outstanding loan in the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 were 4.16% and 5.70%, respectively. At the time of loan application, different commercial banks determine loan interest rates based on various factors, including general economic conditions in China, internal bank lending policies, the applicant’s credit standing and relative bargaining power. In 2015, we paid off some loans with interest rates higher than 5.00% and took on new loans with interest rate lower than 5.00% from various banks. As a result of the change in loan mix, the interest rate for our average outstanding loan in the six months ended June 30, 2015 was lower than in the same period in 2014.

The bank loan balance as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 were $25.1 million and $20.8 million respectively. The average amounts of loan outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 were $30.1 million and $20.75 million, respectively. We borrow from commercial banks based on our working capital conditions and forecast of business needs. The average amount of loan outstanding in the six months ended June 30, 2015 was higher than the same period in 2014 due to expansion of our business.

There is no interest expense but only bank fee charged to notes payable. The bank charge is usually 0.05% of the notes payable issued. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, bank charges related to notes payable were $1,199 and $1,660, respectively.

Subsidy income.   Our government subsidy income was approximately $60,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to approximately $173,000 in the same period in 2014. Our government subsidy income was all granted by local governments in recognizing our achievements in various areas. All subsidies we received in 2015 and 2014 were one-time grants and may not occur again in the future. We cannot predict the likelihood or amount of any future subsidies.

Other income (expense).   Other income was approximately $298,000 and $57,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2015, due to the fluctuation of exchange rate of Chinese RMB against USD, the Company recorded $296,000 foreign currency transaction gain.

Income before income taxes.   Our income before income taxes was approximately $5.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of approximately $927,000 compared with approximately $4.1 million in the same period in 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to increased sales and gross margin, offset by the increased other expense as discussed above.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Provision for income taxes.   Our provision for income taxes was approximately $745,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of approximately $186,000 or 33% from approximately $559,000 in the same period in 2014. The increase was consistent with the increase of income before taxes while our effective income tax rate were at 14.7% and 13.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The slight increase of the effective rate was due to the decreased percentage of income from entities which is subject to favorable income tax rate of 15%.

Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

The following table summarizes the results of our operations during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such years.

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
Statement of Operations Data:   2014   2013   Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
  Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
  Amount   As % of
Sales
  Amount   As % of
Sales
Revenues   $ 83,181       100 %     $ 69,536       100 %     $ 13,645       20 %  
Cost of goods sold     54,503       66 %       48,303       69 %       6,200       13 %  
Gross profit     28,678       34 %       21,233       31 %       7,445       35 %  
Operating expenses
                                                     
Selling expenses     12,665       15 %       11,048       16 %       1,617       15 %  
G&A expenses     3,880       5 %       3,212       5 %       668       21 %  
R&D expense     2,484       3 %       2,129       3 %       355       17 %  
Total operating expenses     19,029       23 %       16,389       24 %       2,640       16 %  
Income from operations     9,649       12 %       4,844       7 %       4,805       99 %  
Other income (expenses)
                                                     
Interest expense, net     (1,157 )       -1 %       (647 )       -1 %       (510 )       79 %  
Subsidy income     597       1 %       853       1 %       (256 )       -30 %  
Loss of debt guarantee for a third party           0 %       (1,029 )       -1 %       1,029       100 %  
Other income, net     8       0 %       17       0 %       (9 )       53 %  
Total other income (expenses)     (552 )       -1 %       (807 )       -1 %       255       -32 %  
Income before income taxes     9,097       11 %       4,037       6 %       5,060       125 %  
Provision for income taxes     (1,369 )       -2 %       (587 )       -1 %       (782 )       133 %  
Net income   $ 7,728       9 %     $ 3,450       5 %     $ 4,278       124 %  

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenues.   Revenues increased by approximately $13.6 million, or 20%, to approximately $83 million in 2014 from approximately $69.5 million in 2013. The increase in net sales was driven by higher amount of products sold, and selling prices. With strong market demand for our products, we were able to raise prices to offset rising material cost as well as operating expenses.

Revenue by Product Type

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
  2014   2013   Variance
     Amount   % of
Sales
  Amount   % of
Sales
  Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
  Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
Cutlery   $ 45,211       54 %     $ 38,828       56 %     $ 6,383       16 %  
Straws     13,055       16 %       9,557       14 %       3,498       37 %  
Cups and plates     22,699       27 %       18,818       27 %       3,881       21 %  
Others     2,216       3 %       2,333       3 %       (117 )       -5 %  
Total   $ 83,181       100 %     $ 69,536       100 %     $ 13,645       20 %  

Cutlery

Revenue from cutlery increased by $6.4 million, or 16%, from $38.8 million to $45.2 million in 2014. Sales from products made with nano-modified polypropylene material with our patented technology, increased by $3.4 million. The sales increase of cutlery was driven by the increased average selling price and higher amount of products sold. We raised average selling prices for this product category from $2.16 to $2.31 per kilogram. In addition, we sold 0.82 million kilograms more compared to last year for this product category.

Sales of cutlery made from traditional polypropylene material and polystyrene materials increased by $2.63 million or 16% from 2013. This increase was driven by the increase of average selling prices from $3.32 to $3.69 per kilogram.

Sales of cutlery made from cornstarch biodegradable material increased by $370,000. We expect that our sales from this type of product will continue to grow due to increasing environmental concerns about plastic products.

Straws

Sales for straws increased by $3.5 million in 2014 compared with sales in 2013. Our price is very competitive in the U. S market and our products have been receiving substantial interest from customers. The sales increase was driven by the increased average selling price from $3.7 to $4.6 per kilogram and higher amounts of products sold.

Cups and plates

Sales for cups and plates increased by $3.8 million in 2014 compared with sales in 2013. The sales increase was driven by the higher amount of products sold. The quantity sold increased by 12.3% or 624,800 kilograms and the average selling price increased from $3.7 to $4.0 per kilogram.

Other products

Other products include products for family use, party and other entertainment purposes. Sales from these types of products decreased slightly by $117,000 in 2014 compared with sales in 2013. The sales decrease was mainly due to the discontinuance of certain products. We discontinued certain products including fruit baskets and pepper sauce bottles in 2014. The sales of these products accounted for less than 1% of sales in 2013 and the discontinuation of these products will not have significant impact on our business.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenue by Geographic Area*

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
  2014   2013   Year-over
Year Increase
Region   Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   Percentage
United States   $ 76,930       92.87 %     $ 64,828       93.42 %     $ 12,102       18.67 %  
Europe     1,933       2.33 %       1,541       2.22 %       392       25.44 %  
Australia     1,214       1.46 %       775       1.12 %       439       56.65 %  
Canada     1,198       1.45 %       1,087       1.57 %       111       10.21 %  
Central and South America     760       0.92 %       685       0.99 %       75       10.95 %  
Middle East     683       0.82 %       374       0.54 %       309       82.62 %  
China     122       0.15 %       102       0.14 %       20       19.61 %  
Total   $ 82,840           $ 69,392           $ 13,448        

* The revenue here does not include our income from sources other than our serviceware products, which are mainly sales of raw materials and recyclable waste.

There was significant increase in the sales from the United States market. In 2014, sales from two major new customers, which are large fast food chain store and food packaging distributors in the U.S., contributed $11.6 million. With the Allentown factory being built in the U.S., we expect our sales in the U.S. market will continue to grow due to the lower cost and localized service to be provided to our customers.

The slight increase for sales from other regions was primarily due to the growing demand and expansion of business.

Cost of goods sold.   Our cost of goods sold increased by approximately $6.2 million or 13% to approximately $54.5 million in 2014 from approximately $48.3 million in 2013, which is consistent with sales growth in 2014. As a percentage of revenues, the cost of goods sold decreased by approximately 3% to 66% in 2014 from 69% in 2013. The decrease in cost of goods sold as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to higher selling prices, economies of scale in general, and improved production efficiency, particularly for our cups and plates products.

The portions of our products produced by third-party manufacturers in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are both less than 1%. The associated impact on our gross margins is very limited considering the portion.

Gross profit.   Our gross profit increased by approximately $7.4 million, or 35% to approximately $28.7 million in 2014 from approximately $21.22 million in 2013. Gross profit margin was 34% in 2014, as compared with 31% in 2013. The increase of 3% was primarily attributable to higher selling prices and economies of scale in general, and improved production efficiency for our cups and plates products.

Our cost and gross profit by product types are as follows:

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

           
  2014   2013   Variance
     Cost   Gross
Profit
%
  Cost   Gross
Profit
%
  Cost
Increase
(Decrease)
  Gross Profit
Increase
(Decrease)
Cutlery   $ 30,703       32 %     $ 26,432       32 %     $ 4,271       0 %  
Straws     9,297       29 %       7,147       25 %       2,150       4 %  
Cups and plates     11,751       48 %       11,799       37 %       (47 )       11 %  
Others     1,198       46 %       1,180       49 %       (18 )       (3 )%  
Taxes     1,554       N/A       1,744       N/A       (191 )       N/A  
Total   $ 54,503       34 %     $ 48,303       31 %     $ 6,200       3 %  

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of revenue for cutlery products increased by approximately $4.27 million to approximately $30.7 million in 2014 compared to $26.4 million in 2013. Gross profit margin was 32% in both years. Cutlery represented the largest portion of sales.

Cost of revenue for cutlery products increased by approximately $4.27 million to approximately $30.7 million in 2014 compared to $26.4 million in 2013. Gross profit margin was 32% in both years. Cutlery represented the largest portion of sales.

Cost of revenue for straws was approximately $9.3 million in 2014 compared to approximately $7.1 million in 2013. The gross profit margin was approximately 29% in 2014 compared to 25% in 2013. The increase in gross profit margin in 2014 was primarily attributable to higher selling prices and the economies of scale as unit production costs became lower with higher levels of production.

Cost of revenue for cups and plates was around $11.8 million in both 2014 and 2013. Gross profit margin was 48% in 2014 compared to 37% in 2013. We started to use new automated equipment and machinery for cups and plates manufacturing, which helped to improve efficiency and lower costs.

Taxes included in costs represent the VAT paid for purchased inventory, which cannot be deducted to offset our sales tax. The amount of tax in costs can vary year to year depending on the timing and amount of purchases made throughout the year.

Selling expenses.   Selling expenses increased by approximately $1.6 million to approximately $12.7 million in 2014 compared to approximately $11.1 million in 2013. As a percentage of sales, our selling expenses were 15% of revenues in 2014 and 2013. The increase in selling expenses is consistent with the increase of revenues and was primarily attributable to an increase of approximately $1.7 million in ocean freight charges.

General and administrative expenses.   Our general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $668,000 or 21%, to approximately $3.9 million in 2014 from approximately $3.2 million in 2013. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses were 5% of sales in both 2014 and 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the following factors:

(a) an increase in expenses related to preparation for the public listing and IPO of approximately $364,000 in 2014; and
(b) an increase in depreciation expense of $140,000 due to increased purchases of office equipment.

Research and development expenses .   Our research and development expenses increased approximately $355,000 to approximately $2.5 million in 2014 compared with approximately $2.1 million in 2013, as we continued to conduct research and development activities, especially seeking to increase the use of environmentally-friendly materials, develop degradable and biodegradable materials and reduce reliance on fossil-based raw materials .

Interest income.   Our interest income decreased by approximately $177,000 to approximately $41,000 in 2014, from approximately $218,000 in 2013. In 2013, we made loans to third parties with interest. In 2014, we ceased third-party loans.

Interest expense.   Our interest expense increased by approximately $333,000, to approximately $1.2 million in 2014, from approximately $865,000 in 2013. Our net interest expense (income) increased by $510,000 from 2013 to 2014, which includes an increase of interest expense of approximately $333,000 and decrease of interest income by $177,000.

The average interest rates for our average outstanding loan in 2014 and 2013 were 5.67% and 5.00%, respectively. At the time of loan application, different commercial banks determine loan interest rates based on various factors, including general economic conditions in China, internal bank lending policies, the applicant’s credit standing and relative bargaining power. In 2014, we paid off some loans with interest rates lower than 5.00% and took on new loans with interest rate above 5.00% from various banks. As a result of the change in loan mix, the interest rate for our average outstanding loan in 2014 was higher than in 2013.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The bank loan balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $19.5 million and $20.1 million respectively. The average amounts of loan outstanding for 2014 and 2013 were $19.8 million and $17.5 million, respectively. We borrow from commercial banks based on our working capital conditions and forecast of business needs. The average amount of loan outstanding in 2014 was slightly higher than 2013 due to expansion of our business.

There is no interest expense but only bank fee charged to notes payable. The bank charge is usually 0.05% of the notes payable issued. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, bank charges related to notes payable were $3,277 and $2,982, respectively.

Subsidy income.   Our government subsidy income was approximately $597,000 in 2014 compared to approximately $853,000 in 2013. Our government subsidy income was all granted by local governments in recognizing our achievements in various areas. All subsidies we received in 2014 and 2013 were one-time grants and may not occur again in the future. We cannot predict the likelihood or amount of any future subsidies.

Other income (expense).   Other expense was approximately $8,000 and $1 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2013, the Company guaranteed a bank loan for an unrelated third party, which subsequently went bankrupt later in 2013. To fulfill our obligation under the guarantee contract, the Company paid 6.4 million RMB (equivalent to $1.1 million) to the bank from which the loan was originated.

Commercial banks in China sometimes require third party guarantees to manage loan repayment risk of small business entities. As a result, small business entities from time to time guarantee loans for each other to facilitate bank approval. We have no obligation or requirement to provide such guarantee in future. We have no other outstanding third party loan guarantees. We have no intention to enter any third party guarantee arrangement before or when we become a public company. In addition, our banks do not require such arrangement from us anymore. However, it is possible that when we require bank loans to support our business or expand our operation, and if we are not able to obtain unguaranteed loans, we may involve unrelated third party guarantees.

Income before income taxes.   Our income before income taxes was approximately $9.1 million in 2014, an increase of approximately $5.1 million compared with approximately $4.0 million in 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to increased sales and gross margin, as well as decreased other expense as discussed above.

Provision for income taxes.   Our provision for income taxes was approximately $1.4 million in 2014, an increase of approximately $782,000 or 133% from approximately $587,000 in 2013. The increase was consistent with the increase of income before taxes while our effective income tax rate stayed unchanged at 15% from 2013 to 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Total Faith, our BVI organized wholly owned subsidiary, owns Taizhou Fuling which in turn owns our U.S. and China assets through its subsidiaries. We may need dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries to satisfy our liquidity requirements. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our PRC subsidiaries are required to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until the total amount set aside reaches 50% of their respective registered capital. Our PRC subsidiaries may also allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to employee welfare and bonus funds at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. We have relied on direct payments of expenses by our subsidiaries (which generate revenues), to meet our obligations to date. To the extent payments are due in U.S. dollars, we have occasionally paid such amounts in RMB to an entity controlled by our management capable of paying such amounts in U.S. dollars. Such transactions have been made at prevailing exchange rates and have resulted in immaterial losses or gains on currency exchange but no other profit.

As of June 30, 2015, Taizhou Fuling has outstanding loans of approximately $25.1 million from various banks in China. To secure this debt, Taizhou Fuling has pledged some of its properties and machinery,

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

equipment, land use rights as well as other assets in China to banks. Our assets outside of China, including our Allentown assets, are not used as collateral.

Further, although instruments governing the current debts incurred by our PRC subsidiaries do not have restrictions on their abilities to pay dividend or make other payments to us, the lender may impose such restriction in the future. As a result, our ability to distribute dividends largely depends on earnings from our PRC subsidiaries and its ability to pay dividends out of its earnings. We cannot assure you that our PRC subsidiaries will generate sufficient earnings and cash flows in the near future to pay dividends or otherwise distribute sufficient funds to enable us to meet our obligations, pay interest and expenses or declare dividends.

As of June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1.6 million and restricted cash of approximately $3.5 million. As of June 30, 2015, we did not have any short-term investments. Our current assets were approximately $34.7 million and our current liabilities were approximately $39.8 million, which resulted in a current ratio of 0.95:1. Total shareholders’ equity as of June 30, 2015 was approximately $21.8 million.

We have historically funded our working capital needs from operations, advance payments from customers, bank borrowings, and capital from shareholders. Presently, our principal sources of liquidity are generated from our operations and loans from commercial banks. In China, long-term loans are generally available; however, short-term loans are more readily accessible sources of financing. Long-term loans in China are usually approved by banks for capital expenditures only, such as fixed asset construction or property acquisitions. Our working capital requirements are influenced by the level of our operations, the numerical and dollar volume of our sales contracts, the progress of execution on our customer contracts, and the timing of accounts receivable collections.

Based on our current operating plan, we believe that our existing resources, including cash generated from operations, bank loans and bank notes payable and advances from suppliers will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirement for our current operations over the next twelve months. We expect to be able to refinance its short-term loans based on past experience and our good credit history. We do not believe failure to refinance our short term loans from certain banks will have a significant negative impact on our normal business operations. In both 2014 and 2013, our operating cash flow was positive. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, our operating cash flow was negative due to the significant increase of account receivable. Our account receivable increased 18%, consistent with 21% increase of sales. In addition, our related parties including our major shareholders and affiliate companies are willing to provide us financial support. However, we may have negative cash flow in the future, and our related parties may be unable or unwilling to provide us financial support as needed. If this happened, the failure to refinance our short-term loans could potentially affect our capital expenditure and expansion of business.

During the period from July 1, 2015 to August 30, 2015, we repaid approximately $13.4 million bank loans and $1.2 million in notes payable that were due in 2015. We also borrowed approximately $9.6 million under new bank loans as well as approximately $1.3 million in new notes payable from various banks in China. If we cannot refinance from commercial bank, our major shareholders and affiliate companies could provide us financial support as needed. Lack of sufficient financial support from local banks or our related parties could potentially affect our capital expenditure and expansion of business. In both 2014 and 2013, our operating cash flow is positive. We do not believe failure to refinance from certain banks will have significant negative impact on our normal business operations.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

The following table sets forth summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

(All amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   
  For the Six Months Ended
     2015   2014
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities   $ (1,914 )     $ 5,018  
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,416 )       (1,368 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     4,600       (4,199 )  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     (21 )       3  
Net increase (decrease) in cash     249       (546 )  
Cash, beginning of period     1,400       2,699  
Cash, end of period   $ 1,649     $ 2,153  

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared to cash provided by operating activities of approximately $5 million for the same period in 2014.

The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the following factors:

Net income increased by approximately $740,000 for the six months ended June 30,2015 compared to the same period in 2014;
The increase in account receivable balance corresponded to the trend of increase in sales: for the six months ended June 30, 2015, the account receivable increased by $2.5 million, compared to net collection of account receivable of $3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014;
The increase in advance to vendor balance: for the six months ended June 30, 2015, the account receivable increased by $1.8 million, compared to net utilization of advance to vendor of $305,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014;
The decrease in accrued liabilities balance: for the six months ended June 30, 2015, the accrued liabilities paid off by $228,000, compared to increase of accrued liabilities of $4.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

The above decrease of cash flow was offset by the following increase of cash flow:

Inventory decreased by approximately $315,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with an increase of approximately $1.8 million for the same period in 2014. Our inventory level fluctuated based on the orders we received and the fluctuation of raw material prices;
Other assets decreased by $285,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with an increase of $1.3 million for the same period in 2014 due to the collection made for export tax refund from tax authority, compared to significant receivables for export tax refund in 2014.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of approximately $1.0 million from net cash used in investing activities of approximately $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily attributable to increased prepayments associated with the acquisition of property and equipment in the six months ended June 30, 2015.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financing Activities

Net cash provided from financing activities was approximately $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared to net cash used in financing activities of approximately $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in net cash provided from financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily attributable to (a) a cash dividend paid to shareholders in 2014 (“2014 Dividend”), net of shareholder contribution of $6.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, (b) proceeds, net against repayment of short term borrowings, was $5.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $854,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014, (c) increase of proceeds from note payable by $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. The 2014 Dividend was incurred in connection with restructuring the Company. A portion of such dividend was reinvested in the Company, while the majority of the balance consisted of taxes in connection with the restructuring.

In 2015, we expect to use capital expenditures primarily to continue to build out and equip our Allentown facility and to develop a new factory in Wenling. We expect that our capital expenditures will increase in the future as our business continues to develop and expand. Our material cash requirements in the next twelve months from June 30, 2015 include (i) investments of approximately $1 million in the new production lines and manufacturing facilities in Pennsylvania to manufacture our products locally, (ii) purchase of equipment for approximately $4 million for our existing factories in China; and (iii) purchase of land use right for approximately $8 million and construction of property of $5 million as part of our project to build a new manufacturing facility in Wenling. As the demand for our products is expected to grow in the coming years, we will need to add additional manufacturing capacity in Wenling, China.

Our primary source of cash is currently generated from the sales of our products and bank borrowings. We will be looking to other sources, such as raising additional capital by issuing shares of stock, to meet our cash needs. While facing uncertainties in regards to the size and timing of capital raises, we are confident that we can continue to meet operational needs solely by utilizing cash flows generated from our operating activities and bank borrowings, as necessary.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loan Facilities

As of June 30, 2015, the details of all our short-term bank loans and bank acceptance notes payable are as follows:

(All amounts in U.S. dollars)

         
No.   Type   Contracting Party   Expiration Date   Amount   Interest rate
1   Short-term Bank Loan   Agricultural Bank of China   Various from July 2015 to May 2016   $1,227,737   Interest rate ranging from 6.31% to 6.79% per annum
2   Short-term Bank Loan   China Construction Bank   Various from July to November 2015   $2,510,529   6.30% per annum
3   Short-term Bank Loan   China Merchants Bank   Various from August to November 2015   $2,557,706   Interest rate ranging from 6.6% to 6.72% per annum
4   Short-term Bank Loan   PingAn Bank   Various from October 2015 to March 2016   $2,455,474   Interest rate ranging from 6.3% to 6.5% per annum
5   Short-term Bank Loan   China Citic Bank   Various from August 2015 to January 2016   $3,314,160   Three months of LIBOR
6   Short-term Bank Loan   Industrial and Commercial Bank of China   Various from August to December 2015   $4,697,222   Interest rates ranging from 1.36% to 6.16% per annum
7   Short-term Bank Loan   Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   July 2015   $1,200,943   4.8% to 5.0% per annum in excess of LIBOR
8   Short-term Bank Loan   Bank of China   Various from July to October 2015   $7,139,709   1.61% to 6.72% per annum
9   Bank acceptance notes payable   Industrial and Commercial Bank of China   Various dates from July to December 2015   $1,179,252   N/A
10   Bank acceptance notes payable   Bank of China   Due on July 27, 2015   $  452,427   N/A
11   Bank acceptance notes payable   China Citic Bank   Various dates from September to November 2015   $  369,898   N/A
12   Bank acceptance notes payable   Agricultural Bank of China   Due on August 13, 2015   $  194,278   N/A
13   Bank acceptance notes payable   China Construction Bank   Due on September 30, 2015   $  209,309   N/A

All loans and bank acceptance notes due as of the date of this filing have been repaid. As of the date of this filing, the Company has repaid approximately $13.4 million in bank loans and $1.2 million in notes payable that were due in 2015 and has borrowed approximately $9.6 million in bank loans and $1.3 million in notes payable from various banks in China, which are short term in nature and guaranteed by Zhejiang Special Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Special Plastics”), its shareholders and third parties. (Special Plastics is a company engaged in testing and inspection of plastic products that was previously owned 95% by our Chief Operating Officer and Chair, Ms. Guilan Jiang and 5% by her son, Mr. Qian Hu; Ms. Jiang has transferred her interest in Special Plastics to Qian Hu, who is now the sole shareholder of the company.)

Although we currently do not have any material unused sources of liquidity, giving effect to the foregoing bank loans and other financing activities, including the discounting of bills/notes receivable, we believe that our currently available working capital should be adequate to sustain our operations at our current levels through at least the next twelve months. We are not dependent upon this initial public offering to meet

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our liquidity needs for the next twelve months. We will consider additional borrowing based on our working capital needs and capital expenditure requirements. There is no seasonality of our borrowing activities.

Obligations under Material Contracts

Below is a table setting forth all of our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2015, which consists of our short-term loan agreements, loans from third parties and due to related parties:

         
  Payment Due by Period
Contractual Obligations   Total   Less than
1 year
  1 – 3
years
  3 – 5
years
  More than
5 years
Short-Term Debt Obligations   $ 25,103,480     $ 25,103,480                    
Bank Acceptance Notes Payable     2,405,164       2,405,164                    
Capital Lease Obligations                              
Operating Lease Obligations     3,836,295       389,494       808,618       849,472       1,788,711  
Letter of Credit     4,933,758       4,933,758                             
Purchase Obligations                              
Other Long-Term Liabilities Reflected on the Registrant’s Balance Sheet under GAAP                              
Loans from Third Parties                              
Due to Related Parties     44,253       44,253                    
Total   $ 36,322,950     $ 32,876,149     $ 808,618     $ 849,472     $ 1,788,711  

Statutory Reserves

Under PRC regulations, both of our subsidiaries in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with accounting principles generally of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). In addition, these companies are required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax net profits each year, if any, to fund the statutory reserves until the balance of the reserves reaches 50% of their registered capital. The statutory reserves are not distributable in the form of cash dividends to the Company and can be used to make up cumulative prior year losses.

Restrictions on net assets also include the conversion of local currency into foreign currencies, tax withholding obligations on dividend distributions, the need to obtain State Administration of Foreign Exchange approval for loans to a non-PRC consolidated entity. We did not have these restrictions on our net assets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. We are also party to certain debt agreements that are secured with collateral on our real property, but such debt agreements do not restrict our net assets and instead only impose restrictions on the pledged property. To the extent we wish to transfer pledged property, we are able to do so subject to the obligation that we settle the loan obligation.

The following table provides the amount of our statutory reserves, the amount of restricted net assets, consolidated net assets, and the amount of restricted net assets as a percentage of consolidated net assets, as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

   
  As of
June 30,
2015
  As of
December 31,
2014
Statutory Reserves   $ 2,269,804     $ 1,862,365  
Total Restricted Net Assets   $ 2,269,804     $ 1,862,365  
Consolidated Net Assets   $ 21,768,989     $ 17,454,524  
Restricted Net Assets as Percentage of Consolidated Net Assets     10.4 %       10.67 %  

Total restricted net assets accounted for approximately 10.4% of our consolidated net assets as of June 30, 2015. As our subsidiaries usually set aside only 10% of after-tax net profits each year to fund the statutory reserves and are not required to fund the statutory reserves when they incur losses, we believe the potential impact of such restricted net assets on our liquidity is limited.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capital Expenditures

We had capital expenditures of approximately $1.8 million and $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively for additions to and renovations of our workshops and office buildings; and purchases of equipment in connection with our business activities.

In 2015, our capital expenditures are expected to be approximately $16.3 million, and will be primarily related to the development of Allentown manufacturing facility in the United States for $3.3 million to meet increased global demand for our products, purchase of equipment for our existing factories in China for $5 million, and purchase of land use rights in China for $8 million.

We expect that our capital expenditures will increase in the future as our business continues to develop and expand. We have used cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations to fund our capital commitments in the past and anticipate using such funds and proceeds received from our initial public offering to fund capital expenditure commitments in the future.

Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

The following table sets forth summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

(All amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   
  2014   2013
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 5,390     $ 6,232  
Net cash used in investing activities     (4,661 )       (8,529 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (2,153 )       4,075  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     124       134  
Net (decrease) increase in cash     (1,299 )       1,912  
Cash, beginning of year     2,699       787  
Cash, end of year   $ 1,400     $ 2,699  

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $5.4 million in 2014, compared to cash provided by operating activities of approximately $6.3 million in 2013. The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the following factors:

Net income increased by approximately $4.3 million in 2014 compared to 2013;
The increase in account receivable balance corresponded to the trend of increase in sales, but at a faster rate than sales. Our sales increased by 19.6% or $13.6 million in 2014 compared with 2013. A substantial amount of the growth happened in the last quarter in 2014, during which our sales increased by 33%, or $5.44 million, compared with the same period of 2013. As a result, accounts receivable at the end of 2014 increased by approximately $4.1 million, or 46.3% in 2014 compared to 2013.
Inventory increased by approximately $2.7 million in 2014 compared with an increase of approximately $2.0 million in 2013. Our inventory level increased because of the expansion of business.
Accounts payable increased by $2.2 million in 2014 compared with an increase of $290,000 in 2013 due to our expansion of business and purchases of inventory to enhance our working capital and liquidity, as we maximized the benefits from the improved payment terms offered by our vendors.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $4.7 million in 2014, a decrease of approximately $3.9 million from net cash used in investing activities of approximately $8.6 million in 2013. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities in 2014 was primarily attributable to decreased payments associated with the acquisition of property and equipment in 2014.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $2.2 million in 2014, compared to net cash provided from financing activities of approximately $4.1 million in 2013. The decrease in net cash provided from financing activities in 2014 was primarily attributable to (a) the 2014 Dividend, net of shareholder contribution for $2.7 million, (b) repayment of short term borrowings for $454,000 in 2014 compared to proceeds from short term borrowings for $4.5 million in 2013. The 2014 Dividend was incurred in connection with restructuring the Company. A portion of such dividend was reinvested in the Company, while the majority of the balance consisted of taxes in connection with the restructuring.

In 2015, we expect to use capital expenditures primarily to continue to build out and equip our Allentown facility and to develop a new factory in Wenling. We expect that our capital expenditures will increase in the future as our business continues to develop and expand. Our material cash requirements in the next twelve months include (i) investments of approximately $3 million in the new production lines and manufacturing facilities in Pennsylvania to manufacture our products locally, (ii) purchase of equipment for approximately $5 million for our existing factories in China; and (iii) purchase of land use right for approximately $8 million as part of our project to build a new manufacturing facility in Wenling. As the demand for our products is expected to grow in the coming years, we will need to add additional manufacturing capacity in Wenling, China.

Our primary source of cash is currently generated from the sales of our products and bank borrowings. In the coming years, we will be looking to other sources, such as raising additional capital by issuing shares of stock, to meet our cash needs. While facing uncertainties in regards to the size and timing of capital raises, we are confident that we can continue to meet operational needs solely by utilizing cash flows generated from our operating activities and bank borrowings, as necessary.

Loan Facilities

As of December 31, 2014, the details of all our short-term bank loans and bank acceptance notes payable are as follows:

(All amounts in U.S. dollars)

         
No.   Type   Contracting Party   Expiration Date   Amount   Interest rate
1   Short-term Bank Loan   Agricultural Bank of China   Various from January to May 2015   $1,220,306   6.60% per annum
2   Short-term Bank Loan   China Construction Bank   July 2015   $1,301,660   6.30% per annum
3   Short-term Bank Loan   China Merchants Bank   March 2015   $2,423,560   4.12% per annum for $800,000 and 6.6% per annum for $1,639.344
4   Short-term Bank Loan   PingAn Bank   March 2015   $2,440,610   Interest rate ranging from 7.0% to 7.05% per annum
5   Short-term Bank Loan   China Citic Bank   Various from January to April 2015   $4,507,514   Interest rates ranging from 2.5% to 6.9% per annum
6   Short-term Bank Loan   Industrial and Commercial Bank of China   Various from February to December 2015   $3,585,835   Interest rates ranging from 1.8% to 6.16% per annum
7   Short-term Bank Loan   Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   Various from January to March 2015   $1,971,302   4.5% to 5.5% per annum in excess of LIBOR
8   Short-term Bank Loan   Bank of China   Various from January to February 2015   $2,073,420   2.5% to 4.1% per annum in excess of LIBOR

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
No.   Type   Contracting Party   Expiration Date   Amount   Interest rate
9   Bank acceptance notes payable   Industrial and Commercial Bank of China   Various dates from January to April 2015   $2,678,648   N/A
10   Bank acceptance notes payable   Bank of China   Various dates from January to June 2015   $  565,685   N/A

All loans and bank acceptance notes due as of the date of this filing have been repaid. As of the date of this filing, the Company has repaid approximately $7.5 million in bank loans and $1.1 million in notes payable that were due in 2015 and has borrowed approximately $11.6 million in bank loans and $1.2 million in notes payable from various banks in China, which are short term in nature and guaranteed by Special Plastics, its shareholders and third parties.

Although we currently do not have any material unused sources of liquidity, giving effect to the foregoing bank loans and other financing activities, including the discounting of bills/notes receivable, we believe that our currently available working capital should be adequate to sustain our operations at our current levels through at least the next twelve months. We are not dependent upon this initial public offering to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months. We will consider additional borrowing based on our working capital needs and capital expenditure requirements. There is no seasonality of our borrowing activities.

Obligations under Material Contracts

Below is a table setting forth all of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014, which consists of our short-term loan agreements, loans from third parties and due to related parties:

         
  Payment Due by Period
Contractual Obligations   Total   Less than
1 year
  1 – 3
years
  3 – 5
years
  More than
5 years
Short-Term Debt Obligations   $ 19,524,207     $ 19,524,207                    
Bank Acceptance Notes Payable     3,244,333       3,244,333                    
Capital Lease Obligations                              
Operating Lease Obligations     4,027,091       384,728       1,213,083       1,306,247       1,123,033  
Letter of Credit     7,846,882       7,846,882                             
Purchase Obligations                              
Other Long-Term Liabilities Reflected on the Registrant’s Balance Sheet under GAAP                              
Loans from Third Parties     195,249       195,249                    
Due to Related Parties     38,273       38,273                    
Total   $ 34,876,035     $ 31,233,672     $ 1,213,083     $ 1,306,247     $ 1,123,033  

Statutory Reserves

Under PRC regulations, both of our subsidiaries in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with accounting principles generally of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). In addition, these companies are required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax net profits each year, if any, to fund the statutory reserves until the balance of the reserves reaches 50% of their registered capital. The statutory reserves are not distributable in the form of cash dividends to the Company and can be used to make up cumulative prior year losses.

Restrictions on net assets also include the conversion of local currency into foreign currencies, tax withholding obligations on dividend distributions, the need to obtain State Administration of Foreign Exchange approval for loans to a non-PRC consolidated entity. We did not have these restrictions on our net assets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. We are also party to certain debt agreements that are secured with collateral on our real property, but such debt agreements do not restrict our net assets and instead only impose restrictions on the pledged property. To the extent we wish to transfer pledged property, we are able to do so subject to the obligation that we settle the loan obligation.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table provides the amount of our statutory reserves, the amount of restricted net assets, consolidated net assets, and the amount of restricted net assets as a percentage of consolidated net assets, as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

   
  As of
December 31,
2014
  As of
December 31,
2013
Statutory Reserves   $ 1,862,365     $ 1,108,393  
Total Restricted Net Assets   $ 1,862,365     $ 1,108,393  
Consolidated Net Assets   $ 17,454,524     $ 12,636,010  
Restricted Net Assets as Percentage of Consolidated Net Assets     10.67 %       8.78 %  

Total restricted net assets accounted for approximately 10.7% of our consolidated net assets as of December 31, 2014. As our subsidiaries usually set aside only 10% of after-tax net profits each year to fund the statutory reserves and are not required to fund the statutory reserves when they incur losses, we believe the potential impact of such restricted net assets on our liquidity is limited.

Capital Expenditures

We had capital expenditures of approximately $4.7 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively for additions to and renovations of our workshops and office buildings; and purchases of equipment in connection with our business activities.

In 2015, our capital expenditures are expected to be approximately $16.3 million, and will be primarily related to the development of Allentown manufacturing facility in the United States for $3.3 million to meet increased global demand for our products, purchase of equipment for our existing factories in China for $5 million, and purchase of land use rights in China for $8 million.

We expect that our capital expenditures will increase in the future as our business continues to develop and expand. We have used cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations to fund our capital commitments in the past and anticipate using such funds and proceeds received from our initial public offering to fund capital expenditure commitments in the future.

Off-balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have not entered into any other financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our own shares and classified as shareholders’ equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted by the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and any related disclosures. Although there was no material changes made to the accounting estimates and assumptions in the past three years, we continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates.

We believe that the following accounting policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and require us to make significant accounting estimates. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from product sales is recognized, net of estimated provisions for sales allowances, when the merchandise is shipped and title is transferred. Revenue is recognized when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists (sales agreements and customer purchase orders

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are used to determine the existence of an arrangement); (ii) delivery of goods has occurred and risks and benefits of ownership have been transferred, which is when the goods are received by the customer at its designated location in accordance with the sales terms;(iii) the sales price is both fixed and determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Historically, sales returns have been minimal.

We sell our products either under free on board (“FOB”) shipping point term or under FOB destination term. For sales under FOB shipping point term, we recognize revenue when product was loaded on the ships. Product delivery is evidenced by warehouse shipping log as well as signed shipping bills from the shipping company. For sales under FOB destination term, we recognize revenue when the product is delivered and accepted by customer. Product delivery is evidenced by signed receipt document and title transfers upon delivery.

Revenue is reported net of all value added taxes. We do not routinely permit customers to return products and historically, customer returns have been immaterial.

Allowance for accounts receivable

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on management’s assessment of the collectability of accounts receivable. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing the amount of the allowance.

We consider the historical level of credit losses and apply percentages to aged receivable categories when we decide the allowance for accounts receivable. Additional specific provision is made against accounts receivable to the extent which they are considered to be doubtful. Bad debts are written off when identified and we do not accrue interest on trade receivables. Collectability conditions are assessed on individual receivable accounts when we determine an allowance is necessary.

Income Tax

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASC 740 requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes and allows recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets based upon the likelihood of realization of tax benefits in future years. Under the asset and liability approach, deferred taxes are provided for the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or future deductibility is uncertain.

Our subsidiaries in China are subject to the income tax laws of the PRC. We believe that our tax return positions are fully supported, but tax authorities in China may challenge certain positions. Therefore, the amount ultimately paid could be materially different from the amounts previously included in income tax expense and therefore could have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounts Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606. This update affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance in this update supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition and most industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to illustrate the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance also includes a cohesive set of disclosure requirements that will provide users of financial statements with comprehensive information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from a reporting organization’s contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which defers by one year the effective date of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ASU 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year to December 15, 2017. Management is evaluating the impact, if any, of this ASU on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our management believes that other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business

Overview

We have been in business for more than 22 years. In the beginning, however, we did not produce the disposable serviceware products we produce today. Instead, for our first 10 years, we sold plastic household articles, baskets and other plastic products mainly in Europe. During this time, we were a relatively small company generating a few million dollars per year in revenue.

In 2003, the focus of our company changed dramatically. We met a company from Pennsylvania at the China Import and Export Fair in 2003, and they were looking for a supplier of disposable plastic serviceware products to serve one of their large customers. Although we had not, at that time, ever produced cutlery of any type, we saw the opportunity to help this company, which had more than 70 years of operating history, meet its production requirements for a large customer.

Many of our competitors turned away from an opportunity like this, since the production of disposable serviceware was seen as a low profit venture. Although the profit margins were lower, the revenues were significantly higher, allowing us to reach revenues of more than $10 million per year in 2003 – 04.

Our customer was pleased with the quality of our products, and we began to increase our production levels to meet the new demand. There were, of course, some challenges along the way as we learned the requirements and increasing environmental sensitivities of our new industry. For example, we were initially unprepared for the audits conducted by QSR chains when the customer’s Shanghai branch first visited our factory. After failing that first inspection, we tirelessly worked to address all of the issues noted and succeeded in passing the audit just seven short days later.

As we increased our business supplying our first QSR chain, other customers sought us out to provide disposable serviceware products as well. Continued growth raised our sales to approximately $20 million per year in 2008.

In 2009, we started to work directly with U.S. customers rather than through intermediaries. Although this decision has been an important component of our long-term success, our orders temporarily decreased, affecting our sales during the period, as some distributors sourced products from some of our competitors that lacked the ability to compete directly with such intermediaries.

We saw these challenges as an opportunity to continue growing our business. We began our own research and development efforts to differentiate our company from the numerous small Chinese factories that were capable of filling existing demand but lacked the ability to develop new materials and production machines. We have also retained Mr. John Kunes, an experienced executive in the U.S. plastic foodservice disposable industry, who was instrumental in helping us build direct relationships with QSR chains. Mr. Kunes currently serves as an Executive Vice President of Fuling USA.

As we have grown into a mature company in our industry, we have developed four main types of customers:

1. Dealers

2. QSRs

3. Manufacturers

4. Retailers

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Information

Fuling Global Inc. (“FGI”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on January 19, 2015. FGI has an indefinite term. FGI, its subsidiaries and its variable interest entity (“VIE”) (collectively the “Company”) are principally engaged in the production and distribution of environmentally-friendly plastic serviceware in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”) and United States (“U.S.”). Most products are exported to the U.S. and Europe and sold to major fast food chains and wholesalers.

Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd. (“Taizhou Fuling”) was established on October 28, 1992 as a Sino-Foreign joint venture under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”) with initial registered capital of $510,000.

On April 26, 2004, Total Faith Holdings Limited (“Total Faith”) was incorporated in British Virgin Islands.

In May 2005, Total Faith became one of Taizhou Fuling’s shareholders. The other shareholder was Wenling County Songmen Plastic Co., Ltd. (“Wenling Songmen”). In the same month, Wenling Songmen and Total Faith added $846,300 and $289,700, respectively, to the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling.

In December 2005, Taizhou Fuling changed its name to Zhejiang Fuling Plastic Co., Ltd. Wenling Songmen and Total Faith added $745,000 and $255,000, respectively, to the registered capital.

In November 2006, Taizhou Fuling changed its name from Zhejiang Fuling Plastic Co., Ltd. to Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd. and extended its term from 15 years to 25 years. In July 2015, Taizhou Fuling extended its term from 25 years to 45 years. Therefore, its term is from October 28, 1992 to October 27, 2037.

In November 2007, Wenling Songmen and Total Faith added $670,500 and $229,500, respectively, to the registered capital.

On March 12, 2009, Wenling Songmen, one of Taizhou Fuling’s two investors, changed its name to Wenling Fulin Plastic Products Co. Ltd.

In May 2014, Total Faith added $7,530,000 of registered capital to Taizhou Fuling. Wenling Songmen waived its right to add registered capital. As a result, Total Faith and Wenling Songmen held 76% and 24%, respectively, of the equity interests in Taizhou Fuling at the time. The total registered capital was increased to $11,110,000.

On May 28, 2014, Total Faith acquired Wenling Songmen’s 24% interest in Taizhou Fuling for RMB 29 million, which was funded by a loan from Wenling Songmen for RMB 12.6 million and capital investment from Ms. Jiang for RMB 16.4 million. In compliance with Chinese business regulations, in order to update business registration with State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the consideration should be determined based on “fair value” of the interest transferred, which was determined to be RMB 29 million, compared to RMB 16.4 million, the registered capital owned by Wenling Songmen. Total Faith, Wenling Songmen agreed that loan would be settled automatically after the RMB 12.6 million paid to Wenling Songmen, which is the excess to the register capital. As a result of the acquisition, Taizhou Fuling changed its entity type from a Sino-Foreign joint venture to a wholly foreign owned enterprise (“WFOE”). Taizhou Fuling is now 100% owned by Total Faith.

Taizhou Fuling has three wholly-owned subsidiaries, Zhejiang Great Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Great Plastics”), Fuling Plastic USA, Inc. (“Fuling USA”), and Direct Link USA LLC (“Direct Link”).

Great Plastics was incorporated in China in March 2010 and principally engaged in the production of drinking straws, cup and plate items. Fuling USA was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in 2014. Fuling USA is establishing the Company’s first production factory in the U.S. and will principally engage in the production of cutlery and straw items. Direct Link was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2011. Great Plastics and Fuling USA serve as import trading companies of Taizhou Fuling in the United States.

Prior to the incorporation of Fuling USA, we incorporated a similarly-named wholly-owned subsidiary in New York named Fuling Plastics USA Inc. (“Old Fuling USA”) in 2009. (Note that Fuling USA’s name is the

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

singular Fuling Plastic, rather than the plural Fuling Plastics.) Old Fuling USA served as a trading company that imported certain products from our China facilities and sold them to our customers in the U.S. Since we incorporated Fuling USA in 2014 in Pennsylvania to coordinate our Allentown project, we no longer needed to maintain Old Fuling USA and reduced its operations in January 2014. Old Fuling USA was dissolved on April 8, 2015.

Total Faith effectively controls Domo Industry Inc. (“Domo”), a U.S. company established in the State of New York in October 2007, based on the fact that Domo’s equity at risk is not sufficient to permit it to carry on its activities without additional subordinated financial support from Total Faith. Total Faith is obligated to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from Domo’s activities and to receive the majority of Domo’s residual returns. Based on this arrangement, Total Faith has gained effective control over Domo and Domo is considered a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10-05-08A. Accordingly, Total Faith consolidates Domo’s operating results, assets and liabilities.

On January 9, 2015, Fuling USA transferred 100% of its interest in Direct Link to Taizhou Fuling, and Ms. Jiang transferred her 49% interest in Domo to Total Faith, both in connection with the reorganization of our corporate structure in preparation for our initial public offering. On February 19, 2015, Ms. Jiang transferred her interest in Total Faith, which is 100% of the equity of Total Faith, to FGI. At the completion of these transactions, (i) Total Faith owns 49% of the equity of Domo but maintains effective control; (ii) Taizhou Fuling owns 100% of the equity of Direct Link; (iii) FGI owns 100% of the equity of Total Faith; and (iv) eight shareholders own 100% of the equity of FGI.

Corporate Structure

Below is a chart representing our current corporate structure:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is at NovaSage Incorporations (Cayman) Limited, Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 2582, Grand Cayman KY1-1103, Cayman Islands, telephone +1.345.949.2648.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Industry

Foodservice Disposables — Generally

The foodservice disposables industry is segmented into (1) packaging, (2) serviceware and (3) napkins and other disposables. According to a 2013 report by the Freedonia Group, demand for the entire foodservice disposable industry is projected to reach $19.7 billion by 2017, representing compound annual growth of 3.6% per year from 2012 sales of $16.5 billion. This projected growth rate is based on a historical compound annual growth rate of 3.7% from 2007 through 2012. The industry projection consists of a blended compound annual growth rate of 4.1% in packaging, 3.2% in serviceware and 2.2% in napkins and other disposables, compared with historical compound annual growth rates of 4.1%, 3.5% and 2.3%, respectively, in the 2007 to 2012 period.

Serviceware Segment

Our products consist predominantly of serviceware, which includes cutlery, drinking straws, cups and plates. Approximately 45.5% of foodservice disposable sales were for disposable serviceware:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

(The Freedonia Group, Inc.)

Serviceware segment’s total revenues in 2012 were $7.5 billion, compared with $6.3 billion in 2007. By far, the largest component of serviceware products is cups, including beverage cups and portion cups, which accounted for approximately 55% of demand in the segment in 2012. According to 2014 polls conducted by Experian, nearly 65% of U.S. households use disposable cups and plates, and of those who use such products, more participants said they use the store brand (26.5%) than the next highest brand preference (20.1%). For companies like ours, which produce products under the brand names of our customers, the absence of strong brand loyalty in our industry is positive news.

Demand for serviceware has been driven by continued strength in QSR demand and the growth of limited service restaurants and retailer in-store cafes and snack bars.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Raw Materials in Foodservice Disposables Industry

Foodservice disposables use a variety of materials, depending on the intended use of such disposables. Approximately 7.3 billion pounds of raw materials were used in manufacturing foodservice disposables in 2012:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

(The Freedonia Group, Inc.)

Paper products are commonly used for bags, soda and coffee cups, napkins and wrapping papers. Aluminum foil products are often found in limited service restaurant take-out containers and foil/paper laminated wraps. Plastics (including a variety of polystyrene (“PS”), polypropylene (“PP”), polyethylenes and degradable resins) are seen in utensils, straws, clamshell containers, cups and container lids.

Plastics have an important role in the foodservice disposables industry, due to their impressive range of appropriate uses: keeping food hot, keeping food cold, low cost, light weight, water-tightness, clarity, flavor neutrality and malleability for different uses.

While we believe we are able to produce products that can be used for a variety of uses, we also recognize that specific products may be better suited for desired uses: for example, while we produce plastic drinking straws and are able to produce plastic wrappers for such straws, our customers typically prefer that we obtain paper wrappers for the straws we provide to them, both for cost reasons and also for safety reasons, as wet plastic wrappers may become pose accident risks on QSR floors.

Moreover, even where plastic products are well suited to specific uses, consumer preferences may affect demand. For example, few materials are better suited to keeping coffee warm (and avoiding burning the hands holding that coffee) than foamed polystyrene cups; however, due to environmental concerns some QSRs and other customers have chosen paper cups and cardboard sleeves as an alternative to foamed polystyrene. Indeed, some municipalities and states in the United States have proposed regulations that would prevent such cups from being sold.

To address these consumer requirements and to anticipate local ordinances, manufacturers like our company have researched and developed environmentally-friendly alternatives to traditional plastic products. As of 2012, degradable products accounted for almost 2% of the total foodservice disposables revenue in the United States. Cups and containers made up approximately 75% of that demand. Degradable plastics consist primarily of starch-based plastics and polylactic acid (“PLA”).

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Products

While a majority of our products purchased by our customers use polypropylene (“PP”) and polystyrene (“PS”) including General Purpose Polystyrene (“GPPS”) and High Impact Polystyrene (“HIPS”), we focused on developing more environmentally-friendly solutions in order to continue to compete as our target markets’ environmental laws become more stringent. We have already seen products like foamed polystyrene banned or heavily restricted in some of our target markets. We believe that by providing biodegradable disposable food service items, we may find a competitive advantage over companies that produce only traditional, less environmentally-friendly products.

We have collaborated with the Technical Institute of Physics and Chemistry, Chinese Academy of Sciences in research regarding foodservice disposables technology in materials, processes and systems. Under the terms of the Technology Development & Cooperation Contract between Taizhou Fuling and Chinese Academy of Sciences, the right to apply for a patent of an invention or creation and the right to use the know-how achieved in cooperative development shall be jointly owned by the parties thereto. Moreover, according the PRC Contract Law, if the Chinese Academy of Sciences transfers the right to apply for a patent, Taizhou Fuling has the right of first refusal under the same conditions.

It is through these collaborations that we have secured important breakthroughs resulting in proprietary knowledge and patents. Currently our research focuses on the latest biodegradable materials, including Polybutylene Succinate (“PBS”), PLA, and cellulose.

1. PBS is crystallized biodegradable polyester. As PBS decomposes naturally into water and carbon dioxide, it is a biodegradable alternative to some common plastics. It is both a green and environmentally-friendly material. It has high mechanical performance, good toughness, good thermal stability, and a wide range of processing temperature and high heat deflection temperature. PBS can be processed by various molding ways with normal equipment. To meet the requirements of various products, it can be mixed with other biodegradable or natural materials, such as PLA, polypropylene carbonate (“PPC”), polyhydroxyalkanoates (“PHAs”), Polycaprolactone (“PCL”) and starch or wood powder.
2. PLA is a biodegradable thermoplastic aliphatic polyester derived from renewable resources, such as corn starch (in the United States), tapioca roots, chips or starch (mostly in Asia), or sugarcane (in the rest of the world). In 2010, PLA had the second highest consumption volume of any bioplastic of the world.
3. Cellulose is an organic compound. It is the most abundant organic polymer on Earth. Cellulose has no taste, is odorless, is insoluble in water and most organic solvents and is biodegradable. Hydroxyl bonding of cellulose in water produces a sprayable, moldable material as an alternative to the use of plastics.

Our advanced R&D center in Wenling, Zhejiang aims to develop five new products every year. While our ability to maximize use of biodegradable materials will ultimately hinge on customer demand, we seek to maximize the environmental friendliness of our products. For a list of some of our recent research projects, see “BUSINESS — Research and Development.”

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Insurance Coverage

The following chart shows our current insurance coverage:

       
Insured   Insurance Type   Insurance Subject   Insured Amount   Period
Taizhou Fuling   Property insurance   Inventory   RMB 8,000,000.00   July 16, 2015  –  July 15, 2016
          Fixed assets   RMB 8,000,000.00     
Taizhou Fuling   Cargo Export Transportation Insurance   Plastic Kitchen Ware   Determined by CIF (Cost Insurance and Freight)/DDP (Delivery Duty Paid) of cargo; expected to be RMB 200,000,000 per year   March 1, 2015 –  March 1, 2016
Taizhou Fuling and/or its Wenling branch   Products/completed operations liability and designated vendors’ liability   Plastic cutlery (including plastic knife/fork/spoon) manufactured by the Named Insured and distributed through designated vendor(s) in Australia/New Zealand   USD 8,797,000   March 1, 2015 –  March 1, 2016
General Distributors Limited (as additional insured)                    
Taizhou Fuling, Great Plastics   Short-term Credit Insurance   All exportation by non-Letter of Credit and All exportation by Letter of Credit   $35,000,000   June 1, 2015 –  May 31, 2016
Great Plastics   Cargo Export Transportation Insurance   Plastic Kitchen Ware   Determined by CIF (Cost Insurance and Freight)/DDP (Delivery Duty Paid) of cargo; expected to be RMB 100,000,000 per year   April 1, 2015 –  April 1, 2016
Direct Link   Property   Business income and extra expense   12 months actual loss sustained   March 15, 2015  – March 15, 2016
          Business income and extra expense —  dependent properties   $10,000     
          Employee dishonesty   $25,000     
          Forgery and alteration   $25,000     
     Liability   Liability and medical expense limit — each occurrence   $1,000,000     
          Medical expense limit — per person   $10,000  

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
Insured   Insurance Type   Insurance Subject   Insured Amount   Period
          Personal and advertising injury   $1,000,000     
          Products/completed operations aggregate   $2,000,000     
          General aggregate   $2,000,000     
          Damage to premises rented to you   $300,000     
     Property (Containers, paper and disposable plastic   Accounts Receivable   $25,000
          Business Personal Property   $15,918     
          Electronic Data Processing   $50,000     
          Equipment Breakdown   $15,918     
          Fine Arts   $25,000     
          Ordinance or Law — Demolition Cost, Increased Cost of Construction   $25,000     
          Seasonal Increase: 25%
          Sewer or Drain
Back Up
  $25,000     
          Valuable Papers & Records   $25,000     
Direct Link   Umbrella   Each Occurrence Limit   $1,000,000   March 15, 2015  – March 15, 2016
          General Aggregate Limit   $2,000,000     
          Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Limit   $2,000,000     
          Personal and Advertising Injury Liability Limit   $1,000,000     
Fuling USA   Commercial Property        Up to $2,000,000   August 6, 2015 –  August 6, 2016
          Utility Service — Direct Damage   Up to $100,000     
          Greenpac Enhancement   Up to $25,000     
          Crisis Response   Up to $25,000     
          ELITEPAC Property Extension   Up to $2,000,000  

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
Insured   Insurance Type   Insurance Subject   Insured Amount   Period
     Commercial Liability        Up to $3,000,000     
          Employee Benefits   Up to $3,000,000     
          Product Recall Expense   Up to $200,000     
          Data Compromise   Up to $50,000     
          ELITEPAC General Liability Extension   Up to $500,000     
     Business Automobile        Up to $1,000,000     
          ELITEPAC Commercial Automobile Extension   Up to $1,000 Per Day     
     Employment Practices Liability        Up to $50,000     
     Commercial Umbrella        Up to $9,000,000     

Our Environmental Stewardship Measures

We endeavor to increase our production of environmentally-friendly products and reduce pollution in the production process. Because of our achievements in clean production, energy-savings, pollution control and environmental management, we have been recognized as a Zhejiang Advanced Enterprise on Clean Production, which is currently effective from 2012 to 2017. We have been awarded this recognition continuously since 2005.

We have formulated various environmental manuals and policies, including Environmental Targets , Environmental Measure Implementation Plan and Environmental Training Management Procedure . We also have founded an environmental management group whose members have relevant environmental management qualifications and experience. We keep complete records of our clean production files. We have implemented examination equipment for monitoring pollution and full operations records of our environmental protection facility. We strictly comply with laws and regulations about environmental protection and comprehensive utilization of resources. We have never been penalized by any environmental protection governmental agency.

We have obtained several environmental stewardship-related certificates for our management systems that are listed in the following table.

Fuling Environmental Stewardship-related Certificates

         
Issuing Authority   Certificate   Recipient   Standard   Applicable to   Valid Period
Beijing Zhong-An-Zhi-Huan Certification Center   Environmental Management System Certificate   Taizhou Fuling   GB/T 24001 —  2004/ISO 14001:2004   Plastic drinking cups and disposable plastic tableware production and service   2014-09-15 until 2017-09-14
Beijing Zhong-An-Zhi-Huan Certification Center   Environmental Management System Certificate   Great Plastics   GB/T 24001 —  2004/ISO 14001:2004   Production and related activities of disposable plastic cutlery and plastic cups   2014-09-15 until 2017-09-14

Our Equipment

As labor has become more expensive in China, we have found that we have less of an advantage over similarly situated companies from certain other countries. As a result, we have focused on increasing automation to reduce our reliance on labor, especially for cutlery. Because we have developed some of our own machinery for producing and packaging our products, we believe we have advantages over less automated competitors.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are using more and more fully automated machinery including automatic injection molding machines, robotic arms, and automatic delivery systems. For example, we developed a six-in-one automatic packing machine to meet our customers’ needs. This machine can combine six steps into one step. Therefore, it packs forks, cutlery, napkins and other plastic serviceware into a single plastic package. A normal packing machine would require seven workers to operate. This machine reduces labor demand to only four workers.

Most of our automatic machines are customized. For instance, we cooperated with a manufacturer to transform a normal injection molding machine into a professional, industrial-quantity injection molding machine for serviceware production. We also cooperated with an automation factory to produce robotic arms for our production system.

The following chart shows some of our advanced equipment.

 
Equipment   Function
Elemental Analyzer   Our elemental analyzers can detect 26 kinds of toxic heavy metal elements and detect a variety of regular and irregular sample of the power, plate, linear. Alloys, metal materials and plastic materials can be detected.
Injection Molding Machine   Our injection molding machine is also called an injection machine. It is our main molding equipment using plastic molding to make thermoplastic or thermosetting plastic into various shapes of plastic products. High power is applied to molten plastic to fill the mold cavity and injection. The dedicated robotic arm of the injection molding machine is able to automate transportation of products or running tools according to the predetermined requirement for the operation of automated production equipment.
Vacuum Magnetron Sputtering Coating Machine   Our vacuum magnetron sputtering coating machine mainly uses direct current (or intermediate frequency) magnetron sputtering and can be adapted to a wide range of coating targets, such as copper, titanium, chromium, stainless steel, nickel and other metal materials, which can be coated using a sputtering process. It can also improve film adhesion, reproducibility, density, uniformity and other characteristics.
Four-Layer Co-Extruded Sheet Machine   Our four-layer co-extrusion sheet machine is mainly suitable for PP, PS and other raw materials, production of various high-grade thermalformed sheets and stationery sheets. Widely used in the manufacture of various high-grade four-layer sheets, the machine is suitable for manufacturing high-grade beverage cups, jelly cups, food packaging and other packaging containers.
High-Speed Plastic Molding Machines (Computer Controlled)   Our computer controlled high-speed plastic molding machine is suitable for PS, modified PP and PET reel sheet. It can manufacture to a variety of specifications, including disposable fast-food containers, instant noodle bowls, western food boxes, food packaging for products such as candy and cake boxes, daily necessities, metal packaging, children’s toys and agricultural seedling trays.
Thermoforming Machine   Our thermoforming machine is mainly suitable for HIPS, PS, PVC, PET and other plastic sheet, using heating principles to form plastic sheets, including in particular the production of, among other items, various small spoons and plate covers.

From 2012 to 2014, we invested approximately $16 million on advanced equipment and technology to increase our productivity levels, increasing our annual per-production worker output from approximately $80,000 in 2012 to approximately $127,000 in 2014, an important 58.75% performance improvement.

We plan to establish an automation department to work on research and development for that aspect of our manufacturing process. We believe we still have room to continue to automate our production processes and enjoy additional savings in labor expenses and increased productivity.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following pictures show some of the automation in our factories and product lines.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Injection Molding Machine (including robotic arm) in our Songmen factory.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

High-Speed Plastic Molding Machines (Computer Controlled) in our Sanmen factory.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Four-Layer Co-Extruded Sheet Machine in our Sanmen factory.

Production Strategy

Product Mix

While we will continue to improve our traditional serviceware segment offerings, we plan to grow our packaging segment. Our customers in this segment are mainly retailers and wholesalers. While packaging materials currently constitute a small percentage of our sales revenue, we aim to achieve significant growth in this segment. Our decision is based on following reasons:

(1) Our packaging products have the same customer base as our serviceware products.

(2) Several big cities including New York have discussed or announced bans on some level of plastic foam containers. Many of these containers are made of a plastic resin known as expanded polystyrene. These polystyrene materials are difficult to recycle and do not bio-degrade naturally. Considering the amount of plastic foam containers consumed every day in big cities which will soon be banned and increasing political and socioeconomic pressures, we estimate that environmentally-friendly packaging products like ours will be competitive alternatives for a variety of new customers.

(3) Our R&D efforts and production facilities have prepared us to provide advanced environmentally-friendly packaging products to meet demand.

Manufacturing Location

The United States is one of the world’s largest users of foodservice disposables; however, the United States has historically relied on imported products, as U.S. manufacturing has been unable to meet the required pricing levels. We currently produce substantially all of our products in China and ship them to the United States for warehousing and sale. In 2014, we commenced construction of a facility in Allentown,

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pennsylvania. Because of our success in automating the manufacturing process, we believe that the Allentown facility will provide us a platform to manufacture products in the United States, particularly where doing so is cost effective for us.

Of the three categories of products we produce, the production of cutlery will likely continue to occur in China, since our cutlery production process is already heavily streamlined and the cost savings we receive from labor cost differences between the U.S. and China, combined with our ability to pack shipments densely for transportation to the United States, makes it cost-effective to maintain production in China at present.

By contrast, cups and straws or similar hollow products are less cost effectively produced in China, since these products cannot be packed as tightly as cutlery. As a result, shipping costs tend to be a higher percentage of the total cost of these products. If we have substantial and consistent orders, we plan to fill the majority of such orders for drinking straws and cups from our Allentown factory.

The factors involved in determining where we will manufacture a given product generally consist of the following:

1. Labor costs .  Currently the United States is much more expensive per hour for laborers, although U.S. laborers tend to be more productive in the same amount of time.
2. Raw materials .  The United States is slightly more expensive for raw materials that we use in production of our products than China is.
3. Electricity .  Electricity needed to produce our products costs more in China than in the United States.
4. Shipping .  If we ship the products from China to the United States for sale, shipping costs can account for up to 40% of the price of the product, depending upon the location and the product.
5. Taxes .  Taxes on our income are higher for sales in the United States than for sales in China.

As a result of analyzing these factors, we determined that it was in the best interest of our company to invest in America, hire U.S. workers and produce certain of our products in Allentown. Because we expect labor costs in China will continue to approach U.S. rates and electricity and shipping costs from China will continue to be comparatively expensive, we look forward to commencing operations in our Allentown facility. We will first manufacture drinking straws in our Allentown facility. If the manufacturing of straws at Allentown is successful, we will also consider investing in manufacturing cups in the United States.

Allentown Expansion

Decision to Invest in Allentown

Based on the above analysis of the merits of moving production of some of our products to the United States, our next decision was where to invest. We chose Allentown, Pennsylvania as the city to develop our first production line in the United States because of its superior geographic location, strong economic status, and ties to China.

Allentown is Pennsylvania’s third most populous city and is currently the fastest growing city in Pennsylvania. Part of the New York City Metropolitan Area, Allentown is 50 miles north-northwest of Philadelphia, the fifth most populous city in the United States; 90 miles east-northeast of state capital Harrisburg and 90 miles west of New York City, the nation’s largest city.

Four expressways run through the Allentown area, and the city is also a regional center for commercial freight rail traffic and is close to several major airports. As a result, we expect transportation of our products to our customers will be convenient and efficient.

Pennsylvania is home to fifty Fortune 500 companies. Pennsylvania’s 2013 total gross state product of $644 billion ranks the state 6 th in the nation. If Pennsylvania were an independent country, its economy would rank as the 18 th largest in the world. Moreover, Pennsylvania has a beneficial taxation policy that was attractive to our company in deciding where to locate manufacturing operations. In Pennsylvania, personal income tax is a flat 3.07%. The corporate net income tax is 9.9% and is levied on federal taxable income,

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

without the federal net operating loss deduction. In addition, Pennsylvania allows a 20-year net operating loss carry forward of up to $2 million a year.

Finally, Pennsylvania has a strong trade relationship with China. Other than Canada and Mexico, China was the largest destination for exports from Pennsylvania, with $2.91 billion in exports in 2013.

Allentown Project Plan

Estimate of the amount of expenditures

The total investment for the project will be roughly $9.9 million, including approximately $5.6 million of fixed asset investment, and $4.3 million of working capital. We plan to finance the project with a capital investment of approximately $6.1 million (including $2.8 million we have already invested and $3.3 million from IPO proceeds) and long-term loans of approximately $3.8 million. We plan to obtain these long-term loans from commercial banks in China with land and building of our Songmen facility as collateral. This will bring six of the twenty-four planned manufacturing lines fully operational. If we choose to increase production capability, we will incur additional costs.

Schedule

We signed the lease of the factory and acquired property for our Allentown facility in 2013 and 2014 for $235,089.18. As of the time of this filing, we have paid approximately $455 thousand in total rental fees and approximately $839 thousand for factory renovations.

The preparatory work for the project began in the second half of 2013, and in October 2013 we committed with the Pennsylvania Department of Commerce to invest and build the factory in Pennsylvania.

We completed preparations for the preliminary stage of the project in early 2014. From May 2014 to December 2014, we finished the construction and renovation of the factory.

From January 2015 to May 2015, we have purchased and installed the initial six straw production lines at a cost of approximately $1 million. These six production lines have become operational now and enable us to manufacture on average 4 million straws per day. We have the ability to expand to twenty-four production lines.

From June 2015 to November 2015, the purchase and installation of another six straw production lines will be finished. After these twelve production lines are put into operation and function properly, we plan to buy another twelve straw product lines.

We estimate that the project will be fully completed and its entire operating capacity installed and ready for use in April 2016.

Increase of Production Capacity Anticipated after Completion

The designated annual capacity is 4,800 tons of straw series products if all the 24 straw production lines are put into operations. According to our industry experience, market development and detailed specifications of this project, we estimate that in the second full year of the project (October 2014 to September 2015), the production load should reach 10% of total designated production capacity, 50% in the third year (October 2015 to September 2016), and 100% in the fourth year (October 2016 to September 2017), as illustrated in the following chart:

Production Load Estimate

     
Project   In 2 nd Year   In 3 rd Year   In and After
4 th Year
Production Load     10 %       50 %       100 %  
Straw Production (tons)     480       2,400       4,800  

Environmental Considerations

The products from the Allentown project are designed to meet the environmental protection trends in the United States. The project’s products are disposable plastic straws, which can be customized according to the specific needs of customers: either custom manufactured biodegradable products or general products. In the

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. market, our customers are increasingly requesting biodegradable products. With the growing awareness of environmental protection and the implementation of local government initiatives limiting plastic use and/or favoring recyclable or biodegradable products, we expect we will see demand for biodegradable products increase in the future. We have designed the Allentown project to be able to deliver products that address these trends.

Our company will strictly follow applicable environmental regulations and policies including the National Environmental Policy Act, and other related policies such as the Clean Air Act and the Clean Water Act.

Location

Below is a diagram of the location of our Allentown facility.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

As can be seen in the above map, the Allentown facility is located conveniently near the intersection of the Lehigh Valley Thruway (U.S. Route 22), which stretches from Cincinnati, Ohio to Newark, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania Route 100, which runs from Pleasant Corners through Philadelphia and into Chester County, Pennsylvania. In addition, the facility is less than 10 minutes from I-78, a major road that sees more than 4 million trucks annually and links New York City and New Jersey with western points.

In addition, its proximity to Lehigh Valley International Airport and Newark Liberty International Airport, both of which serve scheduled airlines and cargo traffic, executive aviation as well as various logistics cargos, makes this area attractive and fitting for this facility.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facility

Our Allentown facility structure will consist of 88,000 square feet on 7.7 acres of land:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

The current build-out plan is as depicted below. The blue figures in the left lower corner represent our first 6 straw production lines that we have installed. We next intend to build the remaining product lines.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Current Stage

We have finished all the preparation work of the project, including leasing the warehouse and renovation of the factory. We also have purchased and installed 6 straw production lines at a purchase and installation cost of approximately $1 million. As of October 19, 2015, all of these production lines are operational.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wenling Expansion

Decision to Build a New Factory in Wenling

We decided to invest in building a new factory in Wenling for the following reasons:

1) By building a new factory, we can meet the growing demand for our products. Currently the extent of utilization of our old factory in Songmen Town of Wenling is approximately 90%. Based on current growth rates, we expect utilization will reach 100% in the second half of 2015. A new factory will allow us to expand our production capacity.

2) The planned location of this new factory will be in the Eastern New District of Wenling, only 5 km from our Songmen factory, so it will be easy for us to integrate the new factory into our business operations and leverage our existing resources to grow the new facility.

3) The planned location of our new factory is only 15 km from the Longmen sea port, which is convenient for us to ship our products.

Wenling Project Plan

The project construction period is budgeted for 35 months, from September 2015 to July 2018, divided into three phases.

We estimate the total amount of expenditures is approximately $36 million. We plan to finance the expansion with IPO proceeds, self-generated cash flow and profits from operations. We plan to install 180 injection production lines and 33 suction production lines. The 180 injection production lines will produce cutlery, plates, cups and bowls. We anticipate that 16 of the 33 suction production lines will produce cups, and 17 of the suction production lines will produce plates, cup lids and various types of containers, such as vegetable containers, fruit containers and packaging containers. We anticipate that the production capacity will be increased by 60,000 tons after completion of the build-out project.

The following chart shows the specific plan:

     
  Phase I   Phase II   Phase III
Estimated period     September 2015 – July 2016       January 2017 – July 2017       January 2018 – July 2018  
Estimated expenditures required     $14 million
1) Purchase of land use
right: $5 million for 33.27
acres (202 mu);
2) Construction of
facilities: $5 million for
107,800 square meters of
manufacturing facilities;
3) Equipment purchase:
$4 million.
      $11 million
1) Construction of
facilities: $3 million;
2) Equipment purchase:
$7 million;
3) R&D: $1 million.
      $11 million
1) Construction of
facilities: $3 million;
2) Equipment purchase:
$7 million;
3) R&D: $1 million.
 
Financing resources     IPO proceeds and
self-generated cash flow
      Profit from operation in 2016       Profit from operation in 2017  
Anticipated increase in production capacity     20,000 tons       20,000 tons       20,000 tons  
180 injection production lines     80 (capacity of 12,000 tons)       60 (capacity of 9,000 tons)       40 (capacity of 6,000 tons)  
33 suction production lines     8 (capacity of 8,000 tons)       11 (capacity of 11,000 tons)       14 (capacity of 14,000 tons)  

Environmental Considerations

The production lines that we plan to install are capable of producing biodegradable products.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Location

We plan to build this new factory in the Eastern New District of Wenling. Below is a diagram of the planned location of our Wenling facility and the location of Longmen sea port which our facility will use. The star represents the proposed location of the factory, and the triangle represents the newly-built Longmen sea port.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facility

Our new Wenling facility structure will consist of 107,800 square meters on 33.27 acres of land. We plan to build five workshop and warehouse buildings, four of which will occupy 16,000 square meters each and one of which will occupy 24,000 square meters. In addition to production buildings, we also plan to build an office building occupying 7,000 square meters and two dormitory buildings occupying 6,400 square meters each. The dormitory buildings will consist of 380 rooms and can accommodate 1,520 workers.

Raw Materials

Our primary raw materials are (1) plastic resin (primarily polypropylene (“PP”) and polystyrene (“PS”) which includes General Purpose Polystyrene (“GPPS”) and High Impact Polystyrene (“HIPS”)), (2) plastic bags and membranes for packaging cutlery, (3) shipping cartons, (4) plastic colorants, (5) paper napkins, salt, pepper and wet wipes for inclusion in cutlery packages and (6) labeling materials. We purchase our raw materials from a variety of suppliers, including more than ten suppliers of our key raw material, granular plastic resin. As we have a variety of options to supply us with raw materials for our products and the technical demands of preparing such raw materials are relatively low, we do not anticipate any difficulties in obtaining raw materials to produce our products. We are not reliant on a single supplier for any of our raw materials, and we expect we would be easily able to replace any of our suppliers if we needed to do so.

Plastic resin constituted approximately 82% of our raw material purchases in 2014. Plastic costs have recently been volatile as a result of significant fluctuations in petroleum prices. The company considers only plastic resin cost fluctuations to be material, given resin price volatility and plastic’s percentage of the cost of our products. We have historically been able to pass price fluctuations on to our customers. We do this in two ways.

First, for orders of our products by customers without long-term supply agreements with our company, we simply base the price quoted to the customers on current commodity prices. As raw material prices increase and decrease, we are able to adjust the price of our products as necessary.

Second, for our supply agreements for customers that have long-term supply agreements, such as a QSR that sources straws in a five-year agreement, we provide adjustable pricing that will fluctuate in part based on changes in plastic resin costs. Our client website maintains commodity prices to enable both parties to track such fluctuations.

For these reasons, we believe we will be able to adjust our pricing of products to allow us to maintain margins, serve our clients, and to avoid shortages in raw materials in the event of price increases.

Distribution Channels

Geographic Distribution of Revenues

Although the vast majority of our customers are in the United States, we sell our products around the world. Following is a summary of our total revenues by geographic market for each of our last three fiscal years. All amounts are presented in thousands of U.S. dollars. Please note that the revenue here does not include our income from sources other than our serviceware products, which are mainly sales of raw materials and recyclable waste.

(All amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars)

     
Region   2014   2013   2012
United States   $ 76,930     $ 64,828     $ 50,706  
Europe     1,933       1,541       1,732  
Australia     1,214       775       2,076  
Canada     1,198       1,087       633  
Central and South America     760       685       657  
Middle East     683       374       430  
China     122       102       74  
Total   $ 82,840     $ 69,392     $ 56,308  

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Markets and Customers

Our approach to competition in the market depends largely on the type of customer we seek to serve, as various customer industries have different priorities for their purchasing decisions. Historically, we have sold our serviceware products to four categories of customers (below estimates include sales through distributors to ultimate customers):

         
Type of Customer   Products Sold   Geographic Region   Estimated
Sales % in
Six Months
Ended June 30,
2015
  Estimated Sales
% in 2014
  Estimated Sales
% in 2013
Dealers     Serviceware, Straws,
Cups, Plates
      USA, Europe, Central
and South America,
Australia, Middle East,
Canada
      58 %       54 %       58 %  
QSRs     Serviceware, Straws,
Cups
      USA       31 %       33 %       33 %  
Retailers     Serviceware, Straws,
Cups, Plates
      USA, Australia       6 %       6 %       7 %  
Manufacturers     Serviceware       USA       5 %       7 %       2 %  
Total                       100 %       100 %       100 %  

Distribution Channels

When we began to produce serviceware, we sold our products through distributors that had existing relationships with the ultimate customers looking to purchase our products. Beginning in 2009, we began to sell directly to such purchasers. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, approximately 39% and 40% of our sales were made directly to end-users and retailers, respectively, and approximately 54% and 58% of our sales were made to distributors including dealers, respectively. Although we believe we benefit from having direct relationships with QSRs, retailers and other end users, we also believe that strong relationships with distributors can allow us to penetrate smaller markets where we do not have the marketing resources to deliver our products directly.

Methods of Competition

Regardless of our customers’ industry, our customers have clear expectations about the quality level and value they expect in purchasing disposable serviceware. We are subject to frequent quality audits on an ongoing basis from new and existing customers, and we constantly engage in product testing to ensure that our products meet our customers’ demands. Accordingly, although we describe below our interpretation of the relative weight given to purchasing decisions in our customer categories, you should not read the table to suggest that any of these features are unimportant to a customer. We have used four stars to reflect our belief that an element is crucial to the customer’s decision-making, three stars to suggest that the element is very important, two starts to suggest that it is important and one star to reflect that the element is less important.

         
Type of Customer   Quality   Delivery   R&D   Service   Price
Dealers   **   ***   ***   ****   ****
QSRs   ***   ****   *   ****   **
Retailers   ***   ****   ***   ***   ***
Manufacturers   ****   **   **   **   ***

Competitive Position

The largest producers of foodservice disposables in the United States are significantly larger than our company. A recent report by Freedonia estimates that three companies control approximately 29% of the foodservice disposable market in the United States, and the top ten companies accounted for approximately 50% of the market in 2012. Because the entire foodservice disposable market in the United States consists of packaging, serviceware and napkins, and other foodservice disposables — while we only compete in the serviceware segment — we occupy a relatively small competitive position in the market as a whole.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Concentration in the foodservice disposables industry varies widely within specific market segments, with some segments dominated by a small number of producers. For example, Dart Container is the leading supplier of plastic foodservice beverage cups, followed by Pactiv and Berry Plastics. By contrast, the market for cutlery is more fragmented, with a growing portion of the market supplied by contract manufacturers in China. Among U.S.-based suppliers of foodservice disposable cutlery are Berry Plastics, D&W Fine Pack, Dart Container (including Solo Cup), Georgia-Pacific, Maryland Plastics, Pactiv, and Waddington Group. Most of these firms offer a number of different cutlery lines and are diversified into the production of straws and other foodservice disposables. In April 2012, D&W Fine Pack expanded its cutlery and straw offerings through its acquisition of Jet Plastica Industries. Prior to the acquisition, Jet Plastica claimed to be the largest manufacturer of straws in the U.S. Other suppliers of foodservice straws include Cell-O-Core, Earth Straws, New WinCup, Pactiv (via Spirit Foodservice), Rockline Industries, Royer, StalkMarket Products, and Stone Straw (Wentworth Technologies).

Our primary competitors are the following companies. We have set forth our assessment of our companies’ relative strengths and challenges. This table represents our belief about our competitive position and is based on our observations, rather than objective data except the ranking. The ranking is provided by the China Chamber of Commerce for Import and Export of Light Industrial Products and Arts and Crafts regarding China’s plastic kitchenware and serviceware companies for exports. Our assessment may not be shared by others, including such competitors, but it does represent management’s assessment of our industry position. Moreover, the below statements of industry are based on our current knowledge in our industry; to the extent there are developments we have not learned about (for instance, if a competitor has licensing agreements with a founder, rather than obtaining a patent in its own name or if a competitor is in the midst of building an overseas manufacturing facility that has not yet been announced), the below information may be incomplete.

       
  Taizhou Fuling   Jiaxing Zhongli
Plastic Co., Ltd.
  Baohao Plastic &
Hardware
Production
(Jiangmen) Co Ltd
  Ningbo Homelink
Plastic Product
Manufacture Co.,
Ltd.
Ranking     2012: No. 1
2013: No. 2
2014: No. 3
      2012: No. 3
2013: No. 5
2014: No. 5
      2012: No. 5
2013: No. 3
2014: No. 2
      2012: No. 2
2013: No. 1
2014: No. 1
 
Products     Disposable plastics
serviceware including cutlery,
cups, containers,
straws, etc.
      Disposable plastic
serviceware including cutlery,
cups, straws, etc.
      Plastic and hardware
household articles
and
gifts.
      Disposable plastics
serviceware including
cutlery,
cups, straws, etc.
 
Overseas sales, marketing and production     Four warehouses and
distribution centers
in U.S. and two
warehouses in and
distribution centers.
The only one that
has established
overseas
manufacturing factory.
      Sales office and
warehouse in U.S.
      Not known.       Sales office and
warehouse in U.S.
 
R&D and Patents     Academician Expert
Workstation;
29 patents.
      Not known.       Not known.       56 patents.  
Customers     Dealers, QSRs
including four of top
five, retailers,
manufacturers.
      Dealers, QSRs,
retailers, manufacturers.
      Dealers, restaurants,
retailers, manufacturers.
      Dealers,
restaurants,
retailers, manufacturers.
 
Product specification standard     Participate in
initiating and
drafting the national
standard
General Requirement
Of Plastic Disposable Tableware.
      No participation.       No participation.       No participation.  

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Nevertheless, we have been one of China’s largest exporters of disposable serviceware. The China Chamber of Commerce for Import and Export of Light Industrial Products and Arts and Crafts has recognized Taizhou Fuling as Number 3 out of 7,382 plastic kitchenware and serviceware companies for exports from China in 2014, Number 2 out of 4,610 such companies in 2013, Number 1 out of 4,365 such companies in 2012, and Number 2 out of 3,871 such companies in 2011. In addition, we were rated one of top 10 enterprises of plastic industry (daily plastic) in China light industries in 2013 by China National Light Industry Council and China Plastic Processing Industry Association, based on our (1) revenue, (2) profit, (3) profit tax rate, and (4) business growth rate.

We have invested heavily ($6,283,237 since 2012 to 2014) in research and development to increase our future competitive position, seeking to increase our use of environmentally-friendly materials, develop degradable and biodegradable materials, and reduce reliance on fossil raw materials. In addition, we have developed advanced robotics to produce our products more efficiently and at lower cost to be more competitive in the face of rising wages and higher quality demands.

Awards and Recognition

The Company is fully ISO 9001 and 14001 certified and, importantly, has obtained HACCP, GMP and FDA food facility registration certifications.

In addition, our company is rated a Category A enterprise of China Customs, which provides streamlined customs clearance measures. Taizhou Fuling has been a Category A enterprise since 2007 and submits a report on business management status to the PRC Customs every year. We understand that the PRC Customs re-validate the rating of Category A enterprises on an irregular basis, and the most recent written decision on re-validating Taizhou Fuling’s rating of Category A enterprise was received on October 24 th , 2014 from the PRC Customs.

Taizhou Fuling can maintain the rating of Category A enterprises of PRC Customs if Taizhou Fuling simultaneously meets the following requirements as a consignor and consignee of imported and exported goods according to the Measures of the PRC Customs for the Classified Administration of Enterprises promulgated by PRC General Administration of Customs:

i. Having never committed the crime of smuggling, the act of smuggling or violation of the provisions on customs supervision and control for one consecutive year;
ii. Having never been subject to any customs administrative punishment due to infringement on intellectual property rights by importing or exporting goods for one consecutive year;
iii. Having not delayed nor defaulted on paying taxes or fines for one consecutive year;
iv. Having gross import or export value of more than $500,000 in the previous year;
v. Having an error rate of import and export declaration of less than 5% during the previous year;
vi. Having sound accounting rules, as well as truthful and complete business records;
vii. Having taken initiatives in cooperation with customs administration, timely handling various customs formalities, and providing truthful, complete and valid documents and certificates to PRC Customs;
viii. Submitting the Report on Business Management Status every year;
ix. Handling the formality for reissuing and altering the Register Document for Customs Declaration of Consignees or Consigners of Import or Export Goods of the Customs of the People’s Republic of China according to the provisions; and
x. Having no bad records in the administrative departments and institutions of commerce, People’s bank, industry and commerce, taxation, quality inspection or foreign exchange and supervision for one consecutive year.

In the last ten years, we have earned a variety of national, provincial and local honors, awards and certifications for our quality products and scientific research efforts:

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2014

Zhejiang Famous Export Brand
Zhejiang Famous Trademark
Wenling Star Enterprise
Taizhou Quality Enterprise Leader

2013

Top 10 Enterprises of Plastic Industry (Daily Plastic) in China Light Industries, 2013
Zhejiang Credit Grade AAA Award
Zhejiang Credit Management Model Enterprise
Zhejiang High-Tech Enterprise
Zhejiang High-Tech Enterprise R&D Center
Zhejiang Quality Management Innovation Project

2012

Zhejiang Academician Expert Workstation
Zhejiang Energy Measurement Model Entity
Taizhou High-Tech R&D Center
Wenling Government Quality Award

2011

Grade A Customs Enterprise
Zhejiang May First Labor Award, recognizing compliance with the law, contribution to society and positive workplace environment
Zhejiang Famous Brand Products
Zhejiang Credit Grade AA Award
Zhejiang Export Famous Brand
First Academician Expert Workstation in Wenling (founded with Technical Institute of Physics and Chemistry, Chinese Academy of Sciences, devoted to research and development of plastic products)
Taizhou Famous Brand

2010

Executive Vice Chair Entity, Committee of the Plastic Household Products of China Plastic Processing Industry Association
Zhejiang Hi-Tech Enterprise
Zhejiang Science and Technology Oriented Small and Medium Enterprise
Taizhou Hi-Tech Enterprise
Taizhou Famous Brand Product
Taizhou Export Famous Brand

2009

Taizhou Export Famous Brand

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2008

Zhejiang Compliance Credit Export and Import Model Enterprise
Zhejiang Credit Grade AA Award
Taizhou Statistics Credit Entity

2007

Taizhou Top 10 Export Processing Trade Enterprise
Wenling Star Industrial Enterprise

2006

AAA Credit Enterprise
Taizhou Famous Trademark
Wenling Star Industrial Enterprise

2005

First recipient in Wenling of Zhejiang Green Enterprise Designation

2004

Zhejiang Credit Grade AA Award

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Research and Development

We are committed to researching and developing better ways to make our products more environmentally-friendly and cost effective and better ways to make our production methods more efficient. We believe scientific and technological innovations are integral to our operations and the mainstay of our competitive advantage and differentiation strategy. The barrier to entry to produce plastic foodservice disposables is relatively low; we believe that by devoting resources to finding new solutions to challenges facing our customers, we are able to improve our competitiveness, even where we are not the lowest cost provider of products, because we compensate with quality and service.

The R&D team has 95 dedicated employees who are researchers and analysts focused on product development and design of systems to automate our production process. Quality control is an important aspect of the teams’ work and ensuring quality at every stage of the process has been a key driver in maintaining and developing brand value for our Company.

We have collaborated with the Technical Institute of Physics and Chemistry of the Chinese Academy of Sciences in research regarding foodservice disposables technology in materials, processes and systems. Current efforts focus on biodegradable product materials including PBS and cellulose synthesis of biodegradable material. It is through these collaborations that the company has managed to secure important breakthroughs resulting in proprietary knowledge and patents.

During years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we spent $2.48 million and $2.13 million, respectively, on R&D. R&D expenditures in each year were for the following purposes:

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
Purpose   2015
(in millions)
  2014
(in millions)
  2014
(in millions)
  2013
(in millions)
Salaries   $ 0.27     $ 0.33     $ 0.76     $ 0.65  
Materials     0.54       0.60       1.30       1.25  
Other     0.12       0.19       0.42       0.23  
Total   $ 0.93     $ 1.12     $ 2.48     $ 2.13  

We expect to increase our R&D expenditures proportionate to our revenue increase in 2015.

The following chart shows some of our recent research projects.

   
Project   Source   Year
PP Controlled Degradation Serviceware   Self-Developed   2014
Melt-Grafted Polypropylene Cutlery   Self-Developed   2014
Damping Gradient Distribution Function Package   Self-Developed   2014
New Anti-Fog Lid   Self-Developed   2014
Research of Serviceware Packaging Automation   Self-Developed   2013
Application of Orientation Control in Serviceware   Self-Developed   2013
New Antibacterial Compound Serviceware   Self-Developed   2013
Toughening PLA Biodegradable Serviceware   Self-Developed   2013
Mold for Folding Spork   Self-Developed   2012 – 2013
PS/HIPS/SBC Plastic Alloy   Self-Developed   2012 – 2013
High Temperature High Impact PET Transparent Lid   Self-Developed   2012 – 2013
Starch Modified PBS Technology   Self-Developed   2012 – 2013
PLA/PBS Composite Biodegradable Straws   Self-Developed   2012
Starch-Based Full-Dissolved Material   Self-Developed   2012
New Temperature Modified PLA Biodegradable Material   Self-Developed   2012
New Coating Serviceware   Self-Developed   2012
Modified Corn Starch-Based PBS Biodegradable Material   R&D cooperation with
Chinese Academy of
Sciences
  2011

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Project   Source   Year
Cellulose Inorganic Filler Modified PBS Biodegradable Materials   R&D cooperation with
Chinese Academy of
Sciences
  2011
Research of Biodegradable Food Packaging Material   Self-Developed   2011
New Serviceware Coating Technology   Self-Developed   2011
Research of Improving The Energy-Saving of Injection Molding Machine   Self-Developed   2011
Research of Temperature Resistance of New Modified PLA Biodegradable Material   Self-Developed   2011
Research of Toughening Polystyrene   Self-Developed   2010
Development of Whisker Reinforced Serviceware   Self-Developed   2010
Research of Four-Layer Coextrusion Technology   Self-Developed   2010
Development of cup with high-transparent curled rim (1)   Self-Developed   2010
Development of Nano-Modified Composite Serviceware (2)   Self-Developed   2010
Multiple Composite Polystyrene Modified Material   Self-Developed   2009
PP And PA6 Blending Technology   Self-Developed   2009
New Corn Starch-Based Biodegradable Material   Self-Developed   2009
Development of High-Strength Barrel   Self-Developed   2009
Development of High Impact Modified PC Serviceware   Self-Developed   2009
PP/PS Alloy New Material   Self-Developed   2008
SBC copolymer modified GPPS new material   Self-Developed   2008
New modified PLA biodegradable material   Self-Developed   2008

(1) It is protected by our utility model patent “cup with curled rim” (patent No. ZL 201120049179.1) as disclosed in the patent chart on page 101 .
(2) It is protected by our patent “food grade polypropylene composite material and preparation and uses” (patent No. ZL 201010116076.2) as disclosed in the patent chart on page 101 .

Intellectual Property

Our Patents

We rely on our technology patents to protect our business interests and ensure our position as a pioneering manufacturer in our industry. We have placed a high priority on the management of our intellectual property. Some products that are material to our operating results incorporate patented technology. Patented technology is critical to the continued success of our products. However, we do not believe that our business, as a whole, is dependent on, or that its profitability would be materially affected by, the revocation, termination, or expiration of, or infringement upon, any specific single patent. We currently hold the following issued patents:

           
Proprietary name   Patent No.   Patent
type
  Application
Date
  Approval
Date
  Expiration
Date
  Authority
Improvement to water barrel   ZL 2007 2 0109209.7   Utility model   2007.05.11   2008.02.20   2017.05.10   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Particulate filtering drinking straw   ZL 2007 2 0107560.2   Utility model   2007.03.27   2008.02.20   2017.03.26   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Straw with a fork   ZL 2007 2 0110304.9   Utility model   2007.06.06   2008.04.30   2017.06.05   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Food and beverage heater for automobiles   ZL 2007 2 0109842.6   Utility model   2007.05.25   2008.04.30   2017.05.24   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Straw with a spoon   ZL 2007 2 0111006.1   Utility model   2007.07.07   2008.07.02   2017.07.06   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Brewing device   ZL 2008 2 0164651.4   Utility model   2008.09.11   2009.08.12   2018.09.10   China State Intellectual
Property Office

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Proprietary name   Patent No.   Patent
type
  Application
Date
  Approval
Date
  Expiration
Date
  Authority
Food grade polypropylene composite material and preparation and uses   ZL 2010 1 0116076.2   Patent   2010.03.02   2013.06.05   2030.03.01   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Two section straw packaging and transmission system   ZL 2007 1 0156428.5   Patent   2007.10.26   2010.12.15   2027.10.25   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Split-type goblets   ZL 2010 2 0684010.9   Utility model   2010.12.28   2011.08.03   2020.12.27   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Plates   ZL 2010 3 0701465.2   Design   2010.12.29   2011.08.03   2020.12.28   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Cup with curled rim   ZL 2011 2 0049179.1   Utility model   2011.02.26   2011.08.24   2021.02.25   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Spork   ZL 2010 2 0685416.9   Utility model   2010.12.28   2011.09.07   2020.12.27   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Multipurpose fork   ZL 2010 2 0685497.2   Utility model   2010.12.28   2011.10.19   2020.12.27   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Anti-counterfeit bags   ZL 2011 2 0049491.0   Utility model   2011.02.26   2011.10.19   2021.02.25   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Combined serviceware package   ZL 2010 2 0684440.0   Utility model   2010.12.28   2011.11.09   2020.12.27   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Hollow-handle cutlery   ZL 2010 2 0684221.2   Utility model   2010.12.28   2011.11.30   2020.12.27   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Serviceware kit (toughened)   ZL 2011 3 0402067.5   Design   2011.11.07   2012.05.16   2021.11.06   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Ice cream cup   ZL 2011 2 0561621.9   Utility model   2011.12.29   2012.10.03   2021.12.28   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Cover/lid   ZL 2012 3 0240031.6   Design   2012.06.11   2012.10.31   2022.06.10   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Cover remover   ZL 2012 2 0285999.5   Utility model   2012.06.16   2013.01.09   2022.06.15   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Packaging barrel   ZL 2012 2 0288697.3   Utility model   2012.06.16   2013.01.09   2022.06.15   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Bowls   ZL 2012 3 0542829.6   Design   2012.11.09   2013.04.10   2022.11.08   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Plates (honeycomb design)   ZL 2012 3 0543240.8   Design   2012.11.09   2013.04.10   2022.11.08   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Cutlery with removable structure   ZL 2012 2 0591687.7   Utility model   2012.11.09   2013.05.01   2022.11.08   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Bowl for noodles   ZL 2010 3 0701464.8   Design   2010.12.29   2011.06.08   2020.12.28   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Combined fork and cutlery   ZL 2010 2 0683337.4   Utility model   2010.12.28   2011.10.19   2020.12.27   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Multipurpose clip   ZL 2011 2 0048688.2   Utility model   2011.02.26   2011.10.19   2021.02.25   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Water dispenser bucket with handle   ZL 2011 2 0219976.X   Utility model   2011.06.27   2012.01.25   2021.06.26   China State Intellectual
Property Office
Cup   US D724,426 S   Design   2014.07.24   2015.03.17   2029.3.17   United States Patent and
Trademark Office

Our Trademarks

In addition to our patents, we also rely on trademarks and service marks to protect our intellectual property and branding. Below is a list of our registered marks.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Mark   Owner   Classification Number (1)   Registration Date   Expiration Date   Authority
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Taizhou Fuling

Taizhou Fuling
  8 – #4712944

21 – #4712943
  2008.3.28

2008.12.28
  2018.3.27

2018.12.27
  China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Taizhou Fuling

Taizhou Fuling
  8 – #4712945

21 – #4712946
  2008.3.28

2008.12.28
  2018.3.27

2018.12.27
  China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
     Taizhou Fuling   21 – #1032903 (2)   2009.11.16   2019.11.16   Intellectual
Office Property
Register
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Taizhou Fuling

Taizhou Fuling
  8 – #11235808

21 – #11235777
  2013.12.14

2013.12.14
  2023.12.13

2023.12.13
  China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Taizhou Fuling   21 – #8441442   2011.7.14   2021.7.13   China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Taizhou Fuling   21 – #11235865   2013.12.14   2023.12.13   China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Taizhou Fuling   8 – #11236889   2013.12.14   2023.12.13   China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Great Plastics

Great Plastics
  8 – #9966708

21 – #9966694
  2012.11.21

2013.3.7
  2022.11.20

2023.3.6
  China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Great Plastics   8 – #9966716   2012.11.21   2022.11.20   China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Great Plastics

Great Plastics
  8-# 12489484

21-# 12489468
  2014.9.28

2014.9.28
  2024.9.27

2024.9.27
  China State
Administration
for Industry and
Commerce

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Mark   Owner   Classification Number (1)   Registration Date   Expiration Date   Authority
[GRAPHIC MISSING]   Fuling USA   8 – #4291028   2013.2.19   (3)   United States
Patent and
Trademark
Office

(1) Classification 8 products consist of serviceware (knife, fork and spoon); knife and fork set serviceware; steel knives; chopping knives; ice hammers; spoons; wine ladles; long handle spoons and tongs for sugar cubes. Classification 21 products consist of non-precious metal serviceware (except knives, forks and spoons); enamel and plastic ware for everyday use (including basins, bowls, plates, kettles and cups); ice cream sticks; lunch boxes; utensils for household uses; covers for dishes; paper or plastic cups; ice creams spoons; non-precious serviceware and picnic baskets (including plates and dishes).
(2) Basing on #4712946 registration in China, we have registered the trademark at the International Bureau of the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) under the Madrid Agreement and Protocol. Please see the details after this chart.
(3) The registration is valid as long as Fuling USA timely files all post registration maintenance documents.

Based on #4712946 registration in China as a basic registration, we have registered the trademark at WIPO on November 16, 2009. The corresponding international registration number is 1032903. The expected expiration date of the registration/renewal is November 16, 2019. The corresponding international registration number is 1032903. The goods and services covered are classification 21: Tableware (other than knives, forks and spoons) not of precious metal; enamel and plastic ware for everyday use, including basins, bowls, plates, kettles, and cups; sticks for ice sucker [TERMS CONSIDERED INCOMPREHENSIBLE BY THE INTERNATIONAL BUREAU (RULE (13 (2) (B)) OF THE COMMON REGULATIONS)]; lunch boxes; utensils for household purposes, not of precious metal; covers for dishes; cups of paper or plastic; spoon for ice cream; services (tableware), not of precious metal; fitted picnic baskets (including dishes).

We made following designations to apply for territorial extension to 15 countries through WIPO for this trademark: (1) designations under the Madrid Protocol: Australia, Denmark, Finland, Greece, Japan, Norway, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Sweden, United Kingdom, United States of America; (2) designations under the Madrid Protocol by virtue of Article 9: Egypt, France, Germany, Italy. Currently the international registration for this trademark is valid in 13 foreign member countries, including the U.S. The expected expiration date of the registration/renewal is November 16, 2019, as same as the international registration. The details of the protection are as below:

 
Country   Trademark Protection Coverage/Status
United States of America   Tableware, other than knives, forks and spoons, not of precious metal, namely, sugar bowls, salt shakers, salad bowls; enamel and plastic ware for everyday use, namely, basins, bowls, plates, kettles, and cups; lunch boxes; utensils for household purposes, not of precious metal, namely, pot and pan scrapers, rolling pins, spatulas, turners, whisks; covers for dishes; cups of paper or plastic; serving spoon for ice cream; tableware, namely, tea services, coffee services, not of precious metal; fitted picnic baskets including dishes
Australia   Tableware (other than knives, forks and spoons) not of precious metal; enamel and plastic ware for everyday use, including basins, bowls, plates, kettles, and cups; lunch boxes; utensils for household purposes, not of precious metal; covers for dishes; cups of paper or plastic; spoon for ice cream; services (tableware), not of precious metal; fitted picnic baskets (including dishes)
Germany   Tableware (other than knives, forks and spoons) not of precious metal; enamel and plastic ware for everyday use, including basins, bowls, plates, kettles, and cups; lunch boxes; utensils for household purposes, not of precious metal; covers for dishes; cups of paper or plastic; spoon for ice cream; services (tableware), not of precious metal; fitted picnic baskets (including dishes)

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Country   Trademark Protection Coverage/Status
Denmark   Tableware (other than knives, forks and spoons) not of precious metal; enamel and plastic ware for everyday use, including basins, bowls, plates, kettles, and cups; lunch boxes; utensils for household purposes, not of precious metal; covers for dishes; cups of paper or plastic; spoon for ice cream; services (tableware), not of precious metal; fitted picnic baskets (including dishes)
Egypt   Protected because the refusal period has expired and no notification of provisional refusal has been recorded (application of Rule 5 preserved)
Finland   Protected because no opposition was filed during the 18 months opposition period
France   Grant of protection
United Kingdom   Tableware (other than knives, forks and spoons) not of precious metal; enamel and plastic ware for everyday use, including basins, bowls, plates, kettles, and cups; sticks for ice sucker; lunch boxes; utensils for household purposes, not of precious metal; covers for dishes; cups of paper or plastic; spoon for ice cream; services (tableware), not of precious metal; fitted picnic baskets (including dishes)
Greece   Protected because no opposition was filed during the 18 months opposition period
Italy   Protected because the refusal period has expired and no notification of provisional refusal has been recorded (application of Rule 5 preserved)
Japan   Refusal of protection
Republic of Korea   Refusal of protection
Norway   Grant of protection
Sweden   Grant of protection
Singapore   Tableware (other than knives, forks and spoons) not of precious metal; enamel and plastic ware for everyday use, including basins, bowls, plates, kettles, and cups; lunch boxes; utensils for household purposes, not of precious metal; covers for dishes; cups of paper or plastic; spoon for ice cream; services (tableware), not of precious metal; fitted picnic baskets (including dishes)

Our Domain Names

We have registered 5 domain names, including fulingplastics.com.cn, fulingplasticusa.com (under construction), domoplastics.com (not yet operational), directlinkusallc.com and domoindustry.com. We also have the authorization from Ms. Guilan Jiang to use fulingplastics.com, We do not incorporate the information on our websites into this prospectus and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our websites as part of this prospectus.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Regulations

We are subject to a variety of PRC and foreign laws, rules and regulations across a number of aspects of our business. This section summarizes the principal PRC laws, rules and regulations relevant to our business and operations. Areas in which we are subject to laws, rules and regulations outside of the PRC include intellectual property, competition, taxation, anti-money laundering and anti-corruption.

Foreign Investment Restrictions Regulations

The latest Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment (the “Catalogue”) was enacted according to the Provisions for Guiding the Foreign Investment Direction (the “Provisions”) and became effective on April 10, 2015. The provisions provide that the projects with foreign investment fall into four categories, namely permitted, encouraged, restricted and prohibited ones. The Catalogue lists the encouraged, restricted and prohibited categories for projects with foreign investment; projects with foreign investment that fall outside such enumerated categories are considered “permitted projects”.

According to the Provisions, the Catalogue may prescribe that an enterprise with foreign investment is “limited to equity joint venture, contractual joint venture”, “with Chinese party at the holding position” or “with Chinese party at the relatively holding position.” “Limited to equity joint venture and contractual joint venture” shall refer to that only Chinese-foreign equity joint venture and Chinese-foreign contractual joint venture are allowed, “with the Chinese parties at the holding position” means that the total investment proportion of the Chinese parties in a project with foreign investment shall be 51% or more, and “with Chinese parties at the relatively holding position” means that the total investment proportion of the Chinese parties in a project with foreign investment shall be higher than the investment proportion of any foreign party. Regarding the permitted projects with foreign investment which are not listed in the Catalogue, the business organization of the foreign-invested enterprises which produce “permitted” products and do not involve restricted or prohibited business will not be subject to those restrictions such as “limited to equity joint venture, contractual joint venture.” Therefore, there are no limits on the total investment proportion of the foreign investors in permitted projects. It means the proportion of such foreign investment could be 51% or more, and up to 100%.

According to the Catalogue, our products fall in the “permitted” category. Therefore, our proportion of the foreign investment may be up to 100%. As a result, FGI’s investment in our Chinese subsidiaries are in compliance with the Catalogue.

Draft Foreign Investment Law

On January 19, 2015, MOFCOM released the draft Foreign Investment Law for public comments (the “Draft FI Law”). The Draft FI Law proposed fundamental changes to the existing foreign investment legal regime in China. Currently China maintains a restrictive foreign investment regime, under which all foreign investments are subject to various government approvals, such as the approval of the foreign investment authority (i.e., MOFCOM or its local branches) or industry-specific approvals from relevant regulators, e.g. food and drug administration. The Draft FI Law introduces the principle of “national treatment” to foreign investors during the market-entry phase, by removing the foreign investment approval process. The Draft FI Law employs a “negative list” approach in which, unless a foreign investment falls within the “negative list”, foreign investors may invest in China on the same terms as Chinese domestic investors, without being subject to additional approvals or industry-specific restrictions.

The Draft FI Law allows the existing foreign investment companies to continue operating under their prior approvals (e.g. business scope, term of operation). However, they should review their existing corporate forms for any non-compliance and, within a three-year transition period, convert their corporate forms into corporations or partnerships under the PRC Company Law or relevant regulations.

The Draft Law provides for a new reporting regime under which foreign investors and foreign invested enterprises shall disclose relevant information on a regular basis. The reporting is to be made through the foreign investment information reporting system to be established by the foreign investment authority. The Draft FI Law, once effective, will require Taizhou Fuling to submit an annual report to the foreign investment authority. The information required by the annual report seems extensive and burdensome, such as the foreign invested company’s main products, import and export, employment, financial status, transactions with our

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

affiliates and material disputes. If we fail to make such reporting timely or if there is any concealment in such reporting, we may be subject to fines or other regulatory sanctions.

The Draft FI Law may be subject to amendments which may substantially change its stipulations. In addition, it may take many years for the Draft FI Law to become effective.

Intellectual Property Rights Regulations

The Trademark Law of the PRC was adopted by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress (“NPC”) on August 23, 1982 and was amended on February 2, 1993 and October 27, 2001. The PRC Trademark Law Implementation Rules, or the Implementation Rules, were promulgated by the State Council on August 2, 2002 and became effective on September 15, 2002. The PRC is a signatory country to the Madrid Agreement and the Madrid Protocol. These agreements provide a mechanism whereby an international registration produces the same effects as an application for registration of the trademark made in each of the countries designated by the applicant.

According to the Trademark Law, the National Trademark Bureau under the SAIC is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks throughout the country. A “first-to-file” principle with respect to trademarks has been adopted. If trademark owners deem an infringement to their trademarks constituted, they can file the dispute with the competent court or the relevant administrative department. Should the case be so serious as to constitute a crime, trademark owners may lodge a complaint with the relevant public security organization.

If the registered trademark owners intend to assign their registered trademark, a registered trademark transfer agreement shall be entered into between the owner and the assignee. The owner and assignee shall together apply to the National Trademark Bureau for registration of such assignment as prescribed under the Trademark Law.

Registered trademark owners may license other to use their registered trademark by concluding the registered trademark license agreement and such license agreements shall be subject to filing recordation with the National Trademark Bureau according to the Trademark Law. The licensor shall supervise the quality of the commodities on which such registered trademark is used, and the licensee shall guarantee the quality of such commodities.

The Measures for the Administration of Domain Names for the Chinese Internet, or the Domain Names Measures, were promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry on November 5, 2004 and became effective on December 20, 2004. The Domain Names Measures govern registration of domain names with the internet country code “.cn” and domain names in Chinese. We have one website ( www.fulingplastics.com.cn ) governed by the Domain Names Measures.

The Measures on Domain Names Dispute Resolution, or the Domain Names Dispute Resolution Measures, were promulgated by the China Internet Infrastructure Center on February 14, 2006 and became effective on March 17, 2006. The Domain Names Dispute Resolution Measures require domain name disputes to be submitted to institutions authorized by the China Internet Network Information Center for resolution.

Regulations on Tax

The Law of the People’s Republic of China on Enterprise Income Tax (the “EIT Law”), promulgated by NPC on March 16, 2007 and put into force on January 1, 2008, imposes a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% on all resident enterprises in China, including foreign-invested enterprises, on all their income and a tax rate of 10% on non-resident enterprises on their income from the jurisdiction of PRC.

Attention shall be paid to the fact that non-resident enterprises may be considered resident enterprises for the purpose of EIT if their de facto management bodies are located within the PRC territory and therefore their global income is subject to a tax rate of 25%. The Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Relevant to Foreign-registered Chinese-invested Holding Enterprises Determined as Resident Enterprises in Accordance with Actual Management Organization Standard (“Circular 82”), promulgated by the State Administration of Taxation (“SAT”), provides that, a foreign Chinese-invested enterprise, if it concurrently satisfies the following conditions, for the purpose of the EIT, shall be determined to be a non-domestically-registered resident enterprise when: (1) The places where the top managers and the top

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management departments that are responsible for implementing the routine production, management and operation of the enterprise, perform their duties within the territory of China; (2) The financial decisions (such as borrowing, lending, financing, financial risk management, etc.) and the personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal, remuneration payment, etc.) of the enterprise shall be made or be approved by the organization or the persons within the territory of China; (3) The primary properties, accounting books, company seals, summaries and archives of the board meetings and shareholders meetings shall be placed or kept within the territory of China; and (4) One half or more of the enterprise’s directors or top managers having rights to vote shall frequently reside within the territory of China. Our PRC counsel, Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law advises that because we (“FGI”) are incorporated in Cayman Islands, we do not meet the conditions outlined in Circular 82, however, our tax residency status is subject to the discretion of the PRC tax authorities whose determination is hard to predict, so we will continue to monitor our tax residency status.

The implementation rules of the EIT Law provide that, (i) if the enterprise that distributes dividends is domiciled in the PRC or (ii) if gains are realized from transferring equity interests of enterprises domiciled in the PRC, then such dividends or capital gains are treated as China-sourced income. It is not clear how “domicile” may be interpreted under the EIT Law, and it may be interpreted as the jurisdiction where the enterprise is a tax resident. Therefore, if we are considered as a PRC tax resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders which are non-resident enterprises as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result become subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10% unless any such non-resident individuals’ jurisdiction has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption.

The Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Value-added Tax, promulgated by State Council on November 10, 2008 came into force on January 1, 2009, impose a Value-Added Tax at the rate of 17% on the revenues from sales of goods. According to the Notice of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Raising the Export Tax Rebate Rates for Certain Commodities, promulgated by the Ministry of Finance and SAT on June 3, 2009, the export tax rebate rate is 13% for certain plastic products. In 2014, 99.6% of our products benefitted from the 13% export tax rebate.

Foreign Exchange Regulation

The Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Foreign Exchange Control, promulgated by State Council on August 5, 2008, lays the legal framework for foreign exchange control in PRC. A number of notices, implementing rules, replies and circulars are promulgated thereunder to clarify the regulations on the foreign exchange. Under these regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions, may be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE provided that certain procedure is complied with. Where, however, payments of capital account is involved, such as RMB is to be converted into foreign currency for the purpose of remitting out of China to retire foreign currency-denominated loans, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required. According to the SAFE Circular 142 i.e., Notice of the General Affairs Department of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on the Relevant Operating Issues concerning the Improvement of the Administration of Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-funded Enterprises, promulgated by SAFE on August 29, 2008 and SAFE Circular 45, promulgated by SAFE on November 9, 2011, the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise may only be used for purposes falling within the business scope approved by the relevant authority and may not be used for equity investments within the PRC. The use of such RMB capital may not be altered without SAFE’s approval, and such RMB capital may not in any way be used to retire RMB loans where the proceeds of such loans have not been used.

The Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment, promulgated by SAFE on November 19, 2012, materially amends and, therefore, simplifies the foreign exchange procedure then existing. Various special purpose foreign exchange accounts may be opened in different provinces, which was prohibited previously. The Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents, promulgated by SAFE in May 2013, provides for that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted through

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

registration and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches.

We have obtained all material approvals and permits necessary for our operation in the PRC from SAFE and other PRC government authorities.

SAFE Circular 37

The Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, promulgated by SAFE on October 21, 2005 and designed to replace the former circular commonly known as “SAFE Circular 75”, requires registration of PRC residents with local branches of SAFE with respect to their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity (referred to in SAFE Circular 37 as “special purpose vehicle”), where such offshore entity are established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing, provided that PRC residents contribute their legally owned assets or equity into such entity.

SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration where any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, divestiture or other material event.

Any violation of these registration requirements may, among other liabilities that may be imposed under PRC laws governing evasion of foreign exchange controls, cause the PRC subsidiaries of the special purpose vehicle be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and may cause the special purpose vehicle’s ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary be restricted.

Regulation of Dividend Distribution

The Company Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by Standing Committee of the NPC on December 28, 2013 and came into force on March 1, 2014, and the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law, promulgated and came into force on October 31, 2000 by Standing Committee of the NPC, provide that dividend may only be paid out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with applicable accounting standards provided that: (1) all losses from prior fiscal years have been offset; and (2) a general reserve has been established and which shall amount to the 50% of the registered capital.

Labor Laws and Social Insurance

The Labor Contract Law was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on June 29, 2007 and became effective on January 1, 2008.

The Labor Contract Law requires employers to enter into written contracts with their employees, restricts the use of temporary workers and aims to give employees long-term job security. Pursuant to the Labor Contract Law, employment contracts lawfully executed prior to the implementation of the Labor Contract Law and continuing as of the date of its implementation shall continue to be performed. If an employment relationship was established prior to the implementation of the Labor Contract Law with no written employment contract executed, a contract must be executed within one month after the implementation of the Labor Contract Law.

In addition, according to the PRC Social Insurance Law, social insurance in China includes basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance. Both employers and employees must pay basic pension insurance contributions based on the employee’s wage category, as required by the relevant regulations. Employees participating in basic pension insurance schemes are entitled to receive monthly basic pensions if their accumulated contribution period has reached or exceeded 15 years when they reach the statutory retirement age. A notice issued by the Social Assurance Authority provides that retirement is permitted at age of 60 for male employees and between 50 and 55 for female employees. Social insurance (including pension insurance) payment obligations end at such voluntary retirement ages.

Company Law

The Company Law of the PRC, adopted at the Fifth Session of the Standing Committee of the Eighth National People’s Congress on December 29, 1993, was amended for the first time at the 13 th Session of the

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Standing Committee of the Ninth National People’s Congress on December 25, 1999; amended for the second time at the 11 th Session of the Standing Committee of the Tenth National People’s Congress on August 28, 2004; revised at the 18 th Session of the Standing Committee of the Tenth National People’s Congress on October 27, 2005; and Revised at the 6 th Session of the Standing Committee of the Twelfth National People’s Congress on December 28, 2013, takes effect on March 1, 2014 (the “Company Law”).

Pursuant to the Company Law, (1) the term “company” shall refer to a limited liability company or a Company Limited by Shares; (2) the shareholders of both Limited Liability Company and Company Limited by Shares shall only be subject to the liability of the company to the extent of the capital contributions they have subscribed; (3) the minimum amount of registered capital of a limited liability company and the minimum percent of cash contribution by shareholders have been eliminated by revision in 2014.

Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law

The Law of the PRC on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises, or the WFOE Law, was adopted by the NPC on April 12, 1986 and was amended on October 31, 2000. Moreover, the Implementation Regulation of the WFOE Law was promulgated on December 12, 1990 and amended on April 12, 2001.

The ratio between its registered capital and total amount of investment shall be in conformity with the relevant regulations of the PRC, and the difference between its registered capital and total amount of investment equal to the amount of foreign exchange loans that the WFOE is permitted to borrow from its foreign investor.

Environmental Protection

The Environmental Protection Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of NPC on December 26, 1989 and came into force on December 26, 1989, lays the foundation of the legal framework for environmental protection in the PRC. The Ministry of Environmental Protection under the State Council is charged with the administration of The Environmental Protection Law.

The Law on Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution by Solid Wastes (“the Solid Wastes Law”), promulgated by the NPC on December 29, 2004 and came into force on April 1, 2005, provides that any disposition of hazardous wastes shall be in compliance with relevant provisions promulgated by the State. Moreover, it is forbidden to supply or entrust hazardous wastes to entities that do not have business licenses and qualifications for the collection, storage, utilization and disposition of solid wastes. The Air Pollution Prevention Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on April 29, 2000 and came into force on September 1, 2000, The Water Pollution Prevention Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on May 11, 1984 and came into force on November 1, 1984 as amended on March 15, 1996 and February 28, 2008 are also important laws in this area.

Under these regulations, a number of requirements for handling, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of regulated substances and wastes must be complied with and enterprise that discharge wastes into air or waters must obtain a permit and pay the waste treatment fees. Violation of these regulations may cause the violator to be subject to injunction and/or fine. We have obtained all material approvals necessary for our business operations.

Property

The Law of the PRC on Property, or the Property Law, was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on March 16, 2007 and became effective on October 1, 2007. Under the Property Law, any creation, modification, transfer or termination of property rights shall only become effective upon registration with the relevant government authorities. All lawful property of the State, collective organization and individual are protected by the Property Law against embezzlement and encroachment.

The Law of the PRC on Land Administration, or the Land Administration Law, was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on June 25, 1986 and became effective on January 1, 1987 and as amended on December 29, 1988 and August 28, 2004. According to the Land Administration Law, the lands within territory of the PRC are classified into two categories, state-owned land and collective-owned land. The use right of state-owned land can be obtained through either government allocation or grant with grant fees paid.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

It further prescribes that any entity who intends to conduct construction must construct on the state-owned land except as otherwise provided under the Land Administration Law. The collective-owned land shall not be granted, assigned or leased for use of agriculture-unrelated-construction unless it otherwise falls in the scope permitted under the Land Administration Law. Violation of such provisions under the Administration Law may result in fines and confiscation of the buildings constructed on the land.

The Urban Real Estate Administration Law was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NRC on July 5, 1994 and became effective on January 1, 1995 and as amended on August 30, 2007. According to the Urban Real Estate Administration Law, if the real estate is mortgaged to third party the land where such real estate occupies shall also be mortgaged together.

Product Liability

Under the current PRC laws, manufacturers and/or vendors of defective products in the PRC may incur liability for loss and injury caused by such defective products. Pursuant to the General Principles of the Civil Law of the PRC, or the PRC Civil Law, promulgated by the NPC on April 12, 1986, a defective product which causes property damage and/or physical injury to any person may subject the manufacturer and/or vendor of such defective product to civil liability for such damage and/or injury caused therefrom.

The Product Quality Law of the PRC, or the Product Quality Law, was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on February 22, 1993, to supplement the PRC Civil Law aiming to protect the legitimate rights and interests of the end-users and consumers and to strengthen the supervision and control over the quality of products. The Product Quality Law was revised on July 8, 2000. Pursuant to the revised Product Quality Law, manufacturers who produce defective products may be subject to civil or criminal liability and have their business licenses revoked.

The Law of Protection of the Rights and Interests of Consumers, or the Consumers Protection Law, was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on October 31, 1993, and became effective on January 1, 1994. The Consumers Protection Law provides further protection to the legal rights and interests of consumers in connection with the purchase or use of goods and services. At present, all business operations must observe and comply with the Consumers Protection Law when they provide their goods and/or services.

The Tort Law of the PRC, or the Tort Law, was adopted by the Standing Committee of the NPC and promulgated on December 26, 2009 and will become effective on July 1, 2010. The Tort Law establishes a separate chapter regarding product liability. Compared to previous laws and regulations in relation to product liability, the provisions of the Tort Law expressly provide that, in the event that any entity is clearly aware of the defects existing in the products but notwithstanding manufactures and distributes such defective products which finally cause others’ death or serious injury, those so infringed upon are entitled to claim punitive damages.

U.S. Regulations

Federal, state and local governments mandate a variety of laws and regulations aimed at serviceware products and packaging products. At the federal level, the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), among other federal agencies, have promulgated regulations that directly or indirectly affect the products we produce.

For example, the FDA is charged with, among other responsibilities, regulating industry to ensure that food contact substances are safe, approving materials for use in foodservice disposables, and setting safety standards for products made with recycled content. Unlike many other industrialized nations, the U.S. does not currently have national packaging recycling laws in place; such laws, where they exist, are at the state level.

The Affordable Care Act (“Obamacare”) requires restaurant chains with over 20 locations to display the calorie content of each food and drink item it serves on signs and printed menus. Such regulation may indirectly affect our product usage as the intention of such regulation is to encourage healthier eating and better food choices, including a decrease in consumption of food from fast food restaurants and quick service restaurants.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

State and local governments regulate restaurant cleanliness standards, with which foodservice disposables must comply. And a number of states, including large states such as California and Florida, as well as cities and counties have passed regulations governing consumer packaging materials. Polystyrene foam bans are particularly widespread among local governmental regulations, particularly in California, which has more than 50 cities and counties that have restricted or banned foamed polystyrene containers. Although no state has yet to impose a statewide ban on polystyrene, numerous bills that would accomplish such ban have been promoted in various state legislatures.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Employees

As of October 1, 2015, we employed a total of 1,110 full-time and 0 part time employees in the following functions:

       
  Number of Employees
Department   October 1,
2015
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
Senior Management     16       13       9       8  
Human Resource & Administration     45       45       45       46  
Finance     14       13       9       8  
Research & Development     97       88       65       58  
Material Management     11       10       11       6  
Quality Control     54       48       35       32  
Production     855       732       594       739  
Sales & Marketing     18       18       18       18  
Total     1,110       967       787       915  

We saw a decrease in production employees in 2013 as a result of the automation of a portion of our operations and as a result of an early Chinese New Year, which led to some employee departures. Production employees increased in 2014 as our volume of orders required us to hire additional employees to meet demand, notwithstanding automation.

Of our total employees on October 1, 2015, 1,091 were employed in China and 19 were employed in the United States (not including John Kunes, our U.S. — based Executive Vice President who is an independent contractor). We anticipate that, when our Allentown facility is at its planned maximum capacity of 24 production lines, we will have approximately 75 employees in the United States.

Our employees are not represented by a labor organization or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages.

We are required under PRC law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of our after-tax profit. In addition, we are required by PRC law to cover employees in China with various types of social insurance. In 2014, we contributed approximately $387,189 and $585,402 to the employee benefit plans and social insurance, respectively. In 2013, we contributed approximately $297,276 and $522,361 to the employee benefit plans and social insurance, respectively. The effect on our liquidity by the payments for these contributions is immaterial. We believe that we are in material compliance with the relevant PRC employment laws.

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of Property

There is no private land ownership in China. Individuals and entities are permitted to acquire land use rights for specific purposes. We, including our wholly owned subsidiary Great Plastics, were granted land use rights for our facilities in Sanmen County and Songmen Town, which extend until between 2053 and 2060.

In the U.S., in October 2013, we committed with the Pennsylvania Department of Commerce to invest and build a factory in Allentown, Pennsylvania. On February 27, 2014, Fuling signed a lease of premises in Allentown, Pennsylvania for general office, manufacturing and warehousing purposes. The Allentown project contemplates construction of the factory, renovation of the rented premises in Allentown and the purchase and installation of 12 production lines of manufacturing equipment. We estimate the project will be finished and put into use in September 2015. While we are not dependent on completion of this offering to complete the project, we anticipate that a failure to complete this offering could result in our company needing to find other sources of funding in order to avoid a delay in implementation of this project. At present, we are in the midst of building out our Allentown facility, and 6 production lines have become operational.

Following is a list of our properties, including the first two, which we lease:

           
Transferee/
Lessee/Owner
  Property   Land/Building
Use Term
  Space
(m2)
  Ground
Floor Area
(m2)
  Productive
Capacity
(ton)
  Extent of
Utilization
Fuling USA   Commercial/industrial space at 6690 Grant Way, Suite 1, Allentown, PA 18106   2014-03-01 until 2024-05-31   8,175.47         4,800        0% (1)
Taizhou Fuling   Factory building at 8 Shengpan Road, Guanweitong Village, Wenqiao County   2013-01-01 until 2015-12-31   5,120.00         6,000   100%
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential building in
Ximen Village,
Songmen Town
  No expiration (rights acquired 2000-04-27)     177.58        (rent out)   N/A
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential building in
Ximen Village,
Songmen Town
  No expiration (rights acquired 2000-04-27)     668.89        (rent out)   N/A
Taizhou Fuling   Land in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2007-03-27 until 2053-03-10        13,996.79   13,970     90.9% (2)
Taizhou Fuling   Land in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2007-03-27 until 2055-01-14        14,076.80          
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential
building in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2013-07-25 until 2053-03-10     491.05               
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential
building in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2013-07-25 until 2053-03-10   1,471.22            

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Transferee/
Lessee/Owner
  Property   Land/Building
Use Term
  Space
(m2)
  Ground
Floor Area
(m2)
  Productive
Capacity
(ton)
  Extent of
Utilization
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential
building in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2013-07-25 until 2053-03-10     2,559.28               
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential
building in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2013-07-25 until 2053-03-10     1,847.10               
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential
building in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2013-07-25 until 2053-03-10    3,694.20               
Taizhou Fuling   Non-residential
building in South of
Binhai Road,
Songmen Town
  2013-07-25 until 2055-01-14    7,717.56               
Taizhou Fuling   Land in Southeast
Industrial Zone,
Songmen Town
  2015-01-29 until 2065-01-15         2,576.00   N/A   N/A
Great Plastics   E02-2905 lot at
Binhai Xincheng,
Sanmen County
  2010-08-01 until 2060-08-01        30,349.00   20,000   48.5% (3)
Great Plastics   Factory building in
Binhai Xincheng,
Sanmen County
  No expiration (rights acquired 2014-02-21)   15,679.28               
Great Plastics   Factory building in
Binhai Xincheng,
Sanmen County
  No expiration (rights acquired 2014-02-21)    1,872.22               
Great Plastics   Factory building in
Binhai Xincheng,
Sanmen County
  No expiration (rights acquired 2014-02-21)   11,813.30               
Great Plastics   Dormitory building in
Binhai Xincheng,
Sanmen County
  No expiration (rights acquired 2014-02-21)     4,092.77        (non-
production)
  60.6% (4)

(1) We began productive use in early June 2015.
(2) We expect to reach 100% utilization in second half of 2015.
(3) This facility has an area of 30,349 square meters, among which 10,000 square meters are reserved for capacity expansion.
(4) The dormitory has 130 rooms, and is able to accommodate 350 employees. Currently 90 rooms are occupied by 212 employees.

Fixed assets at our properties consist of office equipment, buildings, structures, ancillary facilities, and equipment for production and packaging of plastic foodservice disposals including plastic food containers, drinking straws, cutlery, cups and plates, and others.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Some of our real property and fixed assets are encumbered by secured loans from our creditors. China Construction Bank Wenling Branch has encumbrances on our land use right and building ownership rights in the property located at South of Binhai Road, Songmen town. The term of our loan with China Construction Bank is from July 29, 2013 to October 27, 2017. Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Wenling Branch has encumbrances on our land use right and building ownership right in the property located at South of Binhai Road, Songmen town. The term of our loan with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China is from September 25, 2013 to August 28, 2017.

None of our property is affected by any environmental issues that may affect our use of the property. At present, our plans to further develop, expand or improve these properties will be funded either through proceeds from this offering if it is successful or through our operating cash flows. The estimated costs for such efforts, along with the description of the purposes for such expenditures, are described in “Use of Proceeds.”

In addition to our property rights, we also currently have agreements to warehouse our products for delivery to customers. We do not own or lease the warehouses in question but instead pay storage and handling fees based on the quantity of goods we are warehousing at such facilities. Upon completion of the build-out of our Allentown facility, we expect to devote approximately 5,013 square meters of such facility to warehousing our products prior to delivery to our customers. We may, from time to time, enter into new agreements to meet our warehousing needs.

Recent Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

The following table sets forth our principal capital expenditures for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

   
  Year ended December 31,
     2014   2013
Investments in buildings   $ 891,205     $ 2,297,518  
Investments in machinery and production equipment     3,347,604       5,780,409  
Investments in automobiles     10,181       394,327  
Investments in office equipment     58,711       55,763  
Investments in electronic and other equipment     352,885       1,294  
Total capital expenditures   $ 4,660,586     $ 8,529,311  

All of these capital expenditures have been made at our facilities in Wenling City in Zhejiang Province and for the construction of new workshops and office buildings and purchases of equipment in connection with the expansion of our production facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania. These expenditures were funded by cash flows from operations and debt financing. We made the following expenditures in the period from January 1, 2015 to August 31, 2015:

 
Investments in buildings   $ 686,849  
Investments in machinery and production equipment     2,119,502  
Investments in automobiles     53,159  
Investments in office equipment     26,247  
Investments in electronic and other equipment     39,462  
Investments in land use right     257,931  
Total capital expenditures   $ 3,183,150  

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In 2015, we expect to use capital expenditures primarily to continue to build out and outfit our Allentown facility (approximately $3.3 million), to purchase equipment for our existing factories in China (approximately $5 million), and to develop a new factory in Wenling (approximately $8 million). We expect that our capital expenditures will increase in the future as our business continues to develop and expand. We plan to use the proceeds of this offering to fund these capital expenditures, as described in more detail in “Use of Proceeds.” If we are unable to complete the offering, we plan to fund these capital expenditures through our operating cash flow. If this offering is not completed, our completion of these capital expenditures may be slowed compared to our anticipated timeline to complete such projects.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we did not have any divestitures (including interests in other companies), and none are currently in process.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of October 19, 2015:

   
Name   Age   Position(s)
Xinfu Hu   54   Chief Executive Officer
Guilan Jiang   52   Chair of Board of Directors and Chief Operating Officer
Gilbert Lee   57   Chief Financial Officer
Sujuan Zhu   44   Director
Jian Cao   64   Director (Independent)
Hong (Simon) He   46   Director (Independent)
Yau On Johann Tse   48   Director (Independent)

The business address of all such senior management and directors is Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town, Wenling, Zhejiang Province, People’s Republic of China 317511.

Directors

Guilan Jiang .  Ms. Jiang is the Chief Operating Officer and Chair of the Company. Ms. Jiang co-founded Taizhou Fuling in October of 1992 with her husband, Mr. Xinfu Hu, our CEO, and serves as the legal representative and the Chair. Ms. Jiang co-founded Great Plastics in March 2010 with her husband, Mr. Xinfu Hu, and Ms. Sujuan Zhu, and serves as the legal representative, the general manager and a director. Ms. Jiang owns 50% of Wenling Fulin Plastic Products Co. Ltd, and she serves as the legal representative, the general manager and a director. Ms. Jiang previously owned 95% of Zhejiang Special Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Special Plastics”) from September 2006 through 2015 and acts as a supervisor. Ms. Jiang is the general manager and a shareholder of Wenling Wantong Investment Co., Ltd. Ms. Jiang has been certified by Zhejiang Province as a senior economist in 2012. This qualification certifies her qualification and experience in business management, and understanding of the global economic marketplace in which we operate and shows that she has passed certain qualification tests in business field. Currently Ms. Jiang is Deputy Chair of the China Plastics Processing Industry Association, Deputy Chair of the Zhejiang Female Entrepreneur Association, and Chair of the Wenling Plastics Association. Ms. Jiang has acted as a representative of the local People’s Congress several times, most recently, in 2015. Ms. Jiang has received an award as an Outstanding Female in China, as a Top 10 Outstanding Female in Zhejiang, and as an Excellent Entrepreneur in Taizhou and Wenling. Ms. Jiang received her associate degree in accounting from China University of Geosciences in 2006. We have chosen Ms. Jiang to serve as the Chair of our Board of Directors because of her more than twenty years of experience in our industry, and leadership at the national level.

Sujuan Zhu .  Ms. Zhu has been a member of our Board of Directors since January 19, 2015. She co-founded Taizhou Fuling in October 1992, is a director and has worked in its financial department. Ms. Zhu also co-founded Great Plastics in March 2010. Ms. Zhu is also a shareholder, director and general manager of Wenling Hongkun Investment Co., Ltd. We have chosen Ms. Zhu to serve on our Board of Directors because of her more than twenty years of experience advising and assisting our company on finance and management as it has grown.

Jian Cao .  Mr. Cao has been an independent member of our Board of Directors since July 2015. Mr. Cao has been the Executive Vice President at the China Plastics Processing Industry Association since May 1995 and legal representative since May 2011. In this capacity, Mr. Cao manages the daily operations of the association. Mr. Cao has helped the Association participate in the development of the national standards applicable to the plastics industry. Prior to working with the China Plastics Processing Industry Association, Mr. Cao served a plastic industry association in Liaoning Province, including as general manager, since 1978. Since August 2013, Mr. Cao has also served as a director at Xinjiang Tianye Water Saving Irrigation System Company Limited, a public company in China. Mr. Cao is also a director at Jiangsu Cenmen Equipment Co., Ltd., another public company in China. Mr. Cao has also been a director at the China Light Industry Federation since May 2012 and Chair of the China Packaging Federation Council since August 2011. Since May 2013, Mr. Cao has been chief of the national standardization technical committee for the plastics industry. Mr. Cao earned his bachelor degree in October 1978 from Dalian University of Technology. We

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

believe Mr. Cao’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his knowledge of our industry, with 37 years experience in the plastics industry.

Hong (Simon) He .  Mr. He has been an independent member of our Board of Directors since July 2015. Since August 2014, Mr. He has been the finance director of SciClone Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which is a Nasdaq-listed company with main operations in China. He manages corporate financial analysis, SEC reporting and SOX compliance. Mr. He was Vice President of Finance and the controller of Augmedix, Inc. from January 2014 to June 2014, where he developed financial accounting and reporting process in compliance with U.S. GAAP. From October 2011 to December 2013, Mr. He was the Vice President of Finance at Baidu Leho.com, which is backed by Baidu, a Nasdaq-listed company. He established financial accounting infrastructure and ensured the financial statements were prepared in line with the U.S. GAAP. From March 2010 to October 2011, Mr. He was the CFO of Sunity Online Entertainment Ltd., a pre-IPO company. He coordinated the IPO application for Nasdaq listing and ensured the U.S. GAAP compliance for its financial statements. Mr. He is a U.S. Certified Management Accountant and a China Certified Public Accountant. Mr. He earned his Bachelor of Science degree in accounting from Beijing University of Technology in July 1992 and his MBA degree from University of Chicago Booth School of Business in December 2006. We have selected Mr. He to serve on our Board of Directors and as the Chair of our Audit Committee because of his rich accounting and finance experience.

Yau On Johann Tse .  Mr. Tse has been an independent member of our Board of Directors since July 2015. Mr. Tse has been the CEO of Aquarian Capital, LLC from March 2006. In this capacity, Mr. Tse focuses on corporate management, business development and client service. From January 2004 to March 2006, Mr. Tse was the director of international M&A at Yum! Brands and managed M&A and franchising development. Currently Mr. Tse is a director of Kirin International Holding, Inc., a company listed on the OTCBB, and a director of Aquarian Capital, LLC, China Dadi Chemical Limited, and Blackstone Natural Resources S.A., none of which are public companies. Mr. Tse earned his Bachelor of Science degree from the Chinese University of Hong Kong in June 1990 and his MBA degree from INSEAD in December 1999. We have selected Mr. Tse to serve on our Board of Directors to benefit from his 20 years of international investment experience.

Executive Officers

Xinfu Hu .  Mr. Hu serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. Hu co-founded Taizhou Fuling in October of 1992 with his wife, Ms. Guilan Jiang, and serves as the general manager. Mr. Hu co-founded Great Plastics in March 2010 with his wife, Ms. Guilan Jiang, and Ms. Sujuan Zhu and has served as a supervisor. Mr. Hu is also the legal representative, the general manager and a director of Wenling Yuanheng Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. Mr. Hu is a shareholder of SanMen Decoration City Market Development Co., Ltd and Hangzhou YaJiu Investment Co., Ltd. Mr. Hu has been certified by Zhejiang Province as a senior economist in 2013. This qualification certifies his qualification and experience in business management, and understanding of the global economic marketplace in which we operate and shows that he has passed certain qualification tests in business field. Mr. Hu is also an engineer. Currently Mr. Hu is Deputy Chair of the China Chamber of Commerce for Import and Export of Light Industrial Products and Arts and Crafts, and a member of Committee of the People’s Political Consultative Conference of Sanmen County. Mr. Hu received his associate degree in business management from Southwest University of Science and Technology in 2006. Our Board of Directors has chosen Mr. Hu to serve as Chief Executive Officer because of his more than twenty years of experience in our industry.

Gilbert Lee .  Mr. Lee has been our Chief Financial Officer since August 2015. Mr. Lee was the Vice President of Operations of Fuling USA from May 2015 to August 2015. Prior to joining our company, from October 2013 through May 2015, Mr. Lee was Vice President of Business Development and prior to that, from August 2011 to October 2013, the U.S. based Chief Financial Officer at Tanke Biosciences Corporation, a Chinese manufacturer listed on OTCQB, where he was responsible for SEC reporting, investor relations, capital-raising, GAAP conversion, annual audits, and corporate finance. From 2010 through 2011, Mr. Lee was the Finance Executive in Planning & Analysis for Dimensional Merchandising Inc., at which he developed strategies to turn around sales and profit, and oversaw accounting and payroll functions. Mr. Lee also held various executive positions in finance, marketing, and business analysis at a Paris CAC 40 company and a NYSE listed company. Mr. Lee is a CPA and a CMA. Mr. Lee earned his MBA from University of Texas at

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Austin in 1995, his MPA (Master of Professional Accounting) from University of Texas at Arlington in 1987 and his BBA (Bachelor of Business Administration) in Marketing from University of Texas at Arlington in 1982.

Key U.S. Executives

John C. Kunes .  Mr. Kunes is an Executive Vice President at Fuling USA, responsible for developing customer relationships, negotiating distribution logistics, and marketing our products in the United States. Mr. Kunes has been an independent contractor for Old Fuling USA/Fuling USA since October 2009. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Kunes was Director of Operations for Jet Plastica Industries, a plastic foodservice disposables company, from 1998 through 2008. At Jet Plastica he managed more than 600 employees, and implemented projects to enhance efficiency such as automating production lines and matching cutlery production to orders. Mr. Kunes worked as the Director of Finance for Tenneco Packaging from 1995 through 1998 and in a variety of operations and finance roles. He was plant manager and business unit controller for Mobil Chemical Company from 1988 through 1995. Mr. Kunes earned his B.S. and MBA from the Rochester Institute of Technology.

Philip D. Prinzi .  Mr. Prinzi has been Vice President of Operations for Fuling USA since August 2015. He is in charge of directing production, distribution, and certain marketing operations for the Allentown plant. From January 2013, Mr. Prinzi has been the Director of Logistics of Old Fuling USA/Fuling USA and is responsible for all aspects of the supply chain, including sales administration management, accounting and invoicing, and replenishment from China plants. Prior to joining our company, from 2009 through 2013, Mr. Prinzi was the Sales Manager at Jacobson Companies, group of five companies engaged in third party logistics services. From 2006 through 2008, Mr. Prinzi was the Vice President of Logistics and Strategic Services of Ball Corporation (Americas), at which he directed logistics in four divisions covering entire Americas region and to advise logistics solutions in South America and the Pacific Rim. Mr. Prinzi worked as the Vice President and Director of Strategic Services for Pactiv Corporation from 2001 through 2006 and in a variety of transportation and distribution roles. Mr. Prinzi earned his B.A. from State University of New York and his Diploma in Executive Logistics Management from Michigan State University.

Election of Officers

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. Our Chief Operating Officer and Chair of our Board of Directors, Guilan Jiang is married to the Chief Executive Officer, Xinfu Hu. Other than this relationship, there are no familial relationships among any members of the executive officers.

Board of Directors and Board Committees

Our board of directors currently consists of five (5) directors. We expect that all current directors will continue to serve after this offering. A majority of our Board of Directors (namely, Messrs. Cao, He and Tse) are independent, as such term is defined by the Nasdaq Capital Market.

A director may vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested, provided, however that the nature of the interest of any director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote on that matter. A general notice or disclosure to the directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the directors or any committee thereof of the nature of a director’s interest shall be sufficient disclosure and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction. A director may be counted for a quorum upon a motion in respect of any contract or arrangement which he shall make with our company, or in which he is so interested and may vote on such motion.

We do not have a lead independent director, and we do not anticipate having a lead independent director because we will encourage our independent directors to freely voice their opinions on a relatively small company board. We believe this leadership structure is appropriate because we are a relatively small company in the process of listing on a public exchange. Our Board of Directors plays a key role in our risk oversight. The Board of Directors makes all relevant Company decisions. As a smaller company with a small board of directors, we believe it is appropriate to have the involvement and input of all of our directors in risk oversight matters.

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Board Committees

We have established three standing committees under the board: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating committee. Each committee has three members, and each member is independent, as such term is defined by The Nasdaq Capital Market. The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company and audits of the financial statements of our company, including the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent auditors. The compensation committee of the board of directors reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding our compensation policies for our officers and all forms of compensation, and also administers and has authority to make grants under our incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans (but our board will retain the authority to interpret those plans). The nominating committee of the board of directors is responsible for the assessment of the performance of the board, considering and making recommendations to the board with respect to the nominations or elections of directors and other governance issues. The nominating committee considers diversity of opinion and experience when nominating directors.

The members of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating committee are set forth below. All such members qualify as independent under the rules of The Nasdaq Capital Market.

     
Director   Audit
Committee
  Compensation
Committee
  Nominating
Committee
Jian Cao     (1)       (1) (2)       (1)  
Hong (Simon) He     (1) (2) (3)       (1)       (1)  
Yau On Johann Tse     (1)       (1)       (1) (2)  

(1) Committee member
(2) Committee chair
(3) Audit committee financial expert

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. The directors of a company occupy a fiduciary relationship to the Company, which means that they owe heightened duties of good faith and responsibility. Our directors have a duty to exercise the care, skill and diligence that would be exercised by a reasonably diligent person having the general knowledge, skill and experience reasonably to be expected of a person acting as a director and must exercise the knowledge, skill and experience which they actually possess. See “Description of Share Capital —  Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our directors’ fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

Interested Transactions

A director may vote, attend a board meeting or, presuming that the director is an officer and that it has been approved, sign a document on our behalf with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested. We require directors to promptly disclose the interest to all other directors after becoming aware of the fact that he or she is interested in a transaction we have entered into or are to enter into. A general notice or disclosure to the board or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the board or any committee of the board that a director is a shareholder, director, officer or trustee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company will be sufficient disclosure, and, after such general notice, it will not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

Remuneration and Borrowing

The directors may receive such remuneration as our board of directors may determine or change from time to time. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors. Our board of directors may exercise all the powers of the company

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

Qualification

A majority of our Board of Directors is required to be independent. There are no membership qualifications for directors. Further, there are no share ownership qualifications for directors unless so fixed by us in a general meeting. There are no other arrangements or understandings pursuant to which our directors are selected or nominated.

Director Compensation

All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which they are re-elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Our Chief Operating Officer and Chair of our Board of Directors, Guilan Jiang is married to the CEO, Xinfu Hu. Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Employee directors do not receive any compensation for their services. Non-employee directors will be entitled to receive such remuneration as our board of directors may determine or change from time to time for serving as directors and may receive incentive option grants from our company. In addition, each non-employee director is entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or committees of our board of directors or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director.

Specifically, our director Ms. Zhu received compensation of $17,060 in the last full financial year for services to our subsidiaries and ourselves, including salary of $15,621 and all other compensation of $1,439 (including a social insurance payment of $1,185 and lunch allowance of $254).

Limitation of Director and Officer Liability

Under Cayman Islands law, each of our directors and officers, in performing his or her functions, is required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

Under our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, we may indemnify our directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under United States federal securities laws.

The decision of our board of directors as to whether the director acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and as to whether the director had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud sufficient for the purposes of indemnification, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entry of no plea does not, by itself, create a presumption that a director did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to our best interests or that the director had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. If a director to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, the director is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceedings.

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity, whether or not we have or would have had the power to indemnify the directors or officers against the liability as provided in our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors, officers or persons controlling our company under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or officers has been convicted in a criminal proceeding, excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors, nor has been a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding during the past five years that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining the person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities laws, except for matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement. Except as set forth in our discussion below in “Related Party Transactions,” our directors and officers have not been involved in any transactions with us or any of our affiliates or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We currently do not have a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. However, we intend to adopt one in the near future in connection with our application to list on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Executive Compensation

We currently do not have a compensation committee approving our salary and benefit policies. Our board of directors determined the compensation to be paid to our executive officers based on our financial and operating performance and prospects, and contributions made by the officers to our success. Each of the named officers will be measured by a series of performance criteria by the board of directors, or the compensation committee on a yearly basis. Such criteria will be set forth based on certain objective parameters such as job characteristics, required professionalism, management skills, interpersonal skills, related experience, personal performance and overall corporate performance.

Our board of directors has not adopted or established a formal policy or procedure for determining the amount of compensation paid to our executive officers. The board of directors will make an independent evaluation of appropriate compensation to key employees, with input from management. The board of directors has oversight of executive compensation plans, policies and programs.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each of the named executive officers for services rendered to us for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

We do not separately set aside any amounts for pensions, retirement or other benefits for our executive officers, other than pursuant to relevant statutory requirements. In China, pension insurance is one category of social insurance. The amount of social insurance under “All Other Compensation” in the following summary compensation table includes the pension insurance that we have paid. Specifically, in 2013, the pension insurance we paid for Ms. Jiang was $514. From January 2014 to July 2014, the pension insurance we paid for Ms. Jiang was $325. Since August 2014, we were required to stop contributing social insurance (including pension insurance) for Ms. Jiang because she had turned 50 years old. The pension insurance we paid for Mr. Xinfu Hu was $514 in 2013 and was $578 in 2014. We did not pay pension insurance for Mr. Gilbert Lee because he is employed by Fuling USA, a U.S. company, which is not required to pay for social insurance (including pension insurance) under Chinese law.

       
Name and Principal Position   Fiscal
Year
  Salary
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($) (1)
  Total
($)
Xinfu Hu
Chief Executive Officer
    2014       19,526       1,315       20,841  
    2013       19,368       940       20,308  
Guilan Jiang
Chair and Chief Operating Officer
    2014       19,526       850       20,376  
    2013       19,368       940       20,308  
Gilbert Lee (2)
Chief Financial Officer
    2014       0       0       0  
    2013       0       0       0  
John Kunes (3)
Executive Vice President
    2014       75,000       277,950       352,950  
    2013       75,000       149,764       224,764  
Philip Prinzi
Vice President of Operations
    2014       64,000             64,000  
    2013       64,000             64,000  

(1) Consists of social insurance payments required under Chinese law in 2014 and 2013 and lunch allowances ($254) in 2014 for Mr. Hu and Ms. Jiang. Although we also reimburse the referenced individuals for reasonable expenses, such reimbursements do not, in the aggregate, exceed $10,000 for any individual in any year presented and are not considered perquisites because they are integrally and directly related to the performance of such recipients’ jobs.
(2) Mr. Lee became an officer in 2015 and received no compensation in 2013 or 2014.
(3) Mr. Kunes is an independent contractor in his capacity as President of JCK Enterprises. The salary here refers to his retainer fee. Other compensation consists of commissions.

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Employment Agreements

In accordance with the PRC National Labor Law, which became effective in January 1995, and the PRC Labor Contract Law, which became effective in January 2008, as amended subsequently in 2012, employers must execute written labor contracts with full-time employees of the Chinese entity in order to establish an employment relationship. However, as Mr. Hu and Ms. Jiang are retained by FGI, a Cayman Islands entity, and as Mr. Lee, Mr. Kunes and Mr. Prinzi are retained by a U.S. entity, they are not governed by this requirement. Nevertheless, Mr. Kunes has an independent contractor agreement through JCK Enterprises and each of Mr. Hu, Ms. Jiang, Mr. Lee and Mr. Prinzi has an employment agreement.

In China, all employers must compensate their employees equal to at least the local minimum wage standards. All employers are required to establish a system for labor safety and sanitation, strictly abide by state rules and standards and provide employees with appropriate workplace safety training. In addition, employers in China are obliged to pay contributions to the social insurance plan and the housing fund plan for employees. Accordingly, all of our employees, including management, have executed their employment agreements. Our employment agreements with our executives provide the amount of each executive officer’s salary and establish their eligibility to receive a bonus. We believe our labor relationships are good.

Our employment agreements with our executive officers generally provide for a salary to be paid monthly. The agreements also provide that executive officers are to work full time for our company and are entitled to all legal holidays as well as other paid leave in accordance with PRC laws and regulations and our internal work policies. The employment agreements also provide that we will pay for all mandatory social insurance programs for our executive officers in accordance with PRC regulations. In addition, our employment agreements with our executive officers prevent them from rendering services for our competitors for so long as they are employed.

Other than the salary, bonuses, equity grants and necessary social benefits required by the government, which are defined in the employment agreements, we currently do not provide other benefits to the officers. Our executive officers are not entitled to severance payments upon the termination of their employment agreement or following a change in control. We are not aware of any arrangement that may at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

We have not provided retirement benefits (other than a state pension scheme in which all of our employees in China participate) or severance or change of control benefits to our named executive officers.

Under Chinese law, we may terminate an employment agreement without penalty by providing the employee thirty days’ prior written notice or one month’s wages in lieu of notice if the employee is incompetent or remains incompetent after training or adjustment of the employee’s position in other limited cases. If we wish to terminate an employment agreement in the absence of cause, then we are obligated to pay the employee one month’s salary for each year we have employed the employee. We are, however, permitted to terminate an employee for cause without penalty to our company, where the employee has committed a crime or the employee’s actions or inactions have resulted in a material adverse effect to us.

Guilan Jiang

We entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Operating Officer and Chair, Ms. Guilan Jiang, effective September 12, 2015. Under the terms of Ms. Jiang’s employment, she is entitled to base compensation of $100,000 per year.

Ms. Jiang’s employment has no expiration date but may be terminated immediately for cause or at any time by either party upon presentation of 30 days’ prior notice in the event she is unable to perform assigned tasks or the parties are unable to agree to changes to her employment agreement.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Xinfu Hu

We entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Xinfu Hu, effective September 12, 2015. Under the terms of Mr. Hu’s employment, he is entitled to base compensation of $100,000 per year.

Mr. Hu’s employment has no expiration date but may be terminated immediately for cause or at any time by either party upon presentation of 30 days’ prior notice in the event he is unable to perform assigned tasks or the parties are unable to agree to changes to his employment agreement.

Gilbert Lee

We entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Lee, effective August 17, 2015. Under the terms of Mr. Lee’s employment, he is entitled to the following:

Base compensation of $120,000 per year.
An incentive grant equal to one-half percent (0.5%) of the final outstanding shares after FGI’s initial public offering; twenty percent (20%) of such shares will be granted upon the conclusion of the initial public offering of FGI and each anniversary of the conclusion of the initial public offering of FGI, until all such shares have been issued, provided Mr. Lee remains employed with us at such time.

Mr. Lee’s employment has no expiration date but may be terminated immediately for cause or at any time by either party upon presentation of 30 days’ prior notice in the event he is unable to perform assigned tasks or the parties are unable to agree to changes to his employment agreement.

Philip Prinzi

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Philip Prinzi, effective January 1, 2013, as the Logistics Manager of Old Fuling USA. The terms have been revised through the first addendum effective September 29, 2014, the second addendum effective July 24, 2015 and the third addendum effective August 3, 2015.

In Mr. Prinzi’s full-time capacity as Logistics Manager, he receives a gross salary of $64,000 for supported business up to a total net invoice amount of $10 million annually. If supported business exceeds $10 million in any calendar year, the following year’s gross salary will be increased by $4,000 for every $1 million in excess of the base $10 million. Mr. Prinzi’ employment as Logistics Manager is scheduled to terminate on December 31, 2020. If we terminate his position of Logistics Manager without cause, we shall pay Mr. Prinzi a cancellation fee of $64,000.

The third addendum of Mr. Prinzi’s employment agreement was designed to temporarily place him in the position as Vice President, Operations of Fuling USA, for the period between August 3, 2015 and January 31, 2016. In Mr. Prinzi’s temporary capacity as Vice President, Operations of Fuling USA, he receives a supplemental payment of $10,000 per month, until the permanent replacement is found.

Director Compensation — Fiscal 2014

The following section presents information regarding the compensation paid during fiscal 2014 to members of our Board of Directors who are not also our employees (referred to herein as “Non-Employee Directors”). As of December 31, 2014, we had only two directors, Ms. Guilan Jiang and Ms. Sujuan Zhu. Since December 31, 2014, we have appointed three additional Non-Employee Directors: Jian Cao, Hong (Simon) He and Yau On Johann Tse. None of the Non-Employee Directors received any compensation in 2014.

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Non-Employee Directors

Historically, we have not paid our directors for acting as such, as they have consisted of our Chief Executive Officer and his spouse, our Chair and Chief Operating Officer. Upon completion of this offering, we plan to pay our independent directors an annual cash retainer of to be determined from time to time by our board of directors. We may also provide stock option equity-based incentives to our directors for their service. We also plan to reimburse our directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with their services provided in such capacity. Pursuant to our service agreements with our directors, neither we nor our subsidiaries provide benefits to directors upon termination of employment. We did not have any Non-Employee Directors in 2013 and 2014, and compensation for our employee directors is fully reflected in the above Summary Compensation Table.

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Related Party Transactions

In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed in “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since January 1, 2012, to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved in the transactions is material to us or the related party.

Special Plastics; Ms. Guilan Jiang and Mr. Qian Hu

Since the beginning of fiscal 2012, we have had transactions with Special Plastics, a PRC company that was previously 95% owned by our Chief Operating Officer and Chair, Ms. Guilan Jiang, and 5% owned by Mr. Qian Hu, a shareholder of FGI and Ms. Jiang’s and Mr. Xinfu Hu’s son. Mr. Qian Hu currently owns 100% of Special Plastics. Special Plastics has established an advanced testing center that has been certified by China’s National Accreditation Service for Conformity Assessment. Special Plastics mainly provides some pre-delivery product testing for our products in addition to the testing we conduct ourselves. Special Plastics currently provides these services without additional charge to us. We estimate that we would pay approximately $10,000 per year for these services if Special Plastics did not provide such services, and we do not anticipate that we would encounter any difficulty obtaining such services from a third party. None of Ms. Jiang, Mr. Qian Hu or Special Plastics receives any material benefit from third parties for providing these testing services.

Since our products are exported, it is important to ensure that our products conform to standards in the different countries where they are sold. Special Plastics’ facility is equipped with industry leading testing equipment and experts. The facility includes low-high temperature test chambers, automatic density apparatus, automatic colorimeter, electronic balance, melt flow rate tester, Charpy impact strength testing machine and ATP fluorescence detector.

Rental Payments to Special Plastics

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we paid Special Plastics $94,225, $53,985 and $58,319, respectively, for rental of a factory building at 8 Shengpan Road, Guanweitong Village, Wenqiao County.

Repayment of Loans from Special Plastics

During 2012, Special Plastics had a balance due from Great Plastics of $401,168. This amount represented a non-interest bearing business loan due on demand for Great Plastics’ general business purposes, and has been repaid in full in June 2013.

In addition, during the normal course of business, our Company, from time to time, has temporarily borrowed money from its principal shareholders or affiliated companies controlled by its major shareholder to finance its working capital as needed. The amounts are usually unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand. As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the balance due to related parties was $38,272, $222,094 and $1,049,297, respectively, all of which represented personal loans from Ms. Guilan Jiang to our company and its subsidiaries for ordinary business purposes. During the years of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the largest amount outstanding regarding the loans that we have received from Ms. Jiang was $1,404,998, $968,398 and $355,956, respectively. As of October 1, 2015, the amount outstanding regarding the loans that we have received from Ms. Jiang is $Nil.

Future Related Party Transactions

After completion of this Offering, the Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors (which we will establish and which will consist solely of independent directors) must approve all related party transactions. All related party transactions will be made or entered into on terms that are no less favorable to use than can be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. Related party transactions that we have previously entered into were not approved by independent directors, as we had no independent directors at that time.

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Principal Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares as of October 1, 2015 by:

Each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding Ordinary Shares;
Each of our directors and named executive officers; and
All directors and named executive officers as a group.

The number and percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned before the offering are based on 11,666,667 Ordinary Shares outstanding as of October 20, 2015. The number and percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned after the offering are based on 15,666,667 Ordinary Shares outstanding following the sale of 4,000,000 Ordinary Shares and do not reflect the exercise of the over-subscription option. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of 5% or more of our Ordinary Shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, Ordinary Shares underlying options, warrants or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of October 20, 2015 are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, or as required by applicable community property laws, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the address for each principal shareholder is in the care of our Company at Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town, Wenling, Zhejiang Province, People’s Republic of China 317511. As of the date of the Prospectus, we have eight (8) shareholders of record, none of which are located in the United States. All but Yongjun Guo, Top (HK) Investments and Development Company Limited and Zhirong Hu will be subject to lock-up agreements. (see “UNDERWRITING  —  Lock-Up Agreements.”) We will be required to have at least 300 shareholders at closing in order to satisfy Nasdaq listing standards.

       
Named Executive Officers and Directors   Ordinary Shares beneficially
owned prior to this offering (1)
  Ordinary Shares beneficially
owned after this offering
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
                                   
Guilan Jiang (2)     5,541,668       47.5 %       5,541,668       35.4 %  
Xinfu Hu (2)     0       0 %       0       0 %  
Jian Cao     0       0 %       0       0 %  
Hon (Simon) He     0       0 %       0       0 %  
Yau On Johann Tse     0       0 %       0       0 %  
Sujuan Zhu (3)     2,216,667       19.0 %       2,216,667       14.1 %  
All directors and executive officers as a group
(six (6) persons)
    7,758,335       66.5 %       7,758,335       49.5 %  
5% or greater Beneficial Owners:
                                   
Qian Hu (2)     1,108,333       9.5 %       1,108,333       7.1 %  
Xinzhong Wang     1,108,333       9.5 %       1,108,333       7.1 %  
Jinxue Jiang (3)     1,108,333       9.5 %       1,108,333       7.1 %  

(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the Ordinary Shares.
(2) Ms. Jiang and Mr. Xinfu Hu are married, and Mr. Qian Hu is their adult son. Ms. Jiang holds her shares through Silver Trillion Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands company which she owns and controls and may be deemed to hold beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Qian Hu holds his shares through Zheng Hui Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands company which he owns and controls and may be deemed to hold beneficial ownership of such shares.

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Xinfu Hu does not, directly or indirectly, exercise or share voting or investment power of any shares held by Silver Trillion Investments Limited or Zheng Hui Investments Limited and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Qian Hu does not, directly or indirectly, exercise or share voting or investment power of any shares held by Silver Trillion Investments Limited and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Ms. Jiang does not, directly or indirectly, exercise or share voting or investment power of any shares held by Zheng Hui Investments Limited and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(3) Ms. Zhu is the mother of Mr. Jinxue Jiang. Ms. Zhu holds her shares through Celestial Sun Holding Limited, a British Virgin Islands company and may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Jiang holds his shares through Tengyu International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company and may be deemed to hold beneficial ownership of such shares.

Ms. Zhu does not, directly or indirectly, exercise or share voting or investment power of any shares held by Tengyu International Limited and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Jiang does not, directly or indirectly, exercise or share voting or investment power of any shares held by Celestial Sun Holding Limited and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of Share Capital

We (FULING GLOBAL INC. [GRAPHIC MISSING]  ) are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability and our affairs are governed by our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, and the Companies Law (2013 Revision), as amended, of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below. We were registered and filed as No. 00295833. As set forth in article 2 of our Memorandum of Association, the objects for which our Company is established are unrestricted.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have authorized 70,000,000 Ordinary Shares, of $0.001 par value per share, of which 11,666,667 are Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 15,666,667 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding if the over-subscription option is not exercised or up to 16,266,667 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding if the over-subscription option is exercised in full. All of our Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding prior to the completion of the offering are and will be fully paid, and all of our shares to be issued in the offering will be issued as fully paid. Our authorized share capital post-offering will consist of 70,000,000 Ordinary Shares with a par value of US$0.001 each. Other than the initial issuance of Ordinary Shares in connection with formation of our Cayman Islands corporate structure, there has been no change in the amount of issued capital or the number and classes of shares which it composed during the last three years.

The following are summaries of the material provisions of our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association that will be in force at the time of the closing of this offering, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our Ordinary Shares. The forms of our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Options

Incentive Securities Pool

We intend to establish a pool for shares and options for our employees following the completion of this offering. This pool will contain shares and options to purchase our Ordinary Shares equal to aggregated 10% of the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the conclusion of this offering. Assuming the over-subscription option is exercised in full, this pool will contain shares and options to purchase 1,626,667 of our Ordinary Shares subject to outstanding share options or reserved for issuance under our share incentive plan. Subject to approval by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors, we may grant options in any percentage determined for a particular grant. We may grant the award of options to existing employees, officers and consultants. We may also grant the award of restricted stock as a hiring incentive to employees, officers and directors and to non-employee directors on an ongoing basis.

Any options granted will vest at a rate of 20% per year for five years and have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one of our Ordinary Shares on the date of grant. We expect to grant options under this pool to certain employees as of the closing of this offering. Any options granted as of the closing of this offering will have an exercise price per Ordinary Share equal to the offering price. We have not yet determined the recipients of any such grants.

Ordinary Shares

General

All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Our ordinary shares are issued in registered form and are issued when registered in our register of members. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their ordinary shares. Our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association do not permit us to issue bearer shares.

At the completion of this offering, there will be 15,666,667 (assuming the sale of 4,000,000 newly issued Ordinary Shares if the over-subscription option is not exercised) or 16,266,667 (assuming the sale of 4,600,000 newly issued Ordinary Shares if the over-subscription option is exercised in full) Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding held by at least 300 shareholders and beneficial owners which is the minimum requirement by The Nasdaq Market. Shares sold in this offering will be delivered against payment from the

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

escrow agent upon the closing of the offering in New York, New York, on or about October 31, 2015, subject to extension upon our agreement with the Underwriters to no later than November 30, 2015. After the closing, the Underwriters have an over-subscription option to sell up to an additional 15% or $3.75 million of shares in subsequent closings. The offering will remain open until the earlier of (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and our Underwriters or (ii) close of business on October 31, 2015, subject to extension upon our agreement with the Underwriters to no later than November 30, 2015.

Listing

We have applied to list the Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “FORK.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Ordinary Shares is VStock Transfer, LLC, 77 Spruce Street, Suite 201, Cedarhurst, NY 11516.

Distributions

The holders of our Ordinary Shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our shareholders or board of directors subject to the Companies Law and to the First Amended and Restated Articles of Association. Under Cayman Islands law, dividends may be declared and paid only out of funds legally available therefor, namely out of either profit or our share premium account, and provided further that a dividend may not be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Voting rights

Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote. All of our shareholders have equal voting rights based on the number of shares they hold. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is conducted under Delaware laws for tabulating votes unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chair of such meeting or any one shareholder present in person or by proxy.

A quorum for a general meeting of shareholders consists of any one or more shareholders present in person or by proxy, holding shares representing in aggregate not less than one-third of the voting rights entitled to vote at general meetings. An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of votes attached to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of votes cast attached to the ordinary shares in a meeting. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the restrictions contained in our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, as applicable, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any registered ordinary share unless:

the instrument of transfer is lodged with us or such other place (i.e. our transfer agent) at which the register of members is kept in accordance with Cayman Islands law, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;
the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;
the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;
the ordinary shares transferred are fully paid and free of any lien in favor of us; and

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the transfer is not to more than four joint holders.

In addition, as a general policy of the Company, if the shareholder requires a legal opinion (i.e. for Rule 144 transfers), the shareholder will be responsible for such opinion costs.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they are required, within one month after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, to send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Nasdaq Capital Market, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our directors may from time to time determine; provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year as our directors may determine.

Liquidation

On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares will be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares

Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their ordinary shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

Share Repurchases

We are empowered under our Memorandum of Association to purchase our shares subject to the Companies Law and our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association if there is a capital surplus. Our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that this power is exercisable by our board of directors in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fit subject to the Companies Law and, where applicable, the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market and the applicable regulatory authority.

Variations of Rights of Shares

If at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. Consequently, the rights of any class of shares cannot be detrimentally altered without a majority of two-thirds of the vote of all of the shares in that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights will not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

General Meetings of Shareholders

As a condition of admission to a shareholders’ meeting, a shareholder must be duly registered as our shareholder at the applicable record date for that meeting and all calls or other monies then payable by such shareholder to us in respect of our shares must have been paid. If a depositary or recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is our shareholder, it may authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any shareholders’ meeting or at any meeting of any class of shareholders provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person authorised pursuant to this provision is entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the depositary or recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) which he represents as that depositary or recognised clearing house.

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shareholders’ meetings may be convened by a majority of our board of directors or our Chair. Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association allow our shareholders holding shares representing in aggregate not less than 20% of our voting share capital in issue, to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our directors are obliged to call such meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meetings. In addition, although our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association do not grant shareholders the right to put proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by such shareholders, any shareholder may submit a proposal to our Board of Directors for consideration of inclusion in a proxy statement. Advance notice of at least ten clear days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least one shareholder present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in our company.

Retirement, Election and Removal of Directors

Unless otherwise determined by the members in the general meeting, our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that our board will consist of not less than five directors. There are no provisions relating to retirement of directors upon reaching any age limit.

Our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that persons standing for election as directors at a duly constituted general meeting with requisite quorum are appointed by our shareholders by a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution. Each director shall be appointed to a term expiring at the following year’s annual shareholder meeting or at such time as such director’s successor is appointed.

Grounds for Removing a Director

A director may be removed from office if the director:

resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to us or tendered at a meeting of the board of directors;
becomes of unsound mind or dies;
without special leave of absence from the board of directors, is absent from meetings of the board of directors for six consecutive months and the board of directors resolves that his office be vacated;
becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment with his creditors;
is prohibited by law from being a director; or
ceases to be a director by virtue of any provisions of Cayman Islands law or is removed from office pursuant to the articles of association.

Replacement directors must first be nominated by the nominating committee.

Proceedings of the Board of Directors

Our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors. The quorum necessary for the board meeting may be fixed by the board and, unless so fixed at another number, will be a majority of the board of directors.

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will in our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide our shareholders with the right to inspect our list of registered shareholders and to receive annual audited financial statements. Such right to receive annual audited financial statements may be satisfied by filing such annual reports as we are required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes in Capital

We may from time to time by ordinary resolution of our shareholders:

increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;
consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;
sub-divide our existing shares, or any of them into shares of a smaller amount; or
cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

We may by special resolution reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there should be entered therein:

(a) the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;
(b) the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and
(c) the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company, which will be managed by our transfer agent following the effective date of this offering, is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e. the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members should be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this offering, the register of members should be immediately updated to record and give effect to the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. Please note that beneficial owners who do not hold their shares directly, i.e. those who hold in street name through brokers, will not be disclosed in the register of members.

If the name of any person is incorrectly entered in or omitted from our register of members, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a member of our company, the person or member aggrieved (or any member of our company or our company itself) may apply to the Cayman Islands Grand Court for an order that the register be rectified, and the Court may either refuse such application or it may, if satisfied of the justice of the case, make an order for the rectification of the register.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. The Companies Law in the Cayman Islands distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;
an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;
an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

an exempted company may issue no par value, negotiable or bearer shares;
an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);
an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and
an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil). Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. Our register of members is open to inspection. We will not issue bearer shares. Except as otherwise disclosed in this prospectus, we currently intend to comply with the Nasdaq Listing Rules in lieu of following home country practice after the closing of this offering. The Nasdaq Listing Rules require that every company listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market hold an annual general meeting of shareholders. In addition, our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association allow directors to call an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders pursuant to the procedures set forth in our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is derived, to a large extent, from the Older Companies Acts of England but does not follow recent statutory enactments in England. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a combined company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association.

The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;
the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;
the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and
the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders’ Suits

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires ;
the act complained of, although not ultra vires , could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote of shareholders that has not been obtained; and
those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority”.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association permit indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty or fraud which may attach to such directors or officers. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and senior executive officers that will provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association

Some provisions of our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, as amended and restated from time to time, for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company — a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

In addition, directors of a Cayman Islands company must not place themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests. However, this obligation may be varied by the company’s articles of association, which may permit a director to vote on a matter in which he has a personal interest provided that he has disclosed that nature of his interest to the board. Our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association provides that a director with an interest (direct or indirect) in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the company must declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the board of directors at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the board of directors after he is or has become so interested.

A general notice may be given at a meeting of the board of directors to the effect that (i) the director is a member/officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice in writing be made with that company or firm; or (ii) he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice in writing to the board of directors be made with a specified person who is connected with him, will be deemed sufficient declaration of interest. This notice shall specify the nature of the interest in question. Following the disclosure being made pursuant to our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association and subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of Nasdaq, and unless disqualified by the Chair of the relevant board meeting, a director may vote in respect of any contract or arrangement in which such director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting. However, even if a director discloses his interest and is therefore permitted to vote, he must still comply with his duty to act bona fide in the best interest of our company.

In comparison, under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary

137


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but in keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

There are no statutory requirements under Cayman Islands law allowing our shareholders to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. However, under our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, on the requisition of shareholders representing not less than 20% of the voting rights entitled to vote at general meetings, the board shall convene an extraordinary general meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. However, our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association require us to call such meetings every year.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, directors may be removed by an ordinary resolution of shareholders or for cause by the Board pursuant to their engagement agreements.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws that is approved by its shareholders, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares or who or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such

138


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

Under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may be amended only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended by the board of directors. Under Cayman Islands law, our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association may only be amended by both majority of the Board of Directors and majority of shareholders who vote at a meeting with quorum (excluding abstaining directors/shareholders).

Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Directors’ Power to Issue Shares

Subject to applicable law, our board of directors is empowered to issue or allot shares or grant options and warrants with or without preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or restrictions.

Corporate Governance Efforts

In connection with our initial public offering, we considered how best to organize our Company in preparation for the benefit of our investors. Although FGI is organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and operates both internationally and in the U.S., we wanted to promote the transparency that investors expect of U.S. domestic public companies while not unduly burdening our Company, compared with our foreign competitors. This section highlights some of our key additional efforts to enhance shareholder rights and transparency.

1. We will voluntarily report certain public financial results following the completion of our initial public offering which foreign private issuers such as us are not normally required to report. Foreign private issuers

139


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and U.S. domestic issuers are subject to different ongoing reporting obligations. As a general matter, foreign private issuers must file annual reports once per year and are not required to file quarterly reports. If they are listed on a securities exchange like The NASDAQ Capital Market, foreign private issuers must file financial results for the first half-year. By contrast, U.S. domestic filers must file quarterly reports three times per year and an annual report once per year.

For a period of two years after the completion of this offering (the “Voluntary Reporting Period”), we have committed to file our quarterly financial statements with the SEC using a Form 6-K. This obligation is in addition to our obligation to file an annual report. Moreover, we will file these reports at the same time such reports would be due if we were a U.S. domestic issuer of the same size, subject to the same extension periods permitted to such issuers.

During the Voluntary Reporting Period, if however (a) our volume weighted average stock price for a window of twenty (20) straight trading days exceeds 125% of our initial public offering price and (b) average trading volume during that window exceeds $100,000 per day, then this obligation would terminate one year after we complete the offering, but we would file our annual report at the same time as a Form 10-K would be due for a similarly sized U.S. domestic issuer, and we would file our half-year financial statements within seventy-five (75) days after June 30 during the remainder of the Voluntary Reporting Period.

The below table highlights the differences in reporting obligations among (a) what we are required to file as a foreign private issuer, (b) what a U.S. domestic issuer would need to file, (c) what we have committed to file during the Voluntary Reporting Period and (d) what we are permitted to file during the Voluntary Reporting Period in the event the above stock price and trading value thresholds are met.

       
Reporting Periods   Foreign Private
Issuer
(a)
  Non-Accelerated
U.S. Domestic
Issuer
(b)
  Voluntary Reporting Period
  If trading thresholds
are not met
(c)
  If trading thresholds
are met
(d)
09/30/2015 (3 rd quarter)   N/A   10-Q by 11/16/2015   6-K by 11/16/2015   6-K by 11/16/2015
12/31/2015 (annual)   20-F by 05/02/2016   10-K by 03/30/2016   20-F by 03/30/2016   20-F by 03/30/2016
03/31/2016 (1 st quarter)   N/A   10-Q by 05/16/2016   6-K by 05/16/2016   6-K by 05/16/2016
06/30/2016 (6 months/2 nd quarter)   6-K by 12/30/2016   10-Q by 08/15/2016   6-K by 08/15/2016   6-K by 08/15/2016
09/30/2016 (3 rd quarter)   N/A   10-Q by 11/14/2016   6-K by 11/14/2016   N/A
12/31/2016 (annual)   20-F by 05/01/2017   10-K by 03/31/2017   20-F by 03/31/2017   20-F by 05/01/2017
03/31/2017 (1 st quarter)   N/A   10-Q by 05/15/2017   6-K by 05/15/2017   N/A
06/30/2017 (6 months/2 nd quarter)   6-K by 12/29/2017   10-Q by 08/14/2017   6-K by 08/14/2017   6-K by 06/15/2017
09/30/2017 (3 rd quarter)   N/A   10-Q by 11/14/2017   6-K by 11/14/2017   N/A

2. Shareholders who are subject to lock-up agreements have agreed during the Voluntary Reporting Period to provide information about any sales of our stock completed by such individuals so that we can file such information using a Form 6-K. The trading information will be the same information required when insiders in U.S. public companies sell stock. We have similarly committed, during the Voluntary Reporting Period, to file such information on Form 6-K at the same time such information would be filed for U.S. public companies.

3. As noted above in the risk factor titled “As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. If we opt to rely on such exemptions in the future, such decision might afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares”, The NASDAQ Capital Market allows foreign private issuers like our Company to opt to follow rules that apply in the issuer’s home country instead of a given NASDAQ rule. For example, there are circumstances in which NASDAQ requires a company to obtain NASDAQ-listed companies to get shareholder approval prior to issuing stock, but a foreign private issuer may not need such shareholder approval if their home country does not require it. While we may determine in the future that the home country rules in the Cayman Islands position us to operate more efficiently than equivalent NASDAQ rules, we have agreed not to rely on any

140


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

home country rules during the Voluntary Reporting Period. As a result, we will be bound by all of the same NASDAQ rules that a U.S. domestic company listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market would be required to follow.

4. Unlike some foreign private issuers, we have not implemented a classified board. All of our directors serve one-year terms that expire at each annual shareholder meeting. Such a structure could make our company more susceptible to a takeover bid, but we believe that public shareholders could benefit by receiving such bids that they would not see it potential bidders were discouraged from making a bid in the first place.

In addition, the absence of a staggered Board of Directors will provide our shareholders more influence over our company’s future by enabling them to provide quick feedback each year to the Board of Directors about shareholders’ faith in the future of the company and strategic direction. While we intend to be responsive to shareholder thoughts and concerns in any event, we believe that providing shareholders the ability to evaluate our entire Board of Directors each year will promote further responsiveness from our directors to shareholder needs.

5. To this end, we have also allowed shareholders to call a general meeting on the demand of holders of 20% or more of our ordinary shares. Many of the Cayman Islands companies that are listed in the U.S. have a higher threshold than 20% (generally 30% of outstanding shares based on our review of publicly available filings). We value our shareholders’ perspectives and are willing to hold meetings when a significant percentage of our shareholders so request.

6. When shareholders call a shareholders’ meeting on these terms, they would be able to set the agenda for such meeting. However, even where shareholders are not calling the meetings, we want to receive shareholder proposals from any shareholder. Our Board of Directors will evaluate and determine whether to include such shareholder proposals in the proxy statement applicable to the meeting. While we cannot guarantee that we will submit all proxy proposals to shareholders to vote (as we are not a US public company this is not required of us), our Board plans to consider all such proposals carefully.

7. When we hold our shareholders’ meetings, we will follow the voting rules that are used under Delaware general corporate law. We believe that following a familiar set of shareholder meeting rules will benefit our U.S. shareholders by giving them clarity on how the meeting will be conducted.

8. To this end, we have also consented to service of process in Delaware in any suit relating to securities law and have appointed C T Corporation System as our agent for service of process for such securities law matters.

141


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to excess cash invested in short-term instruments with original maturities of less than a year and long-term held-to-maturity securities with maturities of greater than a year. Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate interest earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates, or we may suffer losses in principal if we have to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. We have not been, and do not expect to be, exposed to material interest rate risks, and therefore have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure.

In 2014, we had $21.0 million weighted outstanding bank loans, with weighted average effective interest rate of 5.67%. In the year 2013, we had $16.5 million outstanding bank loans, with weighted average effective interest rate of 5.00%.

As of December 31, 2014, if interest rates increased/decreased by 1%, with all other variables having remained constant, and assuming the amount of bank borrowings outstanding at the end of the year was outstanding for the entire year, profit attributable to equity owners of our company would have been RMB 1.29 million ($209,771) lower/higher, respectively, mainly as a result of higher/lower interest income from our cash and cash equivalents and loan receivables.

As of December 31, 2013, if interest rates increased/decreased by 1%, with all other variables having remained constant, and assuming the amount of bank borrowings outstanding at the end of the year was outstanding for the entire year, profit attributable to equity owners of our company would have been RMB 1.02 million ($164,952) lower/higher, respectively, mainly as a result of higher/lower interest income from our cash and cash equivalents and loan receivables.

We had no short-term investments and long-term held-to-maturity investments as of December 31, 2014.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Our functional currency is the RMB, and our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollar. The RMB appreciated by 2.9% against U.S. dollar in 2013 and depreciated by 0.6% in 2014. The change in the value of RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in the U.S, dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operation.

Currently, our assets, liabilities, revenues and costs are denominated in RMB and in U.S. dollars, and our offering proceeds will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk will primarily relate to those financial assets denominated in U.S. dollars. Any significant revaluation of RMB against U.S. dollar may materially affect our earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our Ordinary Shares in U.S. dollars in the future. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Fluctuations in exchange rates could adversely affect our business and the value of our securities.”

Commodity Risk

As a developer and manufacturer of plastic products, our Company is exposed to the risk of an increase in the price of raw materials. We historically have been able to pass on price increases to customers by virtue of pricing terms that vary with changes in resin prices, but we have not entered into any contract to hedge any specific commodity risk. Moreover, our Company does not purchase or trade on commodity instruments or positions; instead, it purchases commodities for use.

142


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our Ordinary Shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Ordinary Shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Ordinary Shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

The 11,666,667 Ordinary Shares that were not offered and sold in our initial public offering are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding, which will equal 156,667 shares immediately after our initial public offering if the over-subscription option is not exercised in full, or 162,667 shares immediately after our initial public offering if the over-subscription option is exercised in full, or
the average weekly trading volume of the Ordinary Shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory shares or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of our initial public offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Registration on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering to register up to 1,626,667 of our Ordinary Shares subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our share incentive plan, such amount being equal to 10% of the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding after the closing of the offering. This registration will permit the resale of these Ordinary Shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act. Ordinary Shares registered pursuant to the Form S-8 held by affiliates will be subject to Rule 144 volume limitations. As of the date of this Prospectus, we have not issued any options to purchase our Ordinary Shares.

143


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Lock-up Agreements

Our directors and executive officers and shareholders who currently hold more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding shares will enter into lock-up agreements with the Underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering. Such shareholders currently hold 95% of our shares in total. For more details about the lock-up agreements, see “UNDERWRITING  —  Lock-Up Agreements.”

Summary of Shares Available for Future Sale

The following table summarizes the total shares potentially available for future sale. Prior to the offering, 11,666,667 shares are outstanding of which 7,758,335 shares are held by affiliates. Of the currently outstanding Ordinary Shares, 11,083,334 shares are subject to lock-up agreements.

Post-Offering

 
Shares   Date Available for Sale
Shares to be Outstanding at Completion of Offering: 15,666,667 if the over-subscription option is not exercised or up to 16,266,667 if the over-subscription option is exercised in full
Currently Outstanding Ordinary Shares Subject to Lock-Up Agreements: 11,083,334   After twelve (12) months from the date of effectiveness or commencement of sales of the public offering.
Currently Outstanding Ordinary Shares Not Subject to Lock-Up Agreement: 583,333   After the date of this prospectus, these shares will be tradable in accordance with Rule 144.
Shares Offered in this Offering: 4,600,000, including 600,000 shares under over-subscription option   After the date of this prospectus, these shares will be freely tradable.
Shares Approved for Issuance but Not Yet Outstanding: up to 1,764,667
Ordinary Shares in Incentive Securities Pool: up to 1,626,667 if the over-subscription option is exercised in full   After grant, from vesting dates through expiration of grants.
Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants: 138,000 if the over-subscription option is exercised in full   After exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants, these shares will be tradable in accordance with Rule 144.

144


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares

The following sets forth the material Cayman Islands, Chinese and U.S. federal income tax consequences related to an investment in our Ordinary Shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Ordinary Shares and is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Ordinary Shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. Unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, this section is the opinion of Kaufman & Canoles, P.C., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, and of Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law, our PRC counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of Chinese tax law.

The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold Ordinary Shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX
ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SHARES.

People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation

The following brief description of Chinese enterprise laws is designed to highlight the enterprise-level taxation on our earnings, which will affect the amount of dividends, if any, we are ultimately able to pay to our shareholders. See “Dividend Policy.”

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and we gain substantial income by way of dividends paid to us from our PRC subsidiaries. The EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that China-sourced income of foreign enterprises, such as dividends paid by a PRC subsidiary to its equity holders that are non-resident enterprises, will normally be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption.

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with a “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” which means that it is treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as a managing body that actually, comprehensively manage and control the production and operation, staff, accounting, property and other aspects of an enterprise, the only official guidance for this definition currently available is set forth in SAT Notice 82, which provides guidance on the determination of the tax residence status of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise, defined as an enterprise that is incorporated under the laws of a foreign country or territory and that has a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as its primary controlling shareholder. Although FGI does not have a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as our primary controlling shareholder and is therefore not a

145


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise within the meaning of SAT Notice 82, in the absence of guidance specifically applicable to us, we have applied the guidance set forth in SAT Notice 82 to evaluate the tax residence status of FGI and its subsidiaries organized outside the PRC.

According to SAT Notice 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met: (i) the places where senior management and senior management departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of China; (ii) financial decisions (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are decided or need to be decided by organizations or persons located within the territory of China; (iii) main property, accounting books, corporate seal, the board of directors and files of the minutes of shareholders’ meetings of the enterprise are located or preserved within the territory of China; and (iv) one half (or more) of the directors or senior management staff having the right to vote habitually reside within the territory of China.

We believe that we do not meet some of the conditions outlined in the immediately preceding paragraph. For example, as a holding company, the key assets and records of FGI, including the resolutions and meeting minutes of our board of directors and the resolutions and meeting minutes of our shareholders, are located and maintained outside the PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities. Accordingly, we believe that FGI and its offshore subsidiaries should not be treated as a “resident enterprise” for PRC tax purposes if the criteria for “de facto management body” as set forth in SAT Notice 82 were deemed applicable to us. However, as the tax residency status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body” as applicable to our offshore entities, we will continue to monitor our tax status.

The implementation rules of the EIT Law provide that, (i) if the enterprise that distributes dividends is domiciled in the PRC or (ii) if gains are realized from transferring equity interests of enterprises domiciled in the PRC, then such dividends or gains are treated as China-sourced income. It is not clear how “domicile” may be interpreted under the EIT Law, and it may be interpreted as the jurisdiction where the enterprise is a tax resident. Therefore, if we are considered as a PRC tax resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders which are non-resident enterprises as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result become subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China  — Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a “Resident Enterprise” of China.”

Our company pays a 17% value added tax and EIT rates of 15% for Taizhou Fuling (or $993,103.61 in 2014) because it has been certified as a high technology company and thus enjoys a preferable rate. Great Plastics pays EIT tax at the standard 25% rate (or $72,414.8 in 2014). If Taizhou Fuling’s favorable EIT rate were to be terminated or Taizhou Fuling were to fail to qualify to receive this rate, it would be subject to taxation at the standard EIT rate of 25% for enterprise income taxes, unless we were otherwise to qualify for a decreased tax rate.

Any gain or loss recognized by you generally will be treated as United States source gain or loss. However, if we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes and PRC tax were imposed on any gain, and if you are eligible for the benefits of the tax treaty between the United States and PRC, you may elect to treat such gain as PRC source gain under such treaty and, accordingly, you may be able to credit the PRC tax against your United States federal income tax liability.

146


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to our company levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not a party to any double tax treaties. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

banks;
financial institutions;
insurance companies;
regulated investment companies;
real estate investment trusts;
broker-dealers;
traders that elect to mark-to-market;
U.S. expatriates;
tax-exempt entities;
persons liable for alternative minimum tax;
persons holding our Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;
persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting shares;
persons who acquired our Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as consideration; or
persons holding our Ordinary Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the U.S. Federal tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares.

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Ordinary Shares are considered for purpose of

147


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our Ordinary Shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our Ordinary Shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Ordinary Shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Taxation of Dispositions of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the Ordinary Shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Ordinary Shares for more than one year, you will be eligible for (a) reduced tax rates of 0% (for individuals in the 10% or 15% tax brackets), (b) higher tax rates of 20% (for individuals in the 39.6% tax bracket) or (c) 15% for all other individuals. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

Based on our current and anticipated operations and the composition of our assets, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2015. Our actual PFIC status for the current taxable year ending December 31, 2015 will not be determinable until the close of such taxable year and, accordingly, there is no guarantee that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year. Because PFIC status is a factual determination for each taxable year which cannot be made until the close of the taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

at least 75% of its gross income is passive income; or
at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC. As a result, our PFIC status may change from no to yes. In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our Ordinary Shares, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our Ordinary Shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Ordinary Shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is

148


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold Ordinary Shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Ordinary Shares. However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “deemed sale” election with respect to the Ordinary Shares.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold Ordinary Shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Ordinary Shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Ordinary Shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Ordinary Shares;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and
the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Ordinary Shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Ordinary Shares as capital assets.

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the Ordinary Shares, you will include in income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Ordinary Shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Ordinary Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Ordinary Shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the Ordinary Shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Ordinary Shares. Your basis in the Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Ordinary Shares” generally would not apply.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the Nasdaq Capital Market. If the Ordinary Shares are regularly traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market and if you are a holder of Ordinary Shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do

149


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold Ordinary Shares in any year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 regarding distributions received on the Ordinary Shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Ordinary Shares.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our Ordinary Shares and the elections discussed above.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Ordinary Shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders.

Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain United States Holders are required to report information relating to ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold ordinary shares. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

150


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands corporation, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a lesser extent. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Most of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, most of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof. Our First Amended and Restated Articles of Association only honor judgments about security claims duly entered in the Delaware court of the United States.

We have appointed C T Corporation System (The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801) as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the courts of the State of Delaware under the federal securities laws of the United States or under the securities laws of the State of Delaware.

Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law, our counsel as to Chinese law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of China would (1) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, or (2) be competent to hear original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction, against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the Chinese Civil Procedure Law. Chinese courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the Chinese Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or in reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other agreements with the Cayman Islands or the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. As a result, it is uncertain whether a Chinese court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in either of these two jurisdictions.

We have been advised by Campbells, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, that the United States and the Cayman Islands do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, is unlikely to be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. We have also been advised by Campbells that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in U.S. federal or state courts under which a sum of money is payable as compensatory damages (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the court of the Cayman Islands under the common law doctrine of obligation. A Cayman Islands court may impose civil liability on us or our directors or officers in a suit brought in the Cayman Islands against us or these persons with respect to a violation of U.S. federal securities laws, provided that the facts surrounding any violation constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Cayman Islands law.

151


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Underwriting

We have engaged Burnham Securities Inc. and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., our Underwriters, to conduct this offering on a “best efforts, all or none” basis, with Burnham Securities Inc. acting as the representative of the Underwriters. The offering is being made without a firm commitment by the Underwriters, which have no obligation or commitment to purchase any of our shares. In addition, the Underwriters have conditioned closing on our attaining an approval letter for Nasdaq Capital Markets listing of our shares being sold in this offering. This means that if the full $20,000,000 offering amount is not sold, or if it is but we don’t obtain Nasdaq listing or satisfy other conditions described below, your money will be returned from the escrow account.

Once all closing conditions have been satisfied and a closing has occurred, the underwriters will have the option to sell up to an additional 600,000 Ordinary Shares for $3,000,000 of original gross proceeds in this offering, as part of its over-subscription option. None of our officers, directors or affiliates may purchase shares in this offering. The business address of Burnham Securities Inc. is 40 West 57 th Street, 28 th Floor, New York, NY 10019. The business address of Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. is The Galleria, 2 Bridge Ave #241, Red Bank, NJ 07701.

Burnham Securities Inc. and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. are underwriters within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act and any commissions received by it and any profit realized on the sale of the securities by them while acting as principal would be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act. The Underwriters are required to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act including, without limitation, Rule 10b-5 and Regulation M under the Exchange Act. These rules and regulations may limit the timing of purchases and sales of ordinary shares by the Underwriters. Under these rules and regulations, the Underwriters may not (i) engage in any stabilization activity in connection with our securities; and (ii) bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities, other than as permitted under the Exchange Act, until they have completed their participation in the distribution.

The subscription applications may be addressed to Signature Bank at following address: 950 Third Avenue, 9 th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

Unless sooner withdrawn or canceled by either us or the Underwriters, the offering will continue until the earlier of (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and our Underwriters once all 4,000,000 ordinary shares are sold at the assumed offering price of $5.00 per share or (ii) close of business on October 31, 2015, unless extended by us and the Underwriters to no later than November 30, 2015 (the “Offering Termination Date”).

In addition, the Underwriters will have an over-subscription option to sell up to an additional 15% of the offering amount, of additional ordinary shares for $3,000,000. This over-subscription option may be exercised in whole or in part through the Offering Termination Date.

The securities will be delivered to subscribers on the earlier of (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and our Underwriters once all 4,000,000 ordinary shares are sold at the assumed offering price of $5.00 per share or (ii) close of business on October 31, 2015, unless extended by us and the Underwriters to no later than November 30, 2015 (the “Offering Termination Date”).

Escrow Agent and Timing

The Underwriters and the Company have agreed in accordance with the provisions of SEC Rule 15c2-4 to cause all funds received by the Underwriters for the sale of the ordinary shares to be promptly deposited in an escrow account maintained by Signature Bank (the “Escrow Agent”) as escrow agent for the investors in the offering. The Escrow Agent will exercise signature control on the escrow account and will act based on joint instructions from our Company and the Underwriters. On the closing date for the offering, and presuming that all conditions to closing have been attained (i.e. Nasdaq Capital Markets approval and other conditions described below) proceeds in the escrow account maintained by the Escrow Agent will be delivered to our company. We will not be able to use such proceeds in China, however, until we complete certain remittance procedures in China, which may take as long as six months in the ordinary course. If we do not complete this offering before the Offering Termination Date, all amounts will be promptly returned as

152


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

described below. In the event of any dispute between our Company and the Underwriters, including whether and how funds are to be reimbursed, the Escrow Agent is entitled to petition a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any such dispute.

Investors must pay in full for all ordinary shares at the time of investment, to the Escrow Agent. Payment for the ordinary shares may be made (i) by check, bank draft or money order made payable to “Signature Bank” and delivered to the Underwriters no less than four business days before the date of closing, or (ii) by wire. The checks, bank drafts and money orders will be forwarded/returned by the Underwriters and their dealers to the Escrow Agent by 12 pm of the following business day. The Underwriters will inform prospective purchasers of the anticipated date of closing. If payment is made by check, investors should make all checks payable to the Escrow Agent.

Proceeds deposited into escrow with the Escrow Agent may not be withdrawn by investors prior to the earlier of the closing of the offering or the Offering Termination Date. If the offering is withdrawn or canceled or terminated and proceeds therefrom are not received by us on or prior to the Offering Termination Date, all proceeds will be promptly returned by the Escrow Agent without interest or deduction to the persons from which they are received (within one business day) in accordance with applicable securities laws. All such proceeds will be placed in a non-interest bearing account pending such time.

Certain Other Conditions

Pursuant to that certain underwriting agreement by and between the Underwriters and us, the obligations of the Underwriters to solicit offers to purchase the shares and of investors solicited by the Underwriters to purchase our ordinary shares are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel to the Underwriters. The underwriting agreement provides, among other things, that the obligation of the Underwriters to arrange for the offer and sale of the shares of our ordinary shares, on a best efforts basis, is subject to certain conditions precedent, including but not limited to (1) receipt of a listing approval letter from The Nasdaq Capital Market, (2) delivery of legal opinions and (3) delivery of auditor comfort letters. The Underwriters are under no obligation to purchase any shares of our ordinary shares for their own account. As a “best efforts” offering, there can be no assurance that the offering contemplated hereby will ultimately be consummated. As such, the Underwriters’ obligations under the underwriting agreement are also subject to various conditions which are customary in transactions of this type, including that, as of the closing of the offering, there shall not have occurred (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the publication of quotations on the Nasdaq Capital Market; (ii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in the State of New York or China; (iii) the engagement by the United States or China in hostilities which have resulted in the declaration of a national emergency or war if any such event would have a material adverse effect, in the Underwriters’ reasonable judgment, as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the solicitation of offers to consummate the offering with respect to investors solicited by the Underwriters on the terms and conditions contemplated herein.

The Underwriters may, but are not obligated to, retain other selected dealers that are qualified to offer and sell the shares and that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. The Underwriters propose to offer the shares to investors at the public offering prices less the underwriting fee and commissions set forth on the cover of this prospectus and will be paid commissions and fees at closing from the proceeds thereof.

Application for Nasdaq Capital Markets Listing

We have applied to have our ordinary shares (including any over-subscription shares sold, if any) approved for listing/quotation on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “FORK.” We will not consummate and close this offering without a listing approval letter from the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our receipt of a listing approval letter is not the same as an actual listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The listing approval letter will serve only to confirm that, if we sell a number of shares in this best efforts offering sufficient to satisfy applicable listing criteria, our ordinary shares will in fact be listed.

If the application is approved, trading of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market will begin within five days following the closing of this offering. If our ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.

153


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In order to list, the Nasdaq Capital Market requires that, among other criteria, at least 1,000,000 publicly-held shares of our ordinary shares be outstanding, the shares be held in the aggregate by at least 300 round lot holders, the market value of the publicly-held shares of our ordinary shares be at least $15.0 million, our stockholders’ equity after giving effect to the sale of our shares in this offering be at least $4.0 million, the bid price per share of our ordinary shares be $4.00 or more, and there be at least three registered and active market makers for our ordinary shares. If the application is approved, trading of our shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market will begin within five days after the date of initial issuance of the ordinary shares.

Discounts, Commissions and Expense Reimbursement

We will pay the Underwriters and their dealers up to 6.8% in cash for all dollar amounts invested in the offering. Upon our engagement of Underwriters, we paid them an advisory fee of $50,000 in connection with advisory services relating to our Nasdaq listing process with an additional $25,000 due upon Nasdaq application filing.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay if the over-subscription option is not exercised:

   
  Per Share   Total
Assumed public offering price   $ 5.00     $ 20,000,000  
Underwriting fee and commissions (up to 6.8%)   $ 0.34     $ 1,360,000  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $ 4.66     $ 18,640,000  

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay if the over-subscription option is exercised in full:

   
  Per Share   Total
Assumed public offering price   $ 5.00     $ 23,000,000  
Underwriting fee and commissions (up to 6.8%)   $ 0.34     $ 1,564,000  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $ 4.66     $ 21,436,000  

We have agreed to pay or reimburse the Underwriters for certain of its accountable expenses relating to the offering in a maximum amount of $60,000 for such expenses. These expenses include all actual fees and expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with basic preliminary due diligence costs including any background checks it deems necessary, in an amount not exceeding $25,000 in the aggregate, and up to $30,000 of the Underwriters’ actual accountable “road show” and travel expenses as well as printing and up to $5,000 for closing memorabilia for the offering. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the fees and expenses of the Underwriters’ legal counsel in an amount not to exceed $50,000.00, plus up to $5,000 of accountable out of pocket expenses. We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting fee and reimbursement of expenses described above, will be approximately $985,000 (see, “Expenses Related to This Offering” below).

The advisory services relating to Nasdaq application and listing for which the Underwriters were compensated, include, without limitation, advise on board and board committee structure and composition, capitalization structure, review and assistance with the initial Nasdaq listing application and responding to comments relating to the same, as well as advise on corporate structure and ongoing covenants that relate enable qualifying for listing with the Nasdaq.

Underwriters’ Warrants

As additional compensation to the Underwriters, upon consummation of this offering, we will issue to the Underwriters or their designees warrants to purchase an aggregate number of shares of our ordinary shares equal to 3% of the number of shares of ordinary shares issued in this offering (the “Underwriters’ Warrants”). The Underwriters’ Warrants will be exercisable at 125% of the initial public offering price in this offering. The Underwriters’ Warrant and the underlying shares of ordinary shares will not be exercised, sold, transferred, assigned, or hypothecated or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Underwriters’ Warrants by any person for a period of

154


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

180 days from the effective date of the registration statement for this offering in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110. The Underwriters’ Warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement for this offering. Ordinary shares underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants will be subject to piggyback registration rights, but neither the Underwriters’ Warrants nor the underlying ordinary shares are registered in this offering.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the Underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The Underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the Underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of our Shares

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of our shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. People outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering of our shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Other Trading Matters

We have agreed that we will not: (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of our company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of our company; (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of our company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of our company; or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of our company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of our company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case without the prior consent of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than (A) the shares of our ordinary shares to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by us of shares of our ordinary shares upon the exercise of a stock option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this offering, hereafter issued pursuant to our currently existing or hereafter adopted equity compensation plans or employment or consulting agreements or arrangements of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing or which have been filed with the Commission or (C) the issuance by us of stock options or shares of capital stock of our company under any currently existing or hereafter adopted equity compensation plan or employment/consulting agreements or arrangements of our company.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our directors and executive officers and shareholders who currently hold more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding shares will enter into lock-up agreements with the Underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of twelve (12) months after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, (i) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, assign, transfer, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our ordinary shares (including, without limitation, ordinary shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (such shares, the “Beneficially Owned Shares”)) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, or any warrants or other rights to purchase, the foregoing (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Beneficially Owned Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter

155


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquires the power of disposition, or (iii) engage in any short selling of the our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii) above.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to certain exceptions as more fully described in the lock-up agreements. In addition, any potential transfers or acquisitions by the above persons shall be reported to the Company for disclosure on Form 6-K.

Ms. Guilan Jiang, Ms. Sujuan Zhu, Mr. Qian Hu, Mr. Xinzhong Wang and Mr. Jinxue Jiang will enter into lock-up agreements with the Underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering: For more details of their share ownership, see “Principal Shareholders.”

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Market and Pricing Considerations

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the Underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the Underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the Underwriters;
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
an assessment of our management;
our prospects for future earnings;
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded ordinary shares of generally comparable companies; and
other factors deemed relevant by the Underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the Underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our ordinary shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Discretionary Shares

The Underwriters will not sell any shares in this offering to accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority, without first receiving written consent from those accounts.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In order to facilitate the offering of the ordinary shares, the Underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares. In order to facilitate the offering, the Underwriters may, but are not required to, bid for, and purchase, ordinary shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the ordinary shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ordinary shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares. The Underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time. We and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the Underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the Underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The Underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to Internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. The allocation decisions will be

156


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

made jointly by the Underwriters, but securities will be received by Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. and delivered by them to investors electronically via DWAC. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the Underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our ordinary shares on The Nasdaq Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The Underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the Underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our company. The Underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

157


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expenses Relating to this Offering

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting fee and commissions and underwriting expenses, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee   $ 2,316  
Nasdaq Capital Market Listing Fee     75,000  
FINRA Filing Fee     6,538  
Legal Fees and Expenses     480,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses     250,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses     115,700
Miscellaneous Expenses     55,446
Total Expenses   $ 985,000

* Estimated

In addition to the underwriting expenses (estimated at $115,000) and above expenses (estimated at $985,000), we will pay our Underwriters and their dealers an aggregate underwriting fee equal to between $1,360,000 and $1,564,000 (up to 6.8% of the aggregate offering), depending on whether and to the extent the over-subscription option is exercised.

Legal Matters

Kaufman & Canoles is acting as counsel to our company regarding U.S. securities law matters. The validity of the Ordinary Shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Campbells. CKR Law is acting as counsel to the Underwriters. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law. Kaufman & Canoles, P.C. may rely upon Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law with respect to matters governed by PRC law and Campbells with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law.

The current address of Kaufman & Canoles, P.C. is Two James Center, 14 th Floor, 1021 E. Cary St., Richmond, Virginia 23219. The current address of Campbells is Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, PO Box 884, Grand Cayman KY1-1103, Cayman Islands. The current address of CKR Law is 1330 Avenue of the Americas, 35 th Floor, New York, NY 10019. The current address of Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law is 34/F, Tower 3, China Central Place, 77 Jianguo Road, Beijing 100025, China.

Experts

Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Friedman LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The current address of Friedman LLP is 1700 Broadway, New York, New York 10019.

Interests of Named Experts and Counsel

No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the ordinary shares was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant as a promoter, managing or principal Underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.

Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us, we have been advised that it is the SEC’s opinion that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

158


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the Ordinary Shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports (including an annual report on Form 20-F, which we will be required to file within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year), and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

159


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Consolidated Financial Statements
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-3  
Consolidated Balance Sheets     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income     F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity     F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows     F-7  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-8 – F-21  
Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
        
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets     F-24  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income     F-25  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity     F-26  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows     F-27  
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements     F-28 – F-41  

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Fuling Global Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fuling Global Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Friedman LLP
 
New York, New York

February 27, 2015, except for Notes 1 and 7, as to which the date is June 18, 2015 and Notes 2, 13 and 14, as to which the date is July 27, 2015.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

   
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
ASSETS
                 
Current Assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,399,714     $ 2,698,795  
Restricted cash     3,700,886       4,979,464  
Accounts receivable, net     13,018,702       8,900,308  
Advance to supplier, net     739,002       518,380  
Inventories, net     14,935,076       12,238,252  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     906,705       1,104,959  
Total Current Assets     34,700,085       30,440,158  
Property, plant and equipment, net     20,517,240       17,657,710  
Intangible assets, net     1,650,037       1,694,915  
Other non-current assets     356,425       653,724  
Deferred tax assets           156,514  
Total Assets   $ 57,223,787     $ 50,603,021  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Current Liabilities:
                 
Short term borrowings   $ 19,524,207     $ 20,083,554  
Bank notes payable     3,244,333       3,284,289  
Advances from customers     695,873       435,413  
Accounts payable     14,194,154       12,517,693  
Accrued and other liabilities     1,316,921       793,831  
Taxes payable     560,253       433,865  
Loan from third parties     195,249       196,272  
Due to related parties     38,273       222,094  
Total Current Liabilities     39,769,263       37,967,011  
Total Liabilities     39,769,263       37,967,011  
Commitments and contingencies
                 
Shareholders’ Equity
                 
Common stock: $0.001 par value, 70,000,000 shares authorized, 11,666,667 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013     11,667       11,667  
Additional paid in capital     11,108,133       3,578,133  
Statutory reserve     1,862,365       1,108,393  
Retained earnings     3,147,151       6,689,803  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     1,094,617       1,259,398  
Total Fuling Global Inc’s equity     17,223,933       12,647,394  
Noncontrolling interest     230,591       (11,384 )  
Total Shareholders’ Equity     17,454,524       12,636,010  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity   $ 57,223,787     $ 50,603,021  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013
Revenues   $ 83,181,113     $ 69,536,115  
Cost of goods sold     54,503,221       48,302,618  
Gross Profit     28,677,892       21,233,497  
Operating Expenses
                 
Selling expenses     12,665,181       11,047,758  
General and administrative expenses     3,879,615       3,211,766  
Research and development expenses     2,484,566       2,128,923  
Total operating expenses     19,029,362       16,388,447  
Income from Operations     9,648,530       4,845,050  
Other Income (Expense):
                 
Interest income     41,448       218,087  
Interest expense     (1,197,986 )       (865,147 )  
Subsidy income     597,122       852,935  
Loss of debt gurantee for a third party           (1,029,645 )  
Other income, net     7,827       16,704  
Total other income (expense), net     (551,589 )       (807,066 )  
Income Before Income Taxes     9,096,941       4,037,984  
Provision for Income Taxes     1,368,798       587,481  
Net Income   $ 7,728,143     $ 3,450,503  
Less: net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest     241,975       (1,861 )  
Net income attributable to Fuling Global Inc.     7,486,168       3,452,364  
Other Comprehensive Income
                 
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)     (164,781 )       431,424  
Comprehensive Income   $ 7,321,387     $ 3,883,788  
Earning per share
                 
Basic and diluted   $ 0.64     $ 0.30  
Weighted average number of shares
                 
Basic and diluted     11,666,667       11,666,667  
Cash dividends per share
                 
Basic and diluted   $ 0.88     $  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

               
               
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid in
Capital
  Staturory
Reserve
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
  Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Equity
     Shares   Amount
Balance at January 1, 2013     11,666,667     $ 11,667     $ 3,578,133     $ 770,615     $ 3,575,217     $ 827,974     $ (9,523 )     $ 8,754,083  
Net income                             3,452,364             (1,861 )       3,450,503  
Appropriations to statutory reserve                       337,778       (337,778 )                    
Foreign currency translation gain                                   431,424             431,424  
Balance at December 31, 2013     11,666,667     $ 11,667     $ 3,578,133     $ 1,108,393     $ 6,689,803     $ 1,259,398     $ (11,384 )     $ 12,636,010  
Capital contribution                 7,530,000                               7,530,000  
Net income                             7,486,168             241,975       7,728,143  
Appropriations to statutory reserve                       753,972       (753,972 )                    
Dividend declared and paid                             (10,274,848 )                   (10,274,848 )  
Foreign currency translation loss                                   (164,781 )             (164,781 )  
Balance at December 31, 2014     11,666,667     $ 11,667     $ 11,108,133     $ 1,862,365     $ 3,147,151     $ 1,094,617     $ 230,591     $ 17,454,524  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

   
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                 
Net income   $ 7,728,143     $ 3,450,503  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                 
Deferred tax expense (benefit)     155,705       (154,447 )  
Depreciation and amortization     1,707,496       1,347,359  
Bad debt provisions     33,252       30,048  
Gain on disposal of fixed assets     37,466        
Changes in operating assets:
                 
Accounts receivable     (4,378,994 )       2,306,682  
Advances to suppliers     30,592       1,243,138  
Inventories     (2,733,597 )       (1,957,419 )  
Other assets     (255,284 )       (204,314 )  
Changes in operating liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable     1,728,498       (29,141 )  
Advance from customers     262,743       (23,940 )  
Taxes payable     605,132       (95,876 )  
Accrued and Other liabilities     468,916       319,413  
Net cash provided by operating activities     5,390,068       6,232,006  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                 
Purchase of property and equipment     (4,734,094 )       (8,529,311 )  
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment     73,508        
Net cash used in investing activities     (4,660,586 )       (8,529,311 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings     39,549,931       39,672,392  
Repayments of short-term borrowings     (40,004,616 )       (34,102,380 )  
Repayments of long-term borrowings           (1,024,624 )  
Proceeds from bank notes payable     3,244,492       3,240,916  
Repayments of bank notes payable     (3,267,330 )       (1,944,224 )  
Proceeds from third party borrowing           32,280  
Repayments of loans from related parties     (183,621 )       (844,230 )  
Change of restricted cash     1,252,684       (954,898 )  
Capital contribution     7,530,000        
Dividends paid to shareholders     (10,274,848 )        
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (2,153,308 )       4,075,232  
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH     124,745       134,087  
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (1,299,081 )       1,912,014  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR     2,698,795       786,781  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING OF YEAR   $ 1,399,714     $ 2,698,795  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                 
Cash paid during the year for:
                 
Interest paid   $ 833,401     $ 854,946  
Income tax paid   $ 1,065,518     $ 388,730  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Fuling Global Inc. (“Fuling Global”) is a Cayman Island corporation established on January 19, 2015.

Total Faith Holdings Limited (“Total Faith”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fuling Global formed in accordance with laws and regulations of the British Virgin Islands in April, 2004.

Fuling Global and its subsidiary Total Faith are holding companies whose only asset, held through a subsidiary, is 100% of the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd. (“Taizhou Fuling”), as well as 49% ownership of Domo Industry Inc. (“Domo”).

Taizhou Fuling was established in October 1992 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”) with initial capital of $0.51 million. After several registered capital increases and capital contributions, the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling was increased to $11.11 million in May 2014.

Taizhou Fuling has three wholly-owned subsidiaries, Zhejiang Great Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Great Plastics”), Fuling Plastics USA Inc. (“Old Fuling USA”), and Direct Link USA LLC (“Direct Link”).

Great Plastics was incorporated in China in March 2010 and principally engaged in the production of straw items. Fuling USA and Direct Link were both incorporated in the State of New York in August 2009 and December 2011, respectively and serve as import trading companies of Taizhou Fuling in the United States.

Domo is a U.S. company established in the State of New York in October 2007. Total Faith owns 49% of its equity interest. However, Total Faith holds 2 out of 3 seats and has a majority of the voting rights on the board of directors. The Board of Directors of Domo is the controlling decision-making body with respect to Domo instead of the equity holders. The number of seats in the Board empowers Total Faith the ability to control Domo’s daily operations and financial affairs, appoint its senior executives and approve all matters requiring shareholders’ approval. In addition, Domo’s equity at risk is not sufficient to permit it to carry on its activities without additional subordinated financial support from Total Faith and Domo is highly relying on the financial support from the Company. Total Faith is obligated to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from Domo’s activities and to receive majority of Domo’s residual returns. Based on these facts, Total Faith has gained effective control over Domo and Domo is considered a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10-05-08A. Accordingly, Total Faith consolidates Domo’s operating results, assets and liabilities.

Fuling Global, Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling and Taizhou Fuling’s subsidiaries and its VIE (herein collectively referred to as the “Company”) are engaged in the production and distribution of environmentally friendly plastic serviceware in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”), Europe and United States (“U.S.”). Products exported to the U.S. and Europe are primarily sold to major fast food restaurant chains and wholesalers.

In May 2014, Fuling Plastic USA, Inc. (“Fuling USA”) was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Taizhou Fuling. Fuling USA is establishing the Company’s first production factory in the U.S. and will principally engage in the production of plastic cutlery and straw items.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

Fuling Global, Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling and Taizhou Fuling’s subsidiaries, were effectively controlled by the same majority shareholders of Fuling Global. Therefore, Fuling Global, Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling and Taizhou Fuling’s subsidiaries are all considered under common control. For accounting purposes, the above mentioned entities are consolidated in a manner similar to a recapitalization. The consolidation of Taizhou Fuling and its subsidiaries into Fuling Global has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

basis as if the aforementioned reorganization had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Fuling Global, Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling and its subsidiaries and VIE. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In accordance with accounting standards regarding consolidation of variable interest entities, VIEs are generally entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities without additional financial support from other parties or whose equity holders lack adequate decision making ability. All VIEs with which the Company is involved must be evaluated to determine the primary beneficiary of the risks and rewards of the VIE. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate the VIE for financial reporting purposes.

The Company has concluded that Domo is a VIE, based on the facts that Total Faith has a majority of voting rights on the board of directors and is obligated to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from Domo’s economic performance. Based on our evaluation of the VIE, we are the primary beneficiary of its risks and rewards; therefore, we consolidate Domo for financial reporting purposes.

The following table sets forth the assets, liabilities, results of operations and changes in cash and cash equivalents of the VIE, which was included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of comprehensive income and cash flows:

   
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Current assets   $ 3,792,029     $ 2,838,826  
Non-current assets            
Total assets     3,792,029       2,838,826  
Third-party liabilities     (919,942 )       (2,861,145 )  
Intercompany payables*     (2,410,087 )        
Total liabilities     (3,330,029 )       (2,861,145 )  
Net assets   $ 462,000     $ (22,319 )  

* Payables to Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics are eliminated upon consolidation.

   
  For the years ended
     December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Revenue   $ 8,186,525     $ 8,275,555  
Net income (loss)   $ 474,461     $ (3,649 )  

   
  For the years ended
     December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ (2,511,222 )     $ 19,542  
Net cash used in financing activities*   $ 2,410,087     $  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   $ (101,135 )     $ 19,542  

* Intercompany financing activities are eliminated upon consolidations.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The Company has the power to direct activities of the VIE and can have assets transferred freely out of the VIE without restrictions. Therefore, the Company considers that there is no asset of VIE that can only be used to settle obligations of the respective VIE. The creditors of the VIE’s third-party liabilities did not have recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary in normal course of business.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests result from the consolidation of 49% owned subsidiary Domo.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information as of the date of the financial statements.

Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to, the valuation of accounts receivable, inventories, advances to suppliers, useful lives of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and the recoverability of long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash equivalents used as collateral to secure short-term bank notes payable and bank borrowings. The Company is required to keep certain amounts on deposit that are subject to withdrawal restrictions. Upon the maturity of the bank acceptance notes and bank borrowings, the Company is required to deposit the remainder to the escrow account to settle the bank notes payable and bank borrowings. The notes payable and bank borrowings are generally short term in nature due to their short maturity period of three months to one year; thus, restricted cash is classified as a current asset.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had restricted cash of $3,700,886 and $4,979,464, of which $1,241,458 and $1,994,657 was related to the bank borrowings with various banks in China (see Note 7), $1,086,438 and $1,447,163 was related to the bank acceptance notes payable (see Note 8), and $1,261,732 and $1,416,024 was related to the letters of credit. The remaining $110,869 and $121,620 was related to other miscellaneous deposits made in bank, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company usually grants credit to customers with good credit standing with a maximum of 90 days and determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Actual amounts received may differ from management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Costs include the cost of raw materials, freight, direct labor and related production overhead. The cost of inventories is calculated using the weighted average method. Any excess of the cost over the net realizable value of each item of inventories is recognized as a provision for diminution in the value of inventories.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The straight-line depreciation method is used to compute depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 
Items   Useful life
Property and buildings     10 – 20 years  
Machinery equipment     3 – 10 years  
Transportation vehicles     4 – 10 years  
Office equipment and furniture     3 – 5 years  

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the statement of income in other income and expenses.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist primarily of land use rights, trademark and patents. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. These land use rights are sometimes referred to informally as “ownership.” Land use rights are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method with the following estimated useful lives:

 
Items   Useful life
Land use rights     50 years  
Trademark     10 years  
Patents     7 – 10 years  

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are below the asset’s carrying value, then the asset is deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair value. There were no impairments of these assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from product sales is recognized, net of estimated provisions for sales allowances, when the merchandise is shipped and title is transferred. Revenue is recognized when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists (sales agreements and customer purchase orders

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

are used to determine the existence of an arrangement); (ii) delivery of goods has occurred and risks and benefits of ownership have been transferred, which is when the goods are received by the customer at its designated location in accordance with the sales terms; (iii) the sales price is both fixed and determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Historically, sales returns have been minimal.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Company does not believe that there was any uncertain tax position at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

To the extent applicable, the Company records interest and penalties as a general and administrative expense. The statute of limitations for the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns and certain state income tax returns subject to examination by tax authorities for three years from the date of filing. As of December 31, 2014, the tax years ended December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2014 for the Company’s PRC subsidiaries remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

Value added tax (“VAT”)

Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of goods, net of VAT. The VAT is based on gross sales price and VAT rates range up to 17%, depending on the type of products sold. The VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on raw materials and other materials included in the cost of producing or acquiring its finished products. The Company recorded a VAT payable net of payments in the accompanying financial statements. Further, when exporting goods, the exporter is entitled to some or all of the refund of the VAT paid or assess. Since a majority of the Company’s products are exported to the U.S. and Europe, the Company is eligible for VAT refunds when the Company completes all the required tax filing procedures.

All of the VAT returns of the Company have been and remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s principal country of operations is the PRC. The financial position and results of its operations are determined using RMB, the local currency, as the functional currency. Our financial statements are reported using U.S. Dollars. The results of operations and the statement of cash flows denominated in foreign currency are translated at the average rate of exchange during the reporting period. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheet. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

accumulated other comprehensive income included in statement of changes in equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income.

The value of RMB against US$ and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions. Any significant revaluation of RMB may materially affect the Company’s financial condition in terms of US$ reporting. The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in creating the consolidated financial statements in this report:

   
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Year-end spot rate     US$1=RMB 6.1460       US$1=RMB 6.1140  
Average rate     US$1=RMB 6.1457       US$1=RMB 6.1958  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 825-10 requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2 — Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets and liabilities, which consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, advance to vendors, accounts payable, accrued expenses, advances from customers, notes payable to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at December 31, 2014 and 2013 based upon the short-term nature of the assets and liabilities.

The Company believes that the carrying amount of the short-term borrowings approximates fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2013 based on the terms of the borrowings and current market rates as the rate is reflective of the current market rate.

Concentrations and Credit Risk

A majority of the Company’s expense transactions are denominated in RMB and a significant portion of the Company and its subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. In the PRC, certain foreign exchange transactions are required by law to be transacted only by authorized financial institutions at exchange rates set by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”). Remittances in currencies other than RMB by the Company in China must be processed through the PBOC or other China foreign exchange regulatory bodies which require certain supporting documentation in order to affect the remittance.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, $4,604,884 and $7,315,405 of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash was on deposit at financial institutions in the PRC where there currently is no rule or regulation requiring such financial institutions to maintain insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Substantially all of the Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in the USA and Europe. The Company’s operating results could be adversely affected by the government policy on exporting business, foreign exchange rate fluctuation, and local market condition change. The Company has a concentration of its revenues and receivables with specific customers. For the year ended December 31, 2014, no customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue from two customers accounted for 13% and 12% of the Company’s net revenue. As of December 31, 2014, two customers’ account receivable accounted for 15% and 13% of the total outstanding accounts receivable balance. One major customer’s account receivable accounted for 15% of the total account receivable balance as of December 31, 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company purchased approximately 15% and 10% of its raw materials from two major suppliers. Advanced payments to two major suppliers accounted for 48% and 11% of the total advance payments outstanding as of December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, one major suppliers supplied 13% of the Company’s purchase and advanced payments to three suppliers accounted for 24%, 22% and 16% of the total advance payments outstanding as of December 31, 2013, respectively.

A loss of either of these customers or suppliers could adversely affect the operating results or cash flows of the Company.

Risks and Uncertainties

The major operations of the Company are located in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by political, economic, and legal environments in the PRC, as well as by the general state of the PRC economy. The Company’s operations in the PRC are subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in North America and Western Europe. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environment and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political, regulatory and social conditions in the PRC. Although the Company has not experienced losses from these situations and believes that it is in compliance with existing laws and regulations including its organization and structure disclosed in Note 1, this may not be indicative of future results.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606. This update affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance in this update supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition and most industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to illustrate the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance also includes a cohesive set of disclosure requirements that will provide users of financial statements with comprehensive information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from a reporting organization’s contracts with customers. This ASU is effective retrospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016 for public companies and 2017 for non-public entities. Management is evaluating the effect, if any, on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

   
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Trade accounts receivable   $ 13,085,704     $ 8,945,320  
Less: allowances for doubtful accounts     (67,002 )       (45,012 )  
Accounts receivable, net   $ 13,018,702     $ 8,900,308  

NOTE 4 — INVENTORY, NET

Inventories consisted of the following:

   
  As of
December 31,
2014
  As of
December 31,
2013
Raw materials   $ 1,479,313     $ 3.761.843  
Work-in-progress     998,769       577,686  
Finished goods     12,553,796       7.989.466  
Inventory valuation allowance     (96,802 )       (90,743 )  
Total inventory   $ 14,935,076     $ 12,238,252  

NOTE 5 — PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

   
  As of
December 31,
2014
  As of
December 31,
2013
Property and Buildings   $ 7,805,988     $ 7,054,677  
Machinery and equipment     16,969,456       14,522,193  
Automobiles     894,173       898,858  
Office and electric equipment     684,899       577,595  
Subtotal     26,354,516       23,053,323  
Construction in progress     891,206       179,916  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (6,728,482 )       (5,575,529 )  
Property and equipment, net   $ 20,517,240     $ 17,657,710  

Depreciation expense was $1,671,451 and $1,308,841 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Construction in progress represents costs of construction incurred for the Company’s new plant and equipment. The construction is expected to be completed and put in use in 2015. Pursuant to the factory decoration agreement of Fuling USA, approximately $0.9 million is to be paid before the completion of the construction. As of the date of this report, approximately $0.3 million has been paid.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

   
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Land use rights   $ 1,873,842     $ 1,883,661  
Trademark     7,517       7,556  
Patents     5,350       5,378  
Total     1,886,709       1,896,595  
Less: accumulated amortization     (236,672 )       (201,680 )  
Intangible assets, net   $ 1,650,037     $ 1,694,915  

Amortization expense was $36,045 and $38,515 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows:

 
Years ending December 31,   Amortization
expense
2015   $ 38,827  
2016     38,827  
2017     38,709  
2018     38,587  
2019     37,808  
Thereafter     1,457,279  
     $ 1,650,037  

NOTE 7 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Short-term borrowings represent amounts due to various banks and other companies normally due within one year. The principal of the borrowings are due at maturity. Accrued interest is due either monthly or quarterly.

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following:

   
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Agricultural Bank of China (“ABC”) (1)   $ 1,220,306     $ 490,680  
China Construction Bank (“CCB”) (2)     1,301,660       1,308,480  
China Merchants Bank (“CMB”) (3)     2,423,560       1,635,600  
PingAn Bank (“PAB”) (4)     2,440,610       2,453,400  
China Guangfa Bank (“CGB”) (5)           1,316,404  
China Citic Bank (“CITIC”) (6)     4,507,514       5,056,893  
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (“ICBC”) (7)     3,585,835       3,657,093  
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank (“SPDB”) (8)     1,971,302       2,792,185  
Bank of China (“BOC”) (9)     2,073,420       718,578  
Others           654,241  
Total   $ 19,524,207     $ 20,083,554  

(1) In May and July 2014, Great Plastics entered into two short-term bank loan agreements with ABC for twelve and six months, respectively. The loans bear a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 10 basis points. The

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS  – (continued)

effective rate is 6.60% per annum. The loan is guaranteed by the assets of a third party guaranty company and a shareholder of the Company.

In May 2013, Great Plastics entered into a short-term bank loan agreement with ABC for one year. The loan bears a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 10 basis points. The effective rate is 6.6% per annum. The loan is guaranteed by the assets of Great Plastics.

(2) In July 2014 and 2013, Taizhou Fuling entered into short-term bank loan agreements with CCB for 8 million RMB. The term of these loans are one year with a fixed interest of 6.3% and 7.32% per annum, respectively. These loans are guaranteed by the Company’s principal shareholders. In addition, the Company has pledged land use right, properties and machinery equipment of Taizhou Fuling as collateral for the loans outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.
(3) In August 2013 and March 2014, Taizhou Fuling entered into short-term bank borrowing agreements for 10 million RMB with CMB for five months and one year, respectively. The loans bear a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time borrowing, plus 10 basis points. The effective rate is 6.6% per annum. The loans are guaranteed by Zhejiang Special Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Special Plastics”), an affiliated company owned by the shareholders of the Company, and its shareholders.

In December 2014, Taizhou Fuling entered into a short term bank borrowing agreement for $800,000 for five months. The effective rate of the loan is 4.12% per annum. The loan is guaranteed by Special Plastics and its shareholders.

(4) In March and September 2014, Great Plastics entered into series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with PAB for six months to one year, total amounted to $2,440,610. These loans bear a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 25 basis points. The effective rate is from 7.0% to 7.1% per annum. These loans are guaranteed by the assets of Taizhou Fuling.

In September 2013, Great Plastics entered into two short-term bank borrowing agreements with PAB for one year. The loans bear a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 20 basis points. The effective rate is 7.1% and 7.2% per annum, respectively. The loans are guaranteed by the assets of Taizhou Fuling.

(5) In October 2013, Taizhou Fuling entered into a one-year line of credit agreement with CGB. Pursuant to the agreement, CGB extended a line of credit of approximately $2.5 million (RMB 15 million) to Taizhou Fuling. The line of credit bears a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 10 to 60 basis points. In November and December 2013, Taizhou Fuling borrowed two short-term loans against the line of credit with an effective rate is 4.4% and 7.8% per annum, respectively. The credit line is guaranteed by Special Plastics, its shareholders and third party individuals.
(6) During the year of 2014 and 2013, Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics, entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with CITIC. The terms of the loan are four to twelve months. The loans outstanding as of December 31, 2013 had fixed interest rates ranging from 2.4% to 6.9% per annum. For loans outstanding as of December 31, 2014, the interest rate is equal 3 months of LIBOR. These loans are guaranteed by the principal shareholder of Taizhou Fuling. In addition, $0 and $1,994,657 cash was deposited in the bank as security deposit for the outstanding loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(7) During 2014 and 2013, Taizhou Fuling entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with ICBC. The terms of the loans are five months to one year, with fixed interest rates ranging from 1.8% to 6.16% per annum. These loans are guaranteed by the shareholders of Special Plastics, its shareholders and third party individuals. In addition, the Company has pledged the land use right and properties as collateral.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS  – (continued)

(8) During 2014 and 2013, Taizhou Fuling entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with SPDB. The terms of the loans are three months to six months, with fixed interest rates equal to 4.5% to 5.5% per annum in excess of LIBOR. These loans are guaranteed by Special Plastics and its shareholders.
(9) During the year, Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements and other financing agreements with BOC. The terms of the loans are two to twelve months, with fixed interest rates equal to 2.5% to 4.1% per annum in excess of LIBOR. These loans are guaranteed by Great Plastics and its shareholders. In addition, $1,241,458 and $0 cash was deposited in the bank as security deposit for the outstanding loans and other financing instruments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, land use rights for $1,445,812 and $429,013, properties and buildings of $4,735,191 and $743,529, and equipment of $6,604,076 and $2,348,937 were pledged for the bank loans, respectively.

NOTE 8 — BANK NOTES PAYABLE

Short-term bank notes payable are lines of credit extended by banks that can be endorsed and assigned to vendors as payments for purchases. The notes payable are generally payable within six months. These short-term notes payable are guaranteed by the bank for their full face values. In addition, the banks usually require the Company to deposit a certain amount of cash (usually range from 30% to 100% of the face value of the notes) at the bank as a guarantee deposit, which is classified on the balance sheet as restricted cash.

The Company had the following bank notes payable as of December 31, 2014:

 
  December 31, 2014
ICBC, due various dates from January 23, 2015 to April 15, 2015 (1)   $ 2,678,648  
BOC, due various dates from January 25, 2015 to June 26, 2015 (1)     565,685  
Total   $ 3,244,333  

The Company had the following bank notes payable as of December 31, 2013:

 
  December 31, 2013
ICBC, due various dates from March 1, 2014 to June 25, 2014 (1)   $ 2,424,729  
Taizhou Bank, due on February 9, 2014 (2)     61,826  
BOC, due various dates from February 7, 2014 to June 27, 2014 (1)     279,633  
PAB, due on April 10, 2014 and May 19, 2014 (2)     518,101  
Total   $ 3,284,289  

(1) The bank notes have been renewed upon maturity.
(2) The bank notes have been paid in full upon maturity.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, $1,086,437 and $1,447,163 cash deposits were held by banks as a guarantee for the notes payable, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, notes payable totaling $3,244,333 and $2,766,172 were secured by the personal properties of the Company’s principal shareholders and third party individuals, respectively.

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to income taxes on an entity basis on income arising in or derived from the tax jurisdiction in which each entity is domiciled.

Fuling Global and Total Faith are both offshore holding companies and are not subject to tax on income or capital gains under the laws of the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively.

Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics are incorporated in the PRC and are subject to PRC income tax, which is computed according to the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC. Under the Corporate Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, corporate income tax rate applicable to all companies, including both domestic and foreign-invested companies, is 25%. However, Taizhou Fuling is recognized as a High-technology Company by Chinese government and subject to a favorable income tax rate of 15%.

Domo, Fuling USA and Direct link are incorporated in the United States and subject to the U.S. federal and state income tax.

The following table reconciles the statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rate:

   
  December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
U.S. Statutory rates     34.0 %       34.0 %  
Foreign income not recognized in the U.S.     (33.7 )       (31.1 )  
China income tax rate     25.0       25.0  
Effect of favorable income tax rate in certain entity in PRC     (8.7 )       (8.5 )  
R&D tax credit (1)     (2.0 )       (5.2 )  
Non-deductible expenses-permanent difference (2)     0.4       0.3  
Effective tax rate     15.0 %       14.5 %  

(1) According to PRC tax regulation, 150% of current year R&D expense approved by local tax authority could be deducted from tax income.
(2) It represents expenses incurred by the Company that were not deductible for PRC income tax.

NOTE 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company’s subsidiary Fuling USA leases manufacturing facilities under operating leases. Operating lease expense amounted to $340,640 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 
Years ending December 31,
2015   $ 384,728  
2016     394,388  
2017     404,296  
2018     414,399  
2019     424,701  
Thereafter     2,004,579  
Total   $ 4,027,091  

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company rents office space from one of their related parties. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total rent expense was $94,225 and $53,985, respectively.

During the normal course of business, the Company, from time to time, temporarily borrows money from its principal shareholders or affiliated companies controlled by its major shareholder to finance its working capital as needed. The amounts are usually unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the balance due to shareholders was $38,273 and $222,094, respectively.

NOTE 12 — EQUITY

Statutory reserve

The Company is required to make appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the discretionary surplus reserve are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

The Company made appropriations of $753,972 and $337,778 in 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the balance of statutory reserve was $1,862,365 and $1,108,393, respectively.

Dividend

On May 5, 2014, the board of directors of the Company declared a dividend of $10,274,848. All dividends have been paid as of December 31, 2014.

NOTE 13 — SEGMENT REPORTING

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operation results by the revenue of different products. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segments as defined by ASC 280.

The following table presents revenue by major products for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

   
  For the years ended
     December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Cutlery   $ 45,210,869     $ 38,827,889  
Straws     13,054,589       9,557,235  
Cups and plates     22,699,966       18,817,504  
Others     2,215,689       2,333,487  
Total   $ 83,181,113     $ 69,536,115  

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13 — SEGMENT REPORTING  – (continued)

The following table presents revenue by geographic areas for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

   
  For the years ended
     December 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Revenue from United States   $ 76,930,240     $ 64,828,120  
Revenue from Hong Kong and Mainland China     122,040       102,180  
Revenue from other foreign countries     6,128,833       4,605,815  
Total   $ 83,181,113     $ 69,536,115  

Long-lived assets of $21,632,497 and $891,205 were located in China and the United States as of December 31, 2014. All long-lived assets were located in China as of December 31, 2013.

NOTE 14 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 9, 2015, one of the Company’s shareholders transferred her 49% ownership of Domo to Total Faith. On February 19, 2015, this shareholder transferred her interest in Total Faith, which is 100% of the equity of Total Faith, to FGI.

On January 29, 2015, the Company acquired a land use right of approximately $0.26 million (RMB 1,600,000) from the local government. The payment was made in full for the purchase of the land use right.

At the end of June 2015, the Company repaid approximately $19.9 million bank loans and $3.2 million notes payables which were due in 2015. The Company also borrowed approximately $25.3 million bank loans as well as approximately $2.4 million notes payable from various banks in China. All the loans and notes are short term in nature and guaranteed by Special Plastics, its shareholders and third party individuals.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by management and available for issuance on July 27, 2015. The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2015 AND 2014

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets     F-24  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income     F-25  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity     F-26  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows     F-27  
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements     F-28 – F-41  

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS


 
FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(UNAUDITED)

   
  June 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
ASSETS
                 
Current Assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,648,689     $ 1,399,714  
Restricted cash     3,521,321       3,700,886  
Accounts receivable, net     15,395,509       13,018,702  
Advance to supplier, net     2,596,915       739,002  
Inventories, net     14,649,414       14,935,076  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     371,615       906,705  
Total Current Assets     38,183,463       34,700,085  
Property, plant and equipment, net     21,141,707       20,517,240  
Intangible assets, net     1,910,056       1,650,037  
Other non-current assets     976,798       356,425  
Total Assets   $ 62,212,024     $ 57,223,787  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Current Liabilities:
                 
Short term borrowings   $ 25,103,480     $ 19,524,207  
Bank notes payable     2,405,164       3,244,333  
Advances from customers     680,446       695,873  
Accounts payable     10,490,288       14,194,154  
Accrued and other liabilities     1,094,501       1,316,921  
Taxes payable     624,902       560,253  
Loan from third parties           195,249  
Due to related parties     44,253       38,273  
Total Current Liabilities     40,443,034       39,769,263  
Total Liabilities     40,443,034       39,769,263  
Commitments and contingencies
                 
Shareholders’ Equity
                 
Common stock: $0.001 par value, 70,000,000 shares authorized, 11,666,667 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013     11,667       11,667  
Additional paid in capital     11,108,133       11,108,133  
Statutory reserve     2,269,804       1,862,365  
Retained earnings     6,967,942       3,147,151  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     1,095,415       1,094,617  
Total Fuling Global Inc.’s equity     21,452,961       17,223,933  
Noncontrolling interest     316,029       230,591  
Total Shareholders’ Equity     21,768,990       17,454,524  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity   $ 62,212,024     $ 57,223,787  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

   
  For the six months ended
June 30,
     2015   2014
Revenues   $ 45,745,355     $ 37,914,732  
Cost of goods sold     29,673,102       25,340,144  
Gross Profit     16,072,253       12,574,588  
Operating Expenses
                 
Selling expenses     7,142,736       5,432,744  
General and administrative expenses     2,678,139       1,531,417  
Research and development expenses     932,879       1,120,335  
Total operating expenses     10,753,754       8,084,496  
Income from Operations     5,318,499       4,490,092  
Other Income (Expense):
                 
Interest income     18,961       16,109  
Interest expense     (637,904 )       (605,038 )  
Subsidy income     154,422       173,334  
Other income, net     204,758       57,409  
Total other income (expense), net     (259,763 )       (358,186 )  
Income Before Income Taxes     5,058,736       4,131,906  
Provision for Income Taxes     745,068       559,040  
Net Income   $ 4,313,668     $ 3,572,866  
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest     85,438       224,211  
Net income attributable to Fuling Global Inc.     4,228,230       3,348,655  
Other Comprehensive Income
                 
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)     798       (235,730 )  
Comprehensive Income   $ 4,229,028     $ 3,112,925  
Earning per share
                 
Basic and diluted   $ 0.36     $ 0.29  
Weighted average number of shares
                 
Basic and diluted     11,666,667       11,666,667  
Cash dividends per share
                 
Basic and diluted   $     $ 0.88  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2015 AND 2014
(UNAUDITED)

               
               
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid in Capital
  Staturory
Reserve
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
  Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Equity
     Shares   Amount
Balance at December 31, 2013     11,666,667     $ 11,667     $ 3,578,133     $ 1,108,393     $ 6,689,803     $ 1,259,398     $ (11,384 )     $ 12,636,010  
Capital contribution                 3,875,280                                           3,875,280  
Net income                                   3,348,655                224,211       3,572,866  
Appropriations to statutory reserve                          292,511       (292,511 )                          
Dividend declared and paid                                   (10,285,915 )                         (10,285,915 )  
Foreign currency translation loss                                            (235,730 )                (235,730 )  
Balance at June 30, 2014     11,666,667     $ 11,667     $ 7,453,413     $ 1,400,904     $ (539,968 )     $ 1,023,668     $ 212,827     $ 9,562,511  
Balance at December 31, 2014     11,666,667     $ 11,667     $ 11,108,133     $ 1,862,365     $ 3,147,151     $ 1,094,617     $ 230,591     $ 17,454,524  
Net income                                         4,228,230                85,438       4,313,668  
Appropriations to statutory reserve                                407,439       (407,439 )                          
Dividend declared and paid                                                                     
Foreign currency translation loss                                                  798                798  
Balance at June 30, 2015     11,666,667     $ 11,667     $ 11,108,133     $ 2,269,804     $ 6,967,942     $ 1,095,415     $ 316,029     $ 21,768,990  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)

   
  For the six months ended
June 30,
     2015   2014
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                 
Net income   $ 4,313,668     $ 3,572,866  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                 
Deferred tax expense (benefit)           155,802  
Depreciation and amortization     1,087,103       462,741  
Bad debt provisions     143,640       (5,675 )  
Changes in operating assets:
                 
Accounts receivable     (2,471,504 )       3,625,241  
Advances to suppliers     (1,848,517 )       305,473  
Inventories     314,621       (1,771,591 )  
Other assets     285,213       (1,355,301 )  
Changes in operating liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable     (3,762,267 )       (4,956,548 )  
Advance from customers     (19,503 )       108,428  
Taxes payable     271,689       592,491  
Accrued and other liabilities     (228,284 )       4,284,560  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (1,914,141 )       5,018,487  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                 
Purchase of property and equipment     (1,302,879 )       (1,235,891 )  
Advance payments on equipment purchase     (844,033 )       (96,232 )  
Purchase of intangible assets     (269,044 )       (36,270 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,415,956 )       (1,368,393 )  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings     25,428,552       19,204,826  
Repayments of short-term borrowings     (19,982,971 )       (18,350,272 )  
Proceeds from bank notes payable     2,398,646       4,256,644  
Repayments of bank notes payable     (3,255,244 )       (3,269,351 )  
Proceeds from third party borrowing     (195,906 )       (195,379 )  
Repayments of loans from related parties     5,747       (221,919 )  
Change of restricted cash     201,554       811,137  
Capital contribution           3,875,280  
Dividends paid to shareholders           (10,310,366 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     4,600,378       (4,199,400 )  
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH     (21,306 )       2,898  
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     248,975       (546,408 )  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD     1,399,714       2,698,795  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING OF THE PERIOD   $ 1,648,689     $ 2,152,387  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                 
Cash paid during the period for:
                 
Interest paid   $ 422,851     $ 386,298  
Income tax paid   $ 686,959     $ 506,677  
Non-cash investing activities:
                 
Transfer from construction in progress to fixed assets   $ 1,069,664     $  
Transfer from advance payments to fixed assets   $ 270,580     $ 327,179  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Fuling Global Inc. (“Fuling Global”) is a Cayman Island corporation established on January 19, 2015.

Total Faith Holdings Limited (“Total Faith”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fuling Global formed in accordance with laws and regulations of the British Virgin Islands in April, 2004.

Fuling Global and its subsidiary Total Faith are holding companies whose only asset, held through a subsidiary, is 100% of the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd. (“Taizhou Fuling”), as well as 49% ownership of Domo Industry Inc. (“Domo”).

Taizhou Fuling was established in October 1992 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”) with initial capital of $0.51 million. After several registered capital increases and capital contributions, the registered capital of Taizhou Fuling was increased to $11.11 million in May 2014.

Taizhou Fuling has three wholly-owned subsidiaries, Zhejiang Great Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Great Plastics”), Direct Link USA LLC (“Direct Link”) and Fuling Plastic USA, Inc. (“Fuling USA”).

Great Plastics was incorporated in China in March 2010 and principally engaged in the production of straw items. Direct Link was incorporated in the State of New York in December 2011 and serve as an import trading company of Taizhou Fuling in the United States (“U.S.”). Fuling USA was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in May 2014, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Taizhou Fuling. Fuling USA is establishing the Company’s first production factory in the U.S. and will principally engage in the production of plastic cutlery and straw items. Prior to the incorporation of Fuling USA, Taizhou Fuling wholly owned another subsidiary incorporated in 2009 in the State of New York, named Fuling Plastics USA Inc. (“Old Fuling USA”). Old Fuling USA served as one of the trading entities of Taizhou Fuling in the U.S. until early 2014 and its business was discontinued and transferred over to the new Fuling USA when we decided to set up the new factory in Allentown, Pennsylvania. Old Fuling USA was dissolved on April 8, 2015.

Domo is a U.S. company established in the State of New York in October 2007. Total Faith owns 49% of its equity interest. However, Total Faith holds 2 out of 3 seats and has a majority of the voting rights on the board of directors. The Board of Directors of Domo is the controlling decision-making body with respect to Domo instead of the equity holders. The number of seats in the Board empowers Total Faith the ability to control Domo’s daily operations and financial affairs, appoint its senior executives and approve all matters requiring shareholders’ approval. In addition, Domo’s equity at risk is not sufficient to permit it to carry on its activities without additional subordinated financial support from Total Faith and Domo is highly relying on the financial support from the Company. Total Faith is obligated to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from Domo’s activities and to receive majority of Domo’s residual returns. Based on these facts, Total Faith has gained effective control over Domo and Domo is considered a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810-10-05-08A. Accordingly, Total Faith consolidates Domo’s operating results, assets and liabilities.

Fuling Global, Total Faith and its VIE, Taizhou Fuling and Taizhou Fuling’s subsidiaries (herein collectively referred to as the “Company”) are engaged in the production and distribution of environmentally friendly plastic serviceware in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”), Europe and U.S.. Products exported to the U.S. and Europe are primarily sold to major fast food restaurant chains and wholesalers.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

Fuling Global, Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling and Taizhou Fuling’s subsidiaries, were effectively controlled by the same majority shareholders of Fuling Global. Therefore, Fuling Global, Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling and Taizhou Fuling’s subsidiaries are all considered under common control. For accounting purposes, the above mentioned entities are consolidated in a manner similar to a recapitalization. The consolidation of Taizhou Fuling and its subsidiaries into Fuling Global has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

basis as if the aforementioned reorganization had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Fuling Global, Total Faith, Taizhou Fuling and its subsidiaries and VIE. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In accordance with accounting standards regarding consolidation of variable interest entities, VIEs are generally entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities without additional financial support from other parties or whose equity holders lack adequate decision making ability. All VIEs with which the Company is involved must be evaluated to determine the primary beneficiary of the risks and rewards of the VIE. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate the VIE for financial reporting purposes.

The Company has concluded that Domo is a VIE, based on the facts that Total Faith has a majority of voting rights on the board of directors and is obligated to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from Domo’s economic performance. Based on our evaluation of the VIE, we are the primary beneficiary of its risks and rewards; therefore, we consolidate Domo for financial reporting purposes.

The following table sets forth the assets, liabilities, results of operations and changes in cash and cash equivalents of the VIE, which was included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of comprehensive income and cash flows:

   
  June 30,
2015
  December 31,
2014
Current assets   $ 3,926,313     $ 3,792,029  
Non-current assets            
Total assets     3,926,313       3,792,029  
Third-party liabilities     (648,401 )       (919,942 )  
Intercompany payables*     (2,660,332 )       (2,410,087 )  
Total liabilities     (3,308,733 )       (3,330,029 )  
Net assets   $ 617,580     $ 462,000  

* Payables to Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics are eliminated upon consolidation.

   
  For the six months ended
     June 30,
2015
  June 30,
2014
Revenue   $ 3,684,552     $ 4,163,779  
Net income   $ 167,526     $ 439,629  

   
  For the six months ended
     June 30,
2015
  June 30,
2014
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (1,035,779 )     $ (254,884 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities*   $ 1,094,410     $ 250,245  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $ 58,631     $ (4,639 )  

* Intercompany financing activities are eliminated upon consolidation.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The Company has the power to direct activities of the VIE and can have assets transferred freely out of the VIE without restrictions. Therefore, the Company considers that there is no asset of VIE that can only be used to settle obligations of the respective VIE. The creditors of the VIE’s third-party liabilities did not have recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary in normal course of business.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests result from the consolidation of 49% owned subsidiary Domo.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information as of the date of the financial statements.

Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to, the valuation of accounts receivable, inventories, advances to suppliers, useful lives of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and the recoverability of long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash equivalents used as collateral to secure short-term bank notes payable and bank borrowings. The Company is required to keep certain amounts on deposit that are subject to withdrawal restrictions. Upon the maturity of the bank acceptance notes and bank borrowings, the Company is required to deposit the remainder to the escrow account to settle the bank notes payable and bank borrowings. The notes payable and bank borrowings are generally short term in nature due to their short maturity period of three months to one year; thus, restricted cash is classified as a current asset.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had restricted cash of $3,521,321 and $3,700,886, respectively, of which $1,125,589 and $1,241,458, respectively was related to the bank borrowings with a bank in China (see Note 7), $1,589,082 and $1,086,438, respectively, was related to the bank acceptance notes payable (see Note 8), and $694,715 and $1,261,732, respectively, was related to the letters of credit (see Note 10). The remaining $111,935 and $111,258, respectively, was related to other miscellaneous deposits made in bank, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company usually grants credit to customers with good credit standing with a maximum of 90 days and determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Actual amounts received may differ from management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Costs include the cost of raw materials, freight, direct labor and related production overhead. The cost of inventories is calculated using the weighted average method. Any excess of the cost over the net realizable value of each item of inventories is recognized as a provision for diminution in the value of inventories.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The straight-line depreciation method is used to compute depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 
Items   Useful life
Property and buildings     10 – 20 years  
Machinery equipment     3 – 10 years  
Transportation vehicles     4 – 10 years  
Office equipment and furniture     3 – 5 years  

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the statement of income in other income and expenses.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist primarily of land use rights, trademark and patents. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. These land use rights are sometimes referred to informally as “ownership.” Land use rights are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method with the following estimated useful lives:

 
Items   Useful life
Land use rights     50 years  
Trademark     10 years  
Patents     7 – 10 years  

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are below the asset’s carrying value, then the asset is deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair value. There were no impairments of these assets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from product sales is recognized, net of estimated provisions for sales allowances, when the merchandise is shipped and title is transferred. Revenue is recognized when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists (sales agreements and customer purchase orders

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

are used to determine the existence of an arrangement); (ii) delivery of goods has occurred and risks and benefits of ownership have been transferred, which is when the goods are received by the customer at its designated location in accordance with the sales terms; (iii) the sales price is both fixed and determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Historically, sales returns have been minimal.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Company does not believe that there was any uncertain tax position at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

To the extent applicable, the Company records interest and penalties as a general and administrative expense. The statute of limitations for the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns and certain state income tax returns subject to examination by tax authorities for three years from the date of filing. As of June 30, 2015, the tax years ended December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2014 for the Company’s PRC subsidiaries remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

Value added tax (“VAT”)

Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of goods, net of VAT. The VAT is based on gross sales price and VAT rates range up to 17%, depending on the type of products sold. The VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on raw materials and other materials included in the cost of producing or acquiring its finished products. The Company recorded a VAT payable net of payments in the accompanying financial statements. Further, when exporting goods, the exporter is entitled to some or all of the refund of the VAT paid or assess. Since a majority of the Company’s products are exported to the U.S. and Europe, the Company is eligible for VAT refunds when the Company completes all the required tax filing procedures.

All of the VAT returns of the Company have been and remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s principal country of operations is the PRC. The financial position and results of its operations are determined using RMB, the local currency, as the functional currency. Our financial statements are reported using U.S. Dollars. The results of operations and the statement of cash flows denominated in foreign currency are translated at the average rate of exchange during the reporting period. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statement of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheet. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

accumulated other comprehensive income included in statement of changes in equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income.

The value of RMB against US$ and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions. Any significant revaluation of RMB may materially affect the Company’s financial condition in terms of US$ reporting. The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in creating the consolidated financial statements in this report:

     
  June 30, 2015   December 31, 2014   June 30, 2014
Period-end spot rate     US$1=RMB 6.1088       US$1=RMB 6.1460       US$1=RMB 6.1565  
Average rate     US$1=RMB 6.1254       US$1=RMB 6.1457       US$1=RMB 6.1419  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 825-10 requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2 — Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets and liabilities, which consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, advance to vendors, accounts payable, accrued expenses, advances from customers, notes payable to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 based upon the short-term nature of the assets and liabilities.

The Company believes that the carrying amount of the short-term borrowings approximates fair value at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 based on the terms of the borrowings and current market rates as the rate is reflective of the current market rate.

Concentrations and Credit Risk

A majority of the Company’s expense transactions are denominated in RMB and a significant portion of the Company and its subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. In the PRC, certain foreign exchange transactions are required by law to be transacted only by authorized financial institutions at exchange rates set by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”). Remittances in currencies other than RMB by the Company in China must be processed through the PBOC or other China foreign exchange regulatory bodies which require certain supporting documentation in order to affect the remittance.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $4,996,622 and $4,604,884 of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash was on deposit at financial institutions in the PRC where there currently is no rule or regulation requiring such financial institutions to maintain insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Substantially all of the Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in the USA and Europe. The Company’s operating results could be adversely affected by the government policy on exporting business, foreign exchange rate fluctuation, and local market condition change. The Company has a concentration of its revenues and receivables with specific customers. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, two customers accounted for 13.8% and 10.9% of total revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, revenue from two customers accounted for 14.2% and 10.7% of the Company’s net revenue. As of June 30, 2015, one customers’ account receivable accounted for 27% of the total outstanding accounts receivable balance. As of December 31, 2014, two customers’ account receivable accounted for 15% and 13% of the total outstanding accounts receivable balance.

For the six months ended June 30, 2015, the Company purchased approximately 17% and 14% of its raw materials from two major suppliers. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company purchased approximately 13%, 10% and 10% of its raw materials from three major suppliers. As of June 30, 2015, advanced payments to three major suppliers accounted for 35%, 30% and 19% of the total advance payments outstanding. As of December 31, 2014, advanced payments to two major suppliers accounted for 48% and 11% of the total advance payments outstanding.

A loss of either of these customers or suppliers could adversely affect the operating results or cash flows of the Company.

Risks and Uncertainties

The major operations of the Company are located in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by political, economic, and legal environments in the PRC, as well as by the general state of the PRC economy. The Company’s operations in the PRC are subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in North America and Western Europe. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environment and foreign currency exchange. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political, regulatory and social conditions in the PRC. Although the Company has not experienced losses from these situations and believes that it is in compliance with existing laws and regulations including its organization and structure disclosed in Note 1, this may not be indicative of future results.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606. This update affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The guidance in this update supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition and most industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to illustrate the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance also includes a cohesive set of disclosure requirements that will provide users of financial statements with comprehensive information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from a reporting organization’s contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which defers by one year the effective date of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year to December 15, 2017. Management is evaluating the impact, if any, of this ASU on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

   
  As of
June 30,
2015
  As of
December 31,
2014
Trade accounts receivable   $ 15,606,949     $ 13,085,704  
Less: allowances for doubtful accounts     (211,440 )       (67,002 )  
Accounts receivable, net   $ 15,395,509     $ 13,018,702  

NOTE 4 — INVENTORY, NET

Inventories consisted of the following:

   
  As of
June 30,
2015
  As of
December 31,
2014
Raw materials   $ 2,046,790     $ 1,479,313  
Work-in-progress     1,140,375       998,769  
Finished goods     11,556,896       12,553,796  
Inventory valuation allowance     (94,647 )       (96,802 )  
Total inventory   $ 14,649,414     $ 14,935,076  

NOTE 5 — PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

   
  As of
June 30,
2015
  As of
December 31,
2014
Property and Buildings   $ 9,029,034     $ 7,805,988  
Machinery and equipment     18,199,505       16,969,456  
Automobiles     952,777       894,173  
Office and electric equipment     800,078       684,899  
Subtotal     28,981,394       26,354,516  
Construction in progress           891,206  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (7,839,687 )       (6,728,482 )  
Property and equipment, net   $ 21,141,707     $ 20,517,240  

Depreciation expense was $1,067,353 and $444,707 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

NOTE 6 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

   
  As of
June 30,
2015
  As of
December 31,
2014
Land use rights   $ 2,155,028     $ 1,873,842  
Trademark     7,563       7,517  
Patents     5,382       5,350  
Total     2,167,973       1,886,709  
Less: accumulated amortization     (257,917 )       (236,672 )  
Intangible assets, net   $ 1,910,056     $ 1,650,037  

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET  – (continued)

Amortization expense was $19,750 and $18,034 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows:

 
Years ending June 30,   Amortization
expense
2016   $ 44,459  
2017     44,440  
2018     44,246  
2019     43,819  
2020     43,434  
Thereafter     1,689,658  
     $ 1,910,056  

NOTE 7 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Short-term borrowings represent amounts due to various banks and other companies normally due within one year. The principal of the borrowings are due at maturity. Accrued interest is due either monthly or quarterly.

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following:

   
  As of
June 30,
2015
  As of
December 31,
2014
Agricultural Bank of China (“ABC”) (1)   $ 1,227,737     $ 1,220,306  
China Construction Bank (“CCB”) (2)     2,510,529       1,301,660  
China Merchants Bank (“CMB”) (3)     2,557,706       2,423,560  
PingAn Bank (“PAB”) (4)     2,455,474       2,440,610  
China Citic Bank (“CITIC”) (5)     3,314,160       4,507,514  
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (“ICBC”) (6)     4,697,222       3,585,835  
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank (“SPDB”) (7)     1,200,943       1,971,302  
Bank of China (“BOC”) (8)     7,139,709       2,073,420  
Total   $ 25,103,480     $ 19,524,207  

(1) In January and May 2015, Great Plastics entered into two short-term bank loan agreements with ABC for twelve and six months, respectively. The loans bear a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 30 basis points. The effective rate is 6.79% and 6.31% per annum, respectively. The loans are guaranteed by the assets of Great Plastics and a shareholder of the Company.

In May and July 2014, Great Plastics entered into two short-term bank loan agreements with ABC for twelve and six months, respectively. The loans bear a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 10 basis points. The effective rate is 6.60% per annum. The loans were guaranteed by the assets of a third party guaranty company and a shareholder of the Company.

(2) In June 2015, Taizhou Fuling entered into series of short term bank loan agreement with CCB for $1.2 million. The term of this loan is one year with a fixed interest of 4.50% per annum. In July 2014, Taizhou Fuling entered into a short-term bank loan agreement with CCB for approximately $1.3 million (RMB 8 million). The term of this loan is one year with a fixed interest of 6.30% per annum.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS  – (continued)

These loans are guaranteed by the Company’s principal shareholders. In addition, the Company has pledged land use right, properties and machinery equipment of Taizhou Fuling as collateral for the loans outstanding as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

(3) In January 2015 and March 2014, Taizhou Fuling entered into short-term bank borrowing agreement for approximately $1.6 million (RMB 10 million) and $1.6 million with CMB for one year, respectively. The loan bears a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time borrowing, plus 10 basis points. The effective rates are 6.72% and 6.60% per annum, respectively. The loans are guaranteed by Zhejiang Special Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. (“Special Plastics”), an affiliated company owned by the shareholders of the Company, and its shareholders.

In May 2015 and December 2014, Taizhou Fuling entered into a short term bank borrowing agreement for $920,000 and $800,000 for five months, respectively. The effective rates of the loans are 5.30% and 4.12% per annum. The loan of $800,000 has been repaid as of the date of the report. The loan is guaranteed by Special Plastics and its shareholders.

(4) In March 2015, Great Plastics entered into three short-term bank borrowing agreements with PAB total amounted to $2,455,474 for six month to one year. The effective rate is 6.3%, 6.4% and 6.5% per annum, respectively. The loans are guaranteed by the assets of Taizhou Fuling.

In March and September 2014, Great Plastics entered into series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with PAB for six months to one year, total amounted to $2,440,610. These loans bear a variable interest rate based on the prevailing interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China at the time of borrowing, plus 25 basis points. The effective rate is from 7.0% to 7.1% per annum. These loans are guaranteed by the assets of Taizhou Fuling.

(5) During the year of 2015 and 2014, Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics, entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with CITIC. The terms of the loan are four to twelve months. The interest rate is equal to three-month of London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). These loans are guaranteed by the principal shareholder of Taizhou Fuling.
(6) During 2015 and 2014, Taizhou Fuling entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with ICBC. The terms of the loans are five months to one year, with fixed interest rates ranging from 1.36% to 6.16% per annum. These loans are guaranteed by the shareholders of Special Plastics, its shareholders and third party individuals. In addition, the Company has pledged the land use right and properties as collateral.
(7) During 2015 and 2014, Taizhou Fuling entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements with SPDB. The terms of the loans are three months to six months, with fixed interest rates equal to 4.8% to 5.0% per annum in excess of six-month LIBOR. These loans are guaranteed by Special Plastics and its shareholders.
(8) During 2015 and 2014, Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics entered into a series of short-term bank borrowing agreements and other financing agreements with BOC. The terms of the loans are two to twelve months, with fixed interest rates equal to 1.61% to 6.72% per annum in excess of LIBOR. These loans are guaranteed by Great Plastics and its shareholders. In addition, $1,125,589 and $1,241,458 cash was deposited in the bank as security deposit for the outstanding loans and other financing instruments as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, land use right for $1,987,212 and $1,445,812, property and buildings of $6,669,748 and $4,735,191, and equipment of $6,079,875 and $6,604,076 pledged for the bank loans, respectively.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 8 — BANK NOTES PAYABLE

Short-term bank notes payable are lines of credit extended by banks that can be endorsed and assigned to vendors as payments for purchases. The notes payable are generally payable within six months. These short-term notes payable are guaranteed by the bank for their full face value. In addition, the banks usually require the Company to deposit a certain amount of cash (usually range from 30% to 100% of the face value of the notes) at the bank as a guarantee deposit, which is classified on the balance sheet as restricted cash.

The Company had the following bank notes payable as of June 30, 2015:

 
  June 30,
2015
ICBC, due various dates from July 12, 2015 to December 25, 2015 (1)   $ 1,179,252  
CCB, due on September 30, 2015     209,309  
BOC, due various dates on July 27, 2015 (2)     452,427  
CITIC, due various September 25, 2015 to November 28, 2015     369,898  
ABC, due on August 13, 2015 (1)     194,278  
Total   $ 2,405,164  

The Company had the following bank notes payable as of December 31, 2014:

 
  December 31,
2014
ICBC, due various dates from January 23, 2015 to April 15, 2015 (1)   $ 2,678,648  
BOC, due various dates from January 25, 2015 to June 26, 2015 (1)     565,685  
Total   $ 3,244,333  

(1) The bank notes have been renewed upon maturity.
(2) The bank notes have been paid in full upon maturity.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $1,589,082 and $1,086,438 cash deposits were held by banks as a guarantee for the notes payable, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, notes payable totaling $349,788 and $3,244,333 were secured by the personal properties of the Company’s principal shareholders and third party individuals, respectively.

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to income taxes on an entity basis on income arising in or derived from the tax jurisdiction in which each entity is domiciled.

Fuling Global and Total Faith are both offshore holding companies and are not subject to tax on income or capital gains under the laws of the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively.

Taizhou Fuling and Great Plastics are incorporated in the PRC and are subject to PRC income tax, which is computed according to the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC. Under the Corporate Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, corporate income tax rate applicable to all companies, including both domestic and foreign-invested companies, is 25%. However, Taizhou Fuling is recognized as a High-technology Company by Chinese government and subject to a favorable income tax rate of 15%.

Domo, Fuling USA and Direct link are incorporated in the United States and subject to the U.S. federal and state income tax.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

The following table reconciles the statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rate:

   
  June 30,
2015
  June 30,
2014
U.S. Statutory rates     34.0 %       34.0 %  
Foreign income not recognized in the U.S.     (33.4 )       (34.0 )  
China income tax rate     25.0       25.0  
Effect of favorable income tax rate in certain entity in PRC     (8.7 )       (9.8 )  
R&D tax credit (1)     (1.3 )       (1.6 )  
Non-taxable permanent difference (2)     (0.9 )       (0.1 )  
Effective tax rate     14.7 %       13.5 %  

(1) According to PRC tax regulation, 150% of current year R&D expense approved by local tax authority could be deducted from tax income.
(2) It represents expenses incurred by the Company that were not deductible for PRC income tax.

NOTE 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Rent commitment

The Company’s subsidiary Fuling USA leases manufacturing facilities under operating leases. Operating lease expense amounted to $204,382 and $136,255 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 
Twelve months ended June 30,
2016   $ 389,494  
2017     399,306  
2018     409,312  
2019     419,520  
2020     429,952  
Thereafter     1,788,711  
Total   $ 3,836,295  

Letter of Credit

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $4,933,758 and $7,846,882 outstanding in trade letters of credit.

NOTE 11 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company rents office space from one of their related parties. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the total rent expense was $30,091 and $47,113, respectively.

During the normal course of business, the Company, from time to time, temporarily borrows money from its principal shareholders or affiliated companies controlled by its major shareholder to finance its working capital as needed. The amounts are usually unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand. As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the balance due to shareholders was $44,253 and $38,273, respectively.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12 —  EQUITY

Statutory reserve

The Company is required to make appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the discretionary surplus reserve are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the balance of statutory reserve was $2,269,804 and $1,862,365, respectively.

Dividend

On May 5, 2014, the board of directors of the Company declared a dividend of $10,274,848. All dividends have been paid as of December 31, 2014.

NOTE 13 — SEGMENT REPORTING

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operation results by the revenue of different products. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segments as defined by ASC 280.

The following table presents revenue by major products for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

   
  For the six months ended
     June 30,
2015
  June 30,
2014
Cutlery   $ 27,435,098     $ 22,620,804  
Straws     5,440,386       4,345,260  
Cups and plates     11,101,998       9,797,794  
Others     1,767,873       1,150,874  
Total   $ 45,745,355     $ 37,914,732  

The following table presents revenue by geographic areas for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

   
  For the six months ended
     June 30,
2015
  June 30,
2014
Revenue from United States   $ 43,657,404     $ 36,016,443  
Revenue from Hong Kong and Mainland China     294,849       82,998  
Revenue from other foreign countries     1,793,102       1,815,291  
Total   $ 45,745,355     $ 37,914,732  

Long-lived assets of $21,273,684 and $1,907,945 were located in China and the United States, respectively, as of June 30, 2015. Long-lived assets of $21,632,497 and $891,205 were located in China and the United States, respectively, as of December 31, 2014.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FULING GLOBAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

At the end of August, the Company repaid approximately $13.4 million bank loans and $1.2 million notes payable that were due in 2015. The Company also borrowed approximately $9.6 million bank loans as well as approximately $1.3 million notes payable from various bank in China. All the loans and notes are short term in nature and guaranteed by Special Plastics, its shareholders and third party individuals.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were approved by management and available for issuance on September 11, 2015. In accordance with ASC 855, the Company evaluated subsequent events through this date.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under the Memorandum and First Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Registrant, the Registrant may indemnify its directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the Registrant and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.

The Underwriting Agreement, the form of which has been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, also provides for indemnification of the Registrant and its officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On April 26, 2004, Total Faith was incorporated. On May 7, 2004, each of Mr. Hu and Ms. Jiang held one share of Total Faith. On April 18, 2014, Mr. Hu transferred his one share of Total Faith to Ms. Jiang. As a result, Ms. Jiang was the only shareholder, holding two shares.

On January 19, 2015, FGI was incorporated. At the incorporation, FGI’s share structure was as follows:

     
  Shares   Percentage   Through Wholly Owned Corporation
Guilan Jiang     5,541,668        47.5         Silver Trillion Investments Limited  
Sujuan Zhu     2,216,667        19.0         Celestial Sun Holdings Limited  
Qian Hu     1,108,333        9.5         Zheng Hui Investments Limited  
Xinzhong Wang     1,108,333        9.5         Charm Grow Holdings Limited  
Jinxue Jiang     1,108,333        9.5         Tengyu International Limited  
Yongjun Guo     408,333        3.5         Vantage Cosmo Global Limited  
Top (HK) Investments and Development Company Limited     175,000        1.5         Athand Fortune Limited  

Part II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On February 13, 2015, Vantage Cosmo Global Limited, which is wholly owned by Yongjun Guo, transferred its 233,333 shares in FGI to Sun Alliance Development Limited, which is wholly owned by Minghui Li, subject to an agreement that the shares would be returned in the event Mr. Li was unable to complete his SAFE Circular 37 registration within three months after the transfer. Because Mr. Li failed to complete such registration within three months, on August 14, 2015, the shares were returned to Vantage Cosmo Global Limited. On March 24, 2015, Athand Fortune Limited, which is wholly owned by Top (HK) Investments and Development Company Limited, transferred its 87,500 shares in FGI to Xinrong Investment Development Limited, which is wholly owned by Zhirong Hu. As a result, FGI’s share structure is as follows:

     
  Shares   Percentage   Through Wholly Owned Corporation
Guilan Jiang     5,541,668        47.5         Silver Trillion Investments Limited  
Sujuan Zhu     2,216,667        19.0         Celestial Sun Holdings Limited  
Qian Hu     1,108,333        9.5         Zheng Hui Investments Limited  
Xinzhong Wang     1,108,333        9.5         Charm Grow Holdings Limited  
Jinxue Jiang     1,108,333        9.5         Tengyu International Limited  
Yongjun Guo     408,333        3.5         Vantage Cosmo Global Limited  
Top (HK) Investments and Development Company Limited     87,500        0.75         Athand Fortune Limited  
Zhirong Hu     87,500        0.75         Xinrong Investment Development
Limited
 

On February 19, 2015, Ms. Jiang transferred her interest in Total Faith, which is 100% of the equity of Total Faith, to FGI. As a result, Total Faith became a wholly-owned subsidiary of FGI.

The above transactions were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on an exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(2) thereof and Regulation S promulgated thereunder as a transaction by the Registrant not involving any public offering, in which the Registrant and all of such purchasers were non-residents of the United States and all such transactions took place abroad without any directed selling efforts in the United States.

These securities may not be offered or sold in the United States in the absence of an effective registration statement or exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act.

Part II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.   The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 
 1.1 (1)     Form of Underwriting Agreement
   3.1.1 (2)   Articles of Association of Fuling Global Inc.
   3.1.2 (1)   Form of First Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Fuling Global Inc.
   3.2.1 (2)   Memorandum of Association of Fuling Global Inc.
   3.2.2 (1)   Form of First Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of Fuling Global Inc.
 4.1 (2)     Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate
 5.1 (1)     Opinion of Campbells, Cayman Islands counsel of Fuling Global Inc., as to the validity of the Ordinary Shares
 8.1 (1)     Opinion of Kaufman & Canoles, P.C., counsel of Fuling Global Inc., as to tax matters
 8.2 (2)     Opinion of Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law, counsel of Fuling Global Inc., as to tax matters
10.1 (2)     Employment Agreement with Xinfu Hu
10.2 (2)     Employment Agreement with Guilan Jiang
10.3 (2)     Employment Agreement with Gilbert Lee
10.4 (2)     First Amendment of Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease, by and between CAM 6690 Grant Way, LLC and Fuling Plastic USA, Inc.
10.5 (2)     Translation of Factory Lease Agreement by and between Zhejiang Special Plastics Technology Co., Ltd. and Taizhou Fuling Plastics Co., Ltd.
10.6 (2)     Summary Translation of State-Owned Construction Land Use Right Transfer Contract by and between Land Resources Bureau of Sanmen County of Zhejiang Province and Zhejiang Great Plastics Technology Co., Ltd.
10.7 (2)     Instrument of Transfer by and between Xinfu Hu and Guilan Jiang
10.8 (2)     Instrument of Transfer by and between Vantage Cosmo Global Limited and Sun Alliance Development Limited
10.9 (2)     Instrument of Transfer by and between Guilan Jiang and Fuling Global Inc.
10.10 (2)   Instrument of Transfer by and between Athand Fortune Limited and Xinrong Investment Development Limited
10.11 (1)   Form of Subscription Agreement
10.12 (1)   Amended and Restated Escrow Deposit Agreement for IPO Funds
10.13 (2)   Employment Agreement and addenda with Philip Prinzi
21.1 (2)     List of subsidiaries
23.1 (1)     Consent of Friedman LLP
23.2 (1)     Consent of Campbells, Cayman Islands counsel of Fuling Global Inc. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3 (2)     Consent of Jingtian & Gongcheng Attorneys at Law (included in Exhibit 8.2)
23.4 (1)     Consent of Kaufman & Canoles, P.C. (included in Exhibit 8.1)
24.1 (2)     Powers of attorney
99.1 (2)     Form of Incentive Securities Plan

(1) Filed herewith.
(2) Previously filed.

Part II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.   All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 9. Undertakings

The Registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:
(i) include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

Provided, however , That:

(A) Paragraphs (a)((i) and (a)(ii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-8, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement; and

(B) Paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-3 or Form F-3 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

(C) Provided further, however, that paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) do not apply if the registration statement is for an offering of asset-backed securities on Form S-1 or Form S-3, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment is provided pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB.

(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(c) remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(d) to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by “Item 8.A. of Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f)” at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(d) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act if such financial statements and information are

Part II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.
(e) that insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registration of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person to the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(f) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and.
(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(g) that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(h) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(i) to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Part II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Wenling, People’s Republic of China, October 20, 2015.

FULING GLOBAL INC.
 
/s/ Xinfu Hu

Xinfu Hu
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Xinfu Hu

Xinfu Hu
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 20, 2015
*

Guilan Jiang
  Chief Operating Officer and Chair   October 20, 2015
/s/ Gilbert Lee

Gilbert Lee
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)

and Authorized Representative in the
United States
  October 20, 2015
*

Sujuan Zhu
  Director   October 20, 2015
*

Jian Cao
  Director   October 20, 2015
*

Hong (Simon) He
  Director   October 20, 2015
*

Yau On Johann Tse
  Director   October 20, 2015

* By Xinfu Hu, attorney in fact

Signature-1


 

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

October __, 2015

 

Burnham Securities Inc.
As Representative of Underwriters named on Schedule 1 attached hereto

40 West 57 th Street
New York, New York 10019

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, FULING GLOBAL INC., a Cayman Islands company (collectively with its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, al entities disclosed or described in the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) the “ Company ”), hereby confirms the agreement with BURNHAM SECURITIES, INC. (hereinafter referred to as “you” (including its correlatives) or the “ Representative ”) and NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SECURITIES, INC., as co-underwriter (the Representative and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. being together called the “ Underwriters ” and each, an “ Underwriter ”) as follows:

 

1. Introduction . This Agreement sets forth the understandings and agreements between the Company and you whereby, subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, you will offer to sell, on a “best efforts, all or none” basis on behalf of the Company as provided in Section 4(a) (the “ Offering ”), an aggregate of 4,000,000 ordinary shares of stock (the “ Placement Shares ”), par value $0.001per share (the “ Shares ”), at an anticipated offering price of U.S. $5.00 per share per share for gross offering proceeds of $20,000,000 with an oversubscription option to sell up to an additional 600,000 shares for up to $3,000,000 (the “ Over Subscription Option ”). We understand that Representative may engage one or more Underwriters or selected dealers for purposes of selling the Placement Shares subject to the terms hereof. For avoidance of doubt, all references herein to “Shares” shall include the ordinary shares of the Company sold under the Over Subscription Option, if and to the extent exercised. The Underwriters’ obligations herein are several and not joint.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company makes the following representations and warranties to Underwriters with the understanding that the same may be relied upon by all dealers and Underwriters in the offering:

 

2.1 Filing of Registration Statement .

 

2.1.1 Pursuant to the Act . The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form F-1 (File No. 333-205894), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Placement Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act (the “ Regulations ”). Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Regulations), is referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement .” The prospectus, in the form in which it is to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations, or, if the prospectus is not to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations, the prospectus in the form included as part of the Registration Statement at the time the Registration Statement became effective, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus ,” except that if any revised prospectus or prospectus supplement shall be provided to the Underwriter by the Company for use in connection with the Offering which differs from the Prospectus (whether or not such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement is required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations), the term “Prospectus” shall also refer to such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement, as the case may be, from and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriter for such use. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof. “ Applicable Time ” means [____ am/pm Eastern Standard Time on October __ 2015], on the Effective Date or such other time as agreed to by the Company and the Underwriter.

 

 

 

 

2.1.2 Pursuant to the Exchange Act . The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 001-[__________]) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), of the Placement Shares. The registration of the Placement Shares under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

2.1.3 Registration under the Exchange Act and Stock Exchange Listing . The Placement Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed on The NASDAQ capital market segment of The NASDAQ Stock Market (“ NASDAQ ”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Placement Shares under the Exchange Act or delisting the Placement Shares from NASADAQ, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or NASDAQ is contemplating terminating such registration or listing except as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

 

2.2 No Stop Orders, etc . Neither the Commission nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or the Registration Statement or has instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

2.3 Disclosures in Registration Statement .

 

2.3.1 10b-5 Representation . At the respective times the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any post-effective amendments thereto become effective (and at the Closing Date):

 

(i) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any post-effective amendments thereto did and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and will in all material respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations;

 

(ii) Neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or supplement thereto, on such dates, do or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.3.1(ii) does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree (and each Underwriter agrees severally and not jointly) that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriters consists solely of the following disclosure contained in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus (the “ Underwriter Information ”).

  

(iii) Neither: (a) any Issuer General Free Writing Prospectus(es) (as defined below and attached herein as Schedule 2) issued at or prior to the Time of Sale (as defined below) and the Statutory Prospectus (as defined below), all considered together (collectively, the “ Time of Sale Disclosure Package ”), nor (b) any individual Issuer Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus(es) (as defined below), when considered together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, includes or included as of the Time of Sale, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or omitted as of the Time of Sale to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Prospectus included in the Registration Statement or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters specifically for use therein.

 

  2  

 

 

(iv) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the Offering or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Underwriter as described in the next sentence, did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus relating to the Securities or included, or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has notified or will notify promptly the Underwriters so that any use of such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is promptly amended or supplemented by the Company, at its own expense, to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing two sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with Underwriter Information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters specifically for use therein.

  

(v) As used herein, the terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) Time of Sale ” means __:00 [P.M./A.M.] (Eastern Standard Time) on the date hereof and such other date or time that any Over-subscription shares are sold if any, from time to time.

 

(b) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, relating to the Placement Shares that (A) is required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, or (B) is exempt from filing pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) under the Act because it contains a description of the Placement Shares or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms or pursuant to Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) because it is a “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Regulations, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) under the Act.

 

(c) Issuer General Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule 3 to this Agreement.

 

(d) Issuer Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Free Writing Prospectus. The term Issuer Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus also includes any “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Regulations, that is made available without restriction pursuant to Rule 433(d)(8)(ii), even though not required to be filed with the Commission.

 

  3  

 

 

(e) Statutory Prospectus ” as of any time means the prospectus that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to that time. For purposes of this definition, information contained in a form of prospectus that is deemed retroactively to be a part of the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A or 430B of the Regulations shall be considered to be included in the Statutory Prospectus as of the actual time that form of prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations.

 

2.3.2 Disclosure of Agreements . The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Act and the Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, including, without limitation, this Agreement, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought. Except as described in the Registration Statement, none of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in material default thereunder and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

2.3.3 Prior Securities Transactions . No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company prior to the offering or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.3.4 Regulations . The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of Federal, State, local and all foreign regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects.

 

2.4 Changes After Dates in Registration Statement .

 

2.4.1 No Material Adverse Change . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company; (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) no officer or director of the Company has resigned from any position with the Company.

 

  4  

 

 

2.4.2 Recent Securities Transactions, etc . Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money other than in the ordinary course of business; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

 

2.5 Independent Accountants . To the knowledge of the Company, Friedman LLP (“ Friedman ”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, are independent registered public accountants as required by the Act and the Regulations. Friedman has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.6 Financial Statements, etc . The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as disclosed therein; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. The Registration Statement discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) neither the Company nor any of its operating entities listed on Annex 1 hereto (each an “ Operating Entity ” and together the “ Operating Entities ”), has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Operating Entities or any grants under any stock compensation plan and, (d) there has not been any material adverse change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt. Since the date of the latest balance sheet presented in the Registration Statement, and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any Operating Entity has incurred or undertaken any liabilities or obligations, whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent, matured or unmatured, or entered into any transactions, including any acquisition or disposition of any business or asset, which are material to the Company and the Operating Entities taken as a whole, except for liabilities, obligations and transactions which are disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

2.7 Authorized Capital; Options, etc . The Company had, at the date or dates indicated in the Prospectus, the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date, there will be no outstanding options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued Shares of the Company or any security convertible into Shares of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell Shares or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

  5  

 

 

2.8 Valid Issuance of Securities, etc .

 

2.8.1 Outstanding Securities . All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized Shares conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the outstanding Shares were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such Shares, exempt from such registration requirements.

 

2.8.2 Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement . The Placement Shares have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Placement Shares are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Placement Shares conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement.

 

2.9 Registration Rights of Third Parties . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.10 Validity and Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered, will constitute the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought.

 

2.11 No Conflicts, etc . The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement, and all ancillary documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a material breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended Articles of Association of the Company (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), the Memorandum of Association of the Company or the certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, joint venture agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational documents of the Operating Entities; or (iii) violate in any material respect any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or business constituted as of the date hereof.

 

  6  

 

 

2.12 No Defaults; Violations . Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, no material default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Articles or Memorandum of Association, or in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.

  

2.13 Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents .

 

2.13.1 Conduct of Business . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Prospectus, except where any failures to possess the same, singularly or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect. The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of federal, state, local and foreign regulation on this Offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects.

 

2.13.2 Transactions Contemplated Herein . The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and as contemplated by the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

 

2.14 D&O Questionnaires . To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “ Questionnaires ”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers immediately prior to the Offering (the “ Insiders ”) as well as in the Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A provided to the Underwriter is true and correct in all respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate and incorrect.

 

2.15 Litigation; Governmental Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any executive officer or director which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Shares on NASDAQ and which (i) is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, (ii) if determined adversely to the Company would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect or (iii) would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

  7  

 

 

2.16 Good Standing . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands and, in the case of the Operating Entities, their respective jurisdictions of formation, as of the date hereof, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction of organization as indicated in the Registration Statement and , in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company.

  

2.17 Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA .

 

2.17.1 Finder’s Fees . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Placement Shares hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriter’s compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

2.17.2 Payments Within Twelve Months . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person’s raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) to any FINRA member; or (iii) to any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than advances to cover expenses of the Underwriters, and payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

2.17.3 Use of Proceeds . None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

2.17.4 FINRA Affiliation . To the Company’s knowledge, no officer, director or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered securities has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA). The Company will advise the Underwriters and its counsel if it learns that any officer, director or owner of at least 5% of the Company’s outstanding Shares (or securities convertible into Shares) is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering.

 

2.18 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor any of the directors, employees or officers of the Company or any other person acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company as reflected in any of the financial statements contained in the Prospectus or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

  8  

 

 

2.19 Officers’ Certificate . Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to your counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Representative as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.20 Lock-Up Period .

 

2.20.1 Each of the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders holding beneficially or of record greater than 5% of the outstanding shares as calculated before the offering, has agreed pursuant to executed Lock-Up Agreement that for a period of twelve (12) months from the Effective Date (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), such persons shall not (i) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, assign, transfer, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our ordinary shares (including, without limitation, ordinary shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (such shares, the “ Beneficially Owned Shares ”)) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the ordinary shares, or any warrants or other rights to purchase, the foregoing (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Beneficially Owned Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or (iii) engage in any short selling of the our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii) above. The Underwriter may consent to an early release from the Lock-Up Period if, in its opinion, the market for the Shares would not be adversely impacted by sales and in cases of financial emergency of an officer, director or other stockholder. The Company has caused each of the lock-up parties, identified on Schedule 3 attached herein (the “ Lock-Up Parties ”) to deliver to the Underwriter the agreements of each of the Lock-Up Parties to the foregoing effect prior to the date that the Company requests that the Commission declare the Registration Statement effective under the Act. The Company will enforce the terms of each Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop-transfer instructions to the Transfer Agent (as defined below) for the Shares with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement. In addition, the Company shall, and each of the Lock-Up Parties shall agree to, report transactions by certain insiders on a Form 6-K from time to time as set forth in the Registration Statement or by agreement with such shareholders.

 

2.20.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Company issues an earnings release or material news, or a material event relating to the Company occurs, during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by Section 2.20 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless the Representative, at its sole discretion, waives such extension.

 

2.21 Operating Entities . Schedule 4 attached herein sets forth the list of all Operating Entities. All Operating Entities of the Company are duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the place of organization or incorporation, and each such Operating Entity is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company taken as a whole. The Company’s ownership and/or control of each Operating Entity is as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.22 Related Party Transactions . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

2.23 Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Prospectus captioned “Management.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and the rules of NASDAQ. At least one member of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as a “financial expert” as such term is defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of NASDAQ. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent” as defined under the rules of NASDAQ.

 

  9  

 

 

2.24 Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance .

 

2.24.1 Disclosure Controls . The Company has developed and currently maintains disclosure controls and procedures that will comply with Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 of the Exchange Act, and such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.

 

2.24.2 Compliance . The Company is, or on the Effective Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefore) with all the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

2.25 No Investment Company Status . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and sale of the Placement Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

2.26 Labor Disputes . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Operating Entities exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent.

 

2.27 Intellectual Property . The Company and each of its Operating Entities own or possess or have valid right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“ Intellectual Property ”) necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Operating Entities as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company or any of its Operating Entities will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property of others. Neither the Company nor any of its Operating Entities has received any notice alleging any such infringement or fee.

 

2.28 Taxes . Each of the Company and its Operating Entities has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Operating Entities has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such respective Operating Entity. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, (i) no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its Operating Entities, and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its Operating Entities. The term “ taxes ” mean all federal, state, local, foreign, and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments, or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “ returns ” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements, and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

  

  10  

 

 

2.29 The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived. The Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent necessary.

 

2.30 The Company’s Board of Directors has validly appointed an audit committee whose composition satisfies the requirements of the rules and regulations of NASDAQ and the Board of Directors and/or audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the rules and regulations of NASDAQ. The audit committee has reviewed the adequacy of its charter within the past twelve months. Neither the Board of Directors nor the audit committee has been informed, nor is any director of the Company aware, of: (i) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; or (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

2.31 Neither the Company nor the Operating Entities has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which are required to be “integrated” pursuant to the Act or the Regulations with the offer and sale of the Placement Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor the Operating Entities has sold or issued any Shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, or other equity securities, or any rights to acquire any Shares or other equity securities of the Company or any of the Operating Entities, during the six-month period preceding the date of the Prospectus, including but not limited to any sales pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation D or S under the Securities Act, other than Shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or the employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants as described in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package.

 

2.32 No director or officer of the Company is subject to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be and act in his respective capacity of the Company.

 

2.33 The conditions for use of Form F-1 to register the Offering under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to such Form, have been satisfied.

 

2.34 No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the Company or the Operating Entities, on the one hand, and any director, officer, shareholder, customer or supplier of the Company or the Operating Entities, on the other hand, which is required by the Act, the Exchange Act or the Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which is not so described as required. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The Company has not, in violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 directly or indirectly, including through an Operating Entity (other than as permitted for depositary institutions), extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer of the Company.

 

  11  

 

 

2.35 The Company and each Operating Entity owns or leases all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its business as presently operated and as proposed to be operated as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The Company and the Operating Entities have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except such as are described in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or such as do not (individually or in the aggregate) materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of the Operating Entities. Any real property and buildings held under lease or sublease by the Company and the Operating Entities are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material to, and do not interfere with, the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and the Operating Entities. Neither the Company nor any Operating Entity has received any written notice of any claim adverse to its ownership of any real or personal property or of any claim against the continued possession of any real property, whether owned or held under lease or sublease by the Company or any Operating Entity.

 

2.36 No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company since the date of the Company’s formation, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.37 The disclosures in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package concerning the effects of foreign, federal, state and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

2.38 The Company and each Operating Entity have at all times operated their respective businesses (i) in compliance in all material respects with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received and are in compliance in all material respects with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under any environmental law.

 

2.39 As set forth in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, neither the Company nor any Operating Entity is a party to or subject to any employment contract or arrangement providing for annual future compensation, or the opportunity to earn annual future compensation (whether through fixed salary, bonus, commission, options or otherwise) of more than $100,000 to any officer, consultant, director or employee.

 

2.40 The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters or any dealer to offer, the Placement Shares to any Person or entity with the intention of unlawfully influencing: (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any Operating Entity to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or any Operating Entity or (ii) a journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company, any Operating Entity or its products or services.

  

2.41 The Company is in compliance with all applicable U.S., People’s Republic of China (“ PRC ”) and other foreign laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, judgments, decrees and orders (including, without limitation, all securities and tax laws, rules and regulations of the PRC), except for such non-compliance as would not have a material adverse effect. As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, and except as contemplated by this Agreement, neither the Company nor any Operating Entity operates within the United States or any state or territory thereof.

 

  12  

 

 

2.42 Each of the Company and Operating Entities, and to the knowledge of the Company, each of its affiliates and any of the respective officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents or employees of each of the foregoing, has not violated, its participation in the offering will not violate, each of the following laws: (a) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, including but not limited to any law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed December 17, 1997, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purposes and scope, (b) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, regulations or government guidance regarding anti-money laundering, including, without limitation, U.S. Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, Title 18 US. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States and/or PRC is a member and with which designation representative of the United States and/or PRC to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) or (c) laws and regulations imposing U.S. economic sanctions measures, including, but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the United Nations Participation Act and the Syria Accountability and Lebanese Sovereignty Act, all as amended, and any executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, including the regulations of the United States Treasury Department set forth under 31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder. The operations of the Company and the Operating Entities are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of the Operating Entities with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse change.

 

2.43 Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

2.44 None of the Operating Entities is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Operating Entity’s share capital, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Operating Entity from the Company or from transferring any of such Operating Entity’s property or assets to the Company or any other Operating Entity, except as described in the Registration Statement and in or contemplated by the Time of Sale Disclosure Package; except as described in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Registration Statement, any dividends and other distributions declared with respect to after-tax retained earnings on the equity interests of the Operating Entities may under PRC laws and regulations be paid to the Company; and all such dividends and distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under PRC laws and regulations and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction in the PRC, and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in the PRC except as described in the Registration Statement.

 

2.45 Except as described in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, each of the Company and Operating Entities has taken or is in the process of taking all reasonable steps (to the extent required of the Company and each such Operating Entity under PRC laws and regulations) to comply with, and to ensure compliance by each of (i) its principal stockholders as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, and (ii) any other persons known to the Company that are required to comply (in connection with their interests in the Company) with applicable rules and regulations of the relevant PRC governmental agencies (including, without limitation, the Ministry of Commerce, National Development and Reform Commission and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange) relating to overseas investment by PRC residents and citizens or overseas listing by offshore special purpose vehicles controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies and individuals, such as the Company (the “ PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations ”), including, without limitation, requesting such persons to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations.

 

  13  

 

 

2.46 It is not necessary that this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any other document be filed or recorded with any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental authority in the PRC.

 

2.47 The entry into, and performance or enforcement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms will not subject the Underwriter to any requirement to be licensed or otherwise qualified to do business in the PRC, nor will the Underwriter be deemed to be resident, domiciled, carrying on business through an establishment or place in the PRC or in breach of any laws or regulations in the PRC by reason of entry into, performance or enforcement of this Agreement.

 

2.48 Each of the Company and each of the Company’s directors that signed the Registration Statement is aware of and has been advised as to, the content of the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce (the “ MOFCOM ”), the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Tax Administration, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “ CSRC ”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC on August 8, 2006 (the “ M&A Rules ”), in particular the relevant provisions thereof which purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on an overseas stock exchange, and the relevant provisions thereof which purport to require foreign companies acquiring PRC companies to obtain the approval of MOFCOM prior to the acquisition by the foreign company of such PRC company in case the foreign company and the PRC company are affiliated to each other; the Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the M&A Rules from its PRC counsel and the Company understands such legal advice; and the Company has fully communicated such legal advice from its PRC counsel to each of its directors that signed the Registration Statement and each director has confirmed that he or she understands such legal advice; and as of the date of the Prospectus and as of the date of this Agreement, the M&A Rules did not and do not apply to the issuance and sale of the Shares, the listing and trading of the Shares on NASDAQ, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor is the CSRC, MOFCOM or other PRC governmental approval required in connection with the above. The Company and the Operating Entities have received all proper and necessary approvals, permits and authorizations from government bodies for its business transactions. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that would lead it to believe that the CSRC is taking any action to require the Company to seek its approval for the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or that would otherwise cause a material adverse change.

 

2.49 Approval of the shareholders of the Company under the rules and regulations of NASDAQ or other applicable laws and regulations is not required for the Company to issue and deliver the Placement Shares to the Underwriter.

 

2.50 The Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package each fairly and accurately describe all material trends, demands, commitments and events known to the Company, and uncertainties, and the potential effects thereof, that the Company believes would materially affect its liquidity and are reasonably likely to occur. As used herein, the phrase “reasonably likely” refers to a disclosure threshold lower than “more likely than not.”

 

  14  

 

 

2.51 None of the Company, Operating Entities or any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the PRC, Cayman Islands, British Virgin Islands, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, New York, or United States federal law; and, to the extent that the Company, any of the Operating Entities or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of the Company and the Operating Entities waive and will waive such right to the extent permitted by law.

  

2.52 The Company and the Operating Entities carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance with respect to their assets, properties and operations, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business in China, and all such insurance is in full force and effect.

 

2.53 The statements in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Business – Government Regulation,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” “Taxation” and “Placement” insofar as such statements purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair.

 

2.54 The statements in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package under the caption “Description of Capital Stock” insofar as such statements purport to summarize the terms of the Securities are accurate, complete and fair.

 

2.55 No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in either the Time of Sale Disclosure Package has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

2.56 (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement, and (ii) at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Regulations, including (but not limited to) the Company or any of the Operating Entities in the preceding three (3) years not having been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor or having been made the subject of a judicial or administrative decree or order as described in Rule 405 of the Regulations.

 

2.57 The Company does not expect to be a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1297(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder for the year ending December 31, 2014, and has no plan or intention to conduct its business in a manner that would be reasonably expected to result in the Company becoming a PFIC in the future under current laws and regulations.

 

2.58 The minute books of the Company and each of the Operating Entities have been made available to the Underwriters and its counsel, and such books (i) contain a complete summary of all meetings and actions of the board of directors (including each board committee) and shareholders of the Company (or analogous governing bodies and interest holders, as applicable), and each of the Operating Entities since the time of its respective incorporation or organization through the date of the latest meeting and action, and (ii) accurately in all material respects reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes.

 

3. [Omitted] .

 

4. Representations and Warranties of Underwriter . Each Underwriter severally, and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company with respect to itself that:

 

4.1 It is a member, in good standing, of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”), and is duly registered as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act, and under the laws of each state in which it proposes to offer the Placement Shares, except where such registration would not be required by law.

 

  15  

 

 

4.2 This Agreement when accepted and approved will be duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and is a valid and binding agreement of such Underwriter, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, liquidation, reorganization, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in equity or at law, (ii) general equity principles, and (iii) limitations imposed by federal and state securities laws, FINRA, the rules of any self regulatory organization or exchange, or the public policy underlying such laws regarding the enforceability of indemnification or contribution provisions. Network 1 hereby authorizes and designates Representative to act in all respects as Representative and manager of the Underwriters for all agreements, escrows, instruments, closing deliverables, and related dealings.

 

4.3 The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Prospectus relating to the Offering will not violate or constitute a breach of, or default under, your Certificate or Articles of Incorporation of such Underwriter, or any material instrument, agreement, or indenture to which such Underwriter is a party, or violate any order applicable to such Underwriter of any federal or state regulatory body or administrative agency having jurisdiction over such Underwriter or its property.

 

4.4 Network 1 represents and warrants to Representative that it has had access to all due diligence and other information made available to it by the Company and that it has completed its due diligence and consents to Representative’s acting as managing and Representative underwriter hereby.

 

 

5. Sale of Shares .

 

5.1 Exclusive Agency . The Company hereby appoints Representative as its representative of the Underwriters, which Underwriters, along with any dealers approved by the Representative, are the Company’s exclusive agent to offer for sale, and hereby agrees to sell during the Offering Period (as defined in Section 4.(c)), Placement Shares (including the over-subscription Shares) and on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, you accept such appointment and agree to use your best efforts as agent to offer the Shares for sale for the account of the Company, on a cash basis only at an anticipated offering price of between U.S. $5.00 per Share. During the Offering Period (as defined below), the Company will not sell or agree to sell any debt or equity securities otherwise than through you. Subject to your commitment to sell the Shares on a “best efforts, all or none” basis as provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from entering into an agency agreement, underwriting or placement agreement, or other similar agreement governing the offer and sale of securities with any other issuer of securities, and nothing contained herein shall be construed in any way as precluding or restricting your right to sell or offer for sale securities issued by any other person, including securities similar to, or competing with, the Placement Shares. It is understood between the parties that there is no firm commitment by Representative or the Underwriters to purchase any or all of the Shares.

 

5.2 Obligation to Offer Shares . The Underwriters’ obligation to offer the Shares is subject to receipt by you of written advice from the Commission that the Registration Statement is effective, is subject to the Shares being qualified for offering under applicable laws in the states as may be reasonably designated by you, is subject to the absence of any prohibitory action by any governmental body, agency, or official, and is subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement.

 

5.3 Offering Termination Date . The “Offering Period” shall commence on the day that the Prospectus is first made available to prospective investors in connection with the Offering and shall continue until the “Offering Termination Date,” which shall be the earliest of (i) the date all Placement Shares and all over-subscriptions shares offered have been sold, unless earlier terminated by the Underwriter and Company or (ii) October 31, 2015, unless the Company and the Representative elect to extend the Offering, upon mutual agreement via written communication, to November 30, 2015, in which case the Company shall keep the Registration Statement in effect. The Company and you agree that unless all 4,000,000 Placement Shares offered are sold on or before the Offering Termination Date, all proceeds that have been paid for the Placement Shares will be returned to the purchasers.

 

5.4 Escrow Agent . Prior to the sale of all of the Placement Shares, all funds received from purchasers of the Placement Shares shall be placed in an escrow account (the “ Escrow Account ”) with the Escrow Agent by noon of the next business day following receipt thereof, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and all payments of, from or on account of such funds shall be made pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. In the event that the Placement Shares are not sold on or before the Offering Termination Date (as may be extended as provided in Section 5.3), all funds then held in the Escrow Account shall be returned promptly to the respective purchasers as provided in the Escrow Agreement.

 

  16  

 

 

The Escrow Agent may not utilize sweep arrangements. All participating broker dealers (Members) shall confirm, via the selected dealer agreement or similar agreement that it will comply with rule 15c2-4. As per rule 15c2-4 and notice to members 84-7 (the “ Rule ”), all checks that are accompanied by a subscription agreement will be promptly sent along with the subscription agreements to the escrow account by noon the next business day. In regards to monies being wired from an investor’s bank account, the Members shall request the investors send their wires by the next business day, however, we cannot insure the investors will forward their respective monies as per the Rule. Absent unusual circumstances, funds in customer accounts will be transmitted by noon of the next business day.

 

5.5 Compensation and Expense . In consideration for your execution of this Agreement and for the performance of your obligations hereunder, the Company agrees to pay you as follows:

 

5.5.1 Compensation . The Company hereby agrees to pay a placement fee in aggregate, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Closing Date, if any, a selling commission computed at the rate of up to Six and Eight Tenths of a percent (6.8%) of the gross proceeds of the Shares placed in the offering by and Warrants to purchase 3% of the Shares sold in the offering exercisable at an exercise price of $6.25 per share (125% of the offering price). The foregoing fee and warrants shall be paid to the Representative and split among selected dealers and the Underwriters in such amounts as agreed to among them pursuant to a selected dealers agreement. The foregoing fee in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement.

  

5.5.2 General Expenses Related to the Offering . Subject to Section 5.5.3 of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to pay on the Closing Date, all accountable expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, in aggregate: (i) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Shares to be sold in the Offering with the Commission and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (ii) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market; (iii) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to due diligence and to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors of up to $25,000; (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of such Shares under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Underwriter may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriter’s counsel, it being agreed that if the Offering is commenced on a national securities exchange the Company will make a payment of $0 to such counsel at the closing of the Offering; (v) out of pocket travel and road show expenses and the costs of all mailing and printing of the placement documents (including the Agreement, and, if appropriate, any blue sky surveys, etc.), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Underwriter may reasonably deem necessary of up to $30,000; (vi) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing such Shares; fees and expenses of the transfer agent for such Shares; (vii) stock transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriter; (viii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; and (ix) the costs associated with commemorative Lucite tombstones in such quantities as the Underwriter may reasonably request. All of the foregoing fees must be fully accountable in order to be reimbursed. In addition, the Company agrees to be responsible for the legal fees of counsel to the Representative, provided , however , that such fees shall not exceed $50,000 plus approved accountable expenses of up to $5,000. No advances towards out of pocket expenses have been paid and, in the event any advances are paid, the same shall be returned to the extent that they are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA rules. The foregoing expense reimbursements in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement.

 

  17  

 

 

5.5.3 Corporate Finance Fee . No corporate finance fees or other fees other than those specifically mentioned herein or in the Engagement Agreement (i.e. $75,000 NASDAQ related advisory fee) between the Company and Underwriter, have been or shall be paid.

 

5.5.4 Finder’s Fees . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, neither you nor the Company, directly or indirectly, shall pay or award any finder’s fee, commission, or other compensation to any person engaged by a potential purchaser for investment advice as an inducement to such advisor to advise the purchase of the Shares or for any other purpose. You may, however, engage one or more FINRA member firms as selected dealers and share compensation with them.

 

5.6 Delivery of Share Certificates . Delivery of the certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Total Shares (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”)) for the account of the Network 1 for distribution and delivery to all investors, on such date as the Representative may request (the “ Date of Delivery ”). The certificates representing the Shares shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as Representative may request in writing at least three full business days before the Date of Delivery. The issuance of shares shall be cleared and disbursed through Network 1. The certificates representing the Placement Shares will be made available for examination and packaging at the offices of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Company and you, not later than at least two (2) full business days prior to each Date of Delivery.

 

5.7 [Omitted] .

 

6. Covenants .

 

6.1 Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with you as follows:

 

6.1.1 Amendments to Registration Statement . The Company will deliver to the Underwriter, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriter shall reasonably object in writing.

 

6.1.2 Federal Securities Laws .

 

(i) Compliance . During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use its best efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Placement Shares in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus. If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Placement Shares is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriter, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Underwriter promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 6.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

 

  18  

 

 

(ii) Filing of Final Prospectus . The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

 

(iii) Exchange Act Registration . For a period of three years from the Effective Date, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act. Within such period, the Company will not deregister the Shares under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

 

(iv) Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Placement Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 of the Regulations, without the prior consent of the Underwriter. The Company represents that it will treat each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriter and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

6.1.3 Delivery to the Underwriter of Prospectuses . The Company will deliver to the Underwriter, without charge, from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act (the “ Prospectus Delivery Period ”), such number of copies of each Prospectus as such Underwriter may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to Representative two original executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all original executed consents of certified experts.

 

6.1.4 Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative . The Company will cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus for at least nine (9) months from the Applicable Time and will notify the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or requests for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in this Section 6.1.4 hereof that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

  

  19  

 

 

6.1.5 Review of Financial Statements . For a period of five (5) years from the Effective Date, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for such interim periods as the Company is required to furnish reports.

 

6.1.6 Secondary Market Trading and Standard & Poor’s . If the Company fails to maintain the listing of the Placement Shares on NASDAQ or another nationally recognized exchange, for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will apply to be included in Standard & Poor’s Daily News and Corporation Records Corporate Descriptions for a period of five (5) years immediately thereafter.

 

6.1.7 Financial Public Relations Firm . As of the Effective Date, the Company shall have retained a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter and the Company, which firm will be experienced in assisting issuers in public offerings of securities and in their relations with their security holders, and shall retain such firm or another firm reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter for a period of not less than two (2) years after the Effective Date.

 

6.1.8 Reports to the Underwriters .

 

(i) Periodic Reports, etc . For a period of three (3) years from the Effective Date, the Company will furnish to the Representative for the Underwriters copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish to the Representative for the Underwriters: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission; a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company; a copy of each Form 6-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) a copy of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Act; (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future Operating Entities of the Company as the Underwriter may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Underwriter shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter and its counsel in connection with the Underwriter’s receipt of such information. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Underwriter pursuant to this Section, and delivery to the Underwriter under this section may occur simultaneously with such filing with the Commission.

 

6.1.9 Transfer Sheets . For a period of three (3) years from the Effective Date, the Company shall retain a transfer agent and registrar acceptable to the Underwriter (the “ Transfer Agent ”). VStock Transfer, LLC is acceptable to the Representative to act as Transfer Agent for the Company’s Shares.

 

6.1.10 Application of Net Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use Of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

 

  20  

 

 

6.1.11 Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders; Continued Quarterly Reporting Obligations. The Company will, unless waived by the Representative, make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Rules and Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months.

 

6.1.12 For a period of two years after the the final closing of the Offering (the " Voluntary Reporting Period "), the Company shall file quarterly financial statements with the SEC using a Form 6-K. This obligation is in addition to the Company’s obligation to file an annual report and other regulatory or contractual reporting obligations required by the Company or as otherwise reported in the Registration Statement. The Company shall file said reports at the same time such reports would be due if we were a U.S. domestic issuer of the same size, subject to the same extension periods permitted to such issuers.

 

During the Voluntary Reporting Period, if however (a) the Company’s volume weighted average stock price for a window of twenty (20) straight trading days exceeds 125% of our initial public offering price and (b) average trading volume during that window exceeds $100,000 per day, then this obligation would terminate one year after the final closing of the Offering, but the Company would file its annual report at the same time as a Form 10-K would be due for a similarly sized U.S. domestic issuer, and the Company shall in such instance file financial statements covering one half of a year, within seventy-five (75) days after June 30 during the remainder of the Voluntary Reporting Period.

  

6.1.13 Stabilization . Neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

6.1.14 Internal Controls . The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

6.1.15 Accountants . As of the Effective Date, the Company shall retain an independent public accountant reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter, and the Company shall continue to retain a nationally recognized independent certified public accounting firm for a period of at least three (3) years after the Effective Date. The Underwriter acknowledges that Friedman LLP is acceptable to the Underwriter.

 

6.1.16 FINRA . The Company shall advise the Underwriter (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is aware that any 5% or greater shareholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of an FINRA member participating in the distribution of the Placement Shares.

 

6.1.17 Fiduciary Duties . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Representative and the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that neither the Representative nor either of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7. Conditions of Underwriter’s Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriter to sell the Placement Shares, as provided herein, shall be subject to (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date; (ii) the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof; (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and (iv) the following conditions (all of which are intended for the benefit of all underwriters and dealers, and any or all of which, for avoidance of doubt, may be waived or modified at the sole discretion of Representative):

 

7.1 Regulatory Matters .

 

7.1.1 Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 P.M., Eastern Standard Time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by Representative, and, at the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Underwriter counsel.

  

  21  

 

 

7.1.2 FINRA Clearance . By the Effective Date, the Underwriter shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriter as described in the Registration Statement.

 

7.1.3 NASDAQ Clearance . On the Closing Date, the Company’s Shares, including the Placement Shares, shall have been approved for listing on NASDAQ.

 

7.1.4 Free Writing Prospectuses . The Underwriter covenants with the Company that the Underwriter will not use, authorize the use of, refer to, or participate in the planning for the use of a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act, which term includes use of any written information furnished by the Commission to the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement, without the prior written consent of the Company. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company is hereinafter referred to as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus .”

 

7.2 Company Counsel Matters .

 

7.2.1 Opinion of U.S. Counsel . On the Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received the favorable opinion of Kaufman & Canoles, P.C., the United States counsel to the Company (“ Company Counsel ”), dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriter, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ; provided , however , that certain corporate law matters relating to the organization of the Company may be submitted by Cayman Islands and/or PRC counsel for the Company, as the case may be.

 

7.2.2 Opinion of PRC Counsel . On the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the favorable opinion of Jingtian & Gongcheng, PRC counsel to the Company, reasonably acceptable to the Representative, related to, among other things, the descriptions of laws of the Underwriters and the organization of the Company’s PRC affiliates and ownership structure, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Company.

 

7.2.3 Reliance . In rendering such opinions, such counsel may rely: (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Representative, familiar with the applicable laws; and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdiction having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to Underwriters’ counsel if requested. The opinions of Company Counsel and any opinion relied upon by Company Counsel shall include a statement to the effect that it may be relied upon by counsel for the Underwriters in its opinion delivered to the Underwriters.

 

7.2.4 Comfort Letter . At the time this Agreement is executed, and at the Closing Date, you shall have received a comfort letter, addressed to the Underwriter and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to you and to your counsel from Friedman dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date.

 

  22  

 

 

7.2.5 Officers’ Certificates .

 

(i) Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date, and that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2.7 hereof have been satisfied as of such date and that, as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct. In addition, the Representative will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company as the Representative may reasonably request.

 

(ii) Secretary’s Certificate . At the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date, certifying: (i) that the Articles and Memorandum of Association are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

7.2.6 No Material Changes . Prior to and on the Closing Date: (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefore shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

7.2.7 Delivery of Agreements . On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Underwriter executed copies of this Agreement and the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

  23  

 

 

8. Indemnification and Contribution .

 

8.1 Indemnification by the Company . The Company will indemnify and hold the Representative and each Underwriter (which, for avoidance of doubt for purposes of this Section 8, shall include the Representative each Underwriter, any control person, director, officer, employee, affiliate, agent or counsel of such Underwriter and its successors, if any) harmless against any losses, claims, damages, expenses, or liabilities, joint or several, to which Representative or an Underwriter may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Company herein contained or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse Underwriters for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you expressly for use therein; provided further , that the indemnity agreement contained in Section 8.(a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to your benefit if you failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person in any case where such delivery is required by the Act or the Rules and Regulations and if the Prospectus would have cured any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, or liability. In addition to its other obligations under this Section 8.(a), the Company agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry, or other proceeding arising out of or based upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, it will reimburse you on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry, or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the Company’s obligation to reimburse you for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. Any such interim reimbursement payments that are not made to you within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the prime rate (or reference rate or other commercial lending rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing) published from time to time by The Wall Street Journal (the “ Prime Rate ”) from the date of such request. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have. For purposes of this Section 8, the information set forth in the last paragraph on the front cover page (insofar as such information relates to Underwriter(s)) and under the “Underwriting” section in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitutes the only information furnished by any Underwriter to the Company for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or the Registration Statement. The Company will not, without such indemnified party’s and the Representative’s prior written consent, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened action or claim or related cause of action or portion of such cause of action in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not you are a party to such action or claim), unless such settlement, compromise, or consent includes an unconditional release of you from all liability arising out of such action or claim (or related cause of action or portion thereof). The indemnity agreement in this Section 8.(a) shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each person, if any, who controls you within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as such agreement applies to you and to your agents, employees, affiliates, control persons, counsel and advisors. The foregoing indemnifications are in addition to and not in any way in limitation or waiver of, any indemnification or hold harmless provisions contained in the original Engagement Agreement of the parties as amended from time to time or as otherwise contained in any other agreement or instrument of the parties.

  

8.2 [Omitted.]

 

8.3 [Omitted.]

  

  24  

 

 

8.4 Procedure . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 8 except to the extent it has been materially adversely prejudiced by such failure; and, provided, further, that the failure to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8. If any such action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (which counsel shall not, except with the written consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party). After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such action, except as provided herein, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense of such action but the fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized in writing by the Company in the case of a claim for indemnification under 8.1, (ii) such indemnified party shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time after notice of the commencement of the action or the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of (or, in the case of a failure to diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, to continue to defend) such action on behalf of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall be responsible for legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action; provided , however , that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time any such indemnified party (in addition to any local counsel), which firm shall be designated in writing by the applicable Underwriter(s). Subject to this Section 8.3, the amount payable by an indemnifying party under Section 8 shall include, but not be limited to, (x) reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel to the indemnified party and any other expenses in investigating, or preparing to defend or defending against, or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any action, investigation, proceeding or claim, and (y) all amounts paid in settlement of any of the foregoing. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter(s), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever, in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 8 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Subject to the provisions of the following sentence, no indemnifying party shall be liable for settlement of any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever that is effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with its written consent, if its consent has been unreasonably withheld or delayed or if there be a judgment for the plaintiff in any such matter, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. In addition, if at any time Representative or any Underwriter shall have requested that Company reimburse it / them for fees and expenses of counsel, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated herein effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of the request for reimbursement, (ii) the Company shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) the Company shall not have reimbursed such Representative or Underwriter or other indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

  25  

 

 

8.5 Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 8.1, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid, payable or otherwise incurred by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), as incurred, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and each of the Representative and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Stock, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 8.5 is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) of this Section 8.5 but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other with respect to the statements, omissions, acts or failures to act which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering of the Stock purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bears to the total underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriter in connection with the Offering, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the applicable Underwriter on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriter on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company through the Underwriter by or on behalf of any Underwriter for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriter Information. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 8.5 be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to above in this Section 8.5 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 8.5, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.5, neither the Representative nor any Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the total discount and/or commission received by Representative or such Underwriter in connection with the Offering less the amount of any damages which Representative or such Underwriter has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission, act or alleged act or failure to act or alleged failure to act. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

  

  26  

 

 

9. Representations and Agreements to Survive . Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by you, or on your behalf, or by any controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Company, and shall survive until the fifth anniversary of the Offering Termination Date and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

 

10. Termination of Agreement .

 

10.1 Termination of Agreement . Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing (i.e. whether the best efforts “all or none” closing or any over-subscription Shares closing, or otherwise), (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in your opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities, or if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority, or if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Placement Shares, or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representative’s judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the securities or to enforce contracts made by the Representative for the sale of the securities. Underwriters (whether in their capacity as such or in the capacity as Representative) shall have no liability to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise as a result of any such termination.

 

10.2 Result of Termination . If the sale of Placement Shares provided for herein is not consummated by October 31, 2015, or November 30, 2015 in the event that the Company and the Representative elect and execute in writing to extend the Offering Termination Date, due to any reason, then in addition to its obligations with respect to expenses, the Company will reimburse you on demand for all your reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and expenses of your counsel), including disbursements reasonably incurred by you in reviewing the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and in investigating and making preparations for the marketing of the Shares up to a maximum of $23,000,000, and neither party shall have any additional liability to the other except for such liabilities, if any, as may exist or thereafter arise under Section 8.

 

11. Notices .

 

11.1 All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested), personally delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or faxed and confirmed or if mailed, two days after such mailing.

 

If to the Representative or to any Underwriter, then to :

 

Burnham Securities, Inc.

40 West 57 th Street, 28 th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attn: Dan McClory

Fax: (949)266-5789

 

And to:

 

Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

The Galleria, Penthouse

2 Bridge Avenue, Building 2

Red Bank, NJ 07701

(732) 758-9001

www.network1financial.com

  

  27  

 

 

In Each Case With a Copy to:

 

CKR Law, LLP
1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019
Attn: Ron Levy, Esq.

 

If to the Company:

 

To the addresses set forth in the Registration Statement for the Company and its counsel.

 

11.2 Time of Notices . Notice shall be deemed to be given by you to the Company or by the Company to you when it is sent by overnight courier, hand-delivered, telecopied or emailed as provided in Section 11.1.

 

12. Governing Law, Construction, and Time . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the State of New York, or in the United States District Court for the State of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 11.1 hereof and/or upon service on the Secretary of State of the State of New York. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefore. THE COMPANY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND THE OPERATING ENTITIES AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS), THE UNDERWRITER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.

 

13. Description Headings . The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall together constitute a single instrument.

 

15. Amendment . This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof, provided, however, that any indemnification or hold harmless provisions set forth in the Engagement Agreement of the parties from time to time, shall be in addition to any indemnification covenants or provisions made by Company hereby and shall not be deemed to limit or constrict in any way the provisions herein.

 

17. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Underwriter, the Company, and the controlling persons, directors and officers of the Company, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from any of the Underwriter.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

  28  

 

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between you and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Fuling Global Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

Burnham Securities Inc.

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
     
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.  
     
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

  29  

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Issuer General Free Writing Prospectuses

 

None

 

  30  

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Lock-Up Parties

 

[Fill In]

 

  31  

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Operating Entities

 

List:

 

For complete organizational structure, please see below.

 

  32  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

[____________], 2015

Burnham Securities, Inc.

40 West 57 th Street, 28 th Floor

New York, New York 10019

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that BURNHAM SECURITIES INC., as representative of the Underwriters (the “ Representative ”) proposes to enter into a Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with FULING GLOBAL INC., a Cayman Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the Underwriter of [__________] shares of common stock (“ Placement Shares ”), par value $__________ per share, of the Company on a “best-effort and all-or-none” basis. For purposes of this letter agreement, “Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s ordinary shares. All capitalized terms not specifically defined herein, shall be as defined in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

To induce the Underwriters to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) relating to the Public Offering (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (i) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, assign, transfer, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our ordinary shares (including, without limitation, ordinary shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (such shares, the “ Beneficially Owned Shares ”)) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, or any warrants or other rights to purchase, the foregoing (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Beneficially Owned Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or (iii) engage in any short selling of the our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our ordinary shares, or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii) above. The undersigned also further covenants that during the Voluntary Reporting Period (as defined in the Registration Statement) the undersigned shall submit to the Representative and the Company for filing on Form 6-K all ownership, transactional and other holdings information that the undersigned would have otherwise had to file on Form 3, 4 or 5 pursuant to Section 16(a) or otherwise report to the Company pursuant to Section 14 or 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), had the Company been a registrant subject to such reporting obligations as a U.S. domestic issuer under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer Shares without the prior consent of the Representative in connection with (a) transactions relating to Shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act would have been required to be made in connection with subsequent sales of Shares or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (b) transfers of Shares or any security convertible into Shares as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of a family member; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b), (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Shares, would have been required had the Company been a domestic Exchange Act reporting company, (c) transfer of Shares to a charity or educational institution, or (d) if the undersigned, directly or indirectly, controls a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers of Shares to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of similar equity interests in, the undersigned, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value. For each of the foregoing permitted transfers, the undersigned will report said information to the Representative and Company as though obligated to do so in accordance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

In addition, the undersigned agrees that during the Lock-Up Period, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Shares except in compliance with this Agreement.

 

If (i) the Company issues an earnings release or material news, during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, unless the Representative waives such extension.

 

  33  

 

 

No provision in this agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the exercise or exchange by the undersigned of any option or warrant to acquire Shares, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares, provided that the undersigned does not transfer the Shares acquired on such exercise or exchange during the Lock-Up Period, unless otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this letter agreement. In addition, no provision herein shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the entry into or modification of a so-called “10b5-1” plan at any time (other than the entry into or modification of such a plan in such a manner as to cause the sale of any Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares within the Lock-Up Period).

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this letter agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder this agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to a Underwriting Agreement on a best efforts only basis, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,  
   
   
(Name):  
   
   
(Address)  

 

  34  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Legal Opinion

 

1. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. The Company has all power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and the Prospectus.

 

2. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where any failure so to register or qualify does not have, singularly or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect.

 

3. The Company has obtained all government permits necessary to conduct its business as presently conducted and in the manner and on the terms described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and the Prospectus, except where any failures to possess the same, singularly or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect.

 

4. The Company’s authorized equity capitalization is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and the Prospectus; and the capital stock of the Company conforms to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of any preemptive or other similar rights arising under applicable law, the charter or by-laws of the Company or any agreement or instrument that is material to the Company; the holders of such securities are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders. The offers and sales of the outstanding securities were at all relevant times either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from such registration requirements.

 

5. The Shares have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriter pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth therein, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of any preemptive or other similar rights arising under applicable law, the charter or by-laws of the Company or any agreement or instrument that is material to the Company; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders. The form of certificate used to evidence the Shares complies in all material respects with all applicable statutory requirements, all applicable requirements of the charter and Articles of Association of the Company and all applicable requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

6. There are no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any Shares pursuant to the Company’s charter or Articles of Association or any agreement or other instrument known to your firm.

 

7. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Underwriting Agreement, and to perform its obligations thereunder, and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement has been duly and validly taken.

 

8. The Underwriting Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

  35  

 

 

9. The execution, delivery and performance of the Underwriting Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities, the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, and compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions hereof and thereof, do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (a) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which any of the Company Parties is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of any of the Company Parties is subject, (b) result in any violation of the provisions of the organizational documents of the Company, or (c) violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any Operating Entity of any court, domestic or foreign, or of any federal, state or other regulatory authority or other governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or any Operating Entity or any of their properties or assets.

 

10. The Company is not (i) in violation of its charter or Articles of Association (or analogous governing instrument, as applicable), (ii) in default and, no event has occurred, which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject or (iii) in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, governmental rule, regulation or court decree to which it or its property or assets may be subject or has failed to obtain any license, permit, certificate, franchise or other governmental or non-governmental authorization or permit necessary for the ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business as described in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

11. Other than as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, there is no action, suit or other proceeding before or by any court of governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or overtly threatened to which the Company or any Operating Entity is a party or of which any property or asset of the Company or any Operating Entity is the subject which, singularly or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any Operating Entity, might have a material adverse effect or would prevent or adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement. To your firm’s knowledge, there is no contract or other document of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, which is not described or filed as required.

 

12. The Registration Statement and any amendments thereto made by the Company prior to the Closing Date (other than the financial statements and other financial data contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion), as of their respective effective dates and as of the date of the Underwriting Agreement complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Regulations; each prospectus included in the Registration Statement (other than the financial statements and other financial data contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion), as of the Time of Sale, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act; the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto made by the Company prior to the Closing Date (other than the financial statements and other financial data contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion), as of the respective date thereof, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Regulations.

 

13. The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, was filed with the Commission on the date specified therein and became effective immediately upon such filing, the Prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) and in compliance with Rules 430A and 430B of the Regulations on the date specified in such opinion and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof has been issued and, to the knowledge of such counsel, no proceeding for that purpose is pending or threatened by the Commission.

 

14. No consent, approval, authorization, registration or qualification is required under the Exchange Act and applicable state securities law in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Placement Shares by the Underwriter. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing, qualification, license or permit of or with any court or any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body, which has not been obtained or taken and is not in full force and effect, is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Underwriting Agreement or consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

  36  

 

 

15. The statements under the captions “Description of Securities,” “United States Taxation Federal Income Tax Consideration,” “Risk Factors,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and Item 14 of Part II of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as applicable, and any similar section or information contained in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present the information called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and proceedings.

 

16. The description in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus of statutes, legal or governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents are fairly summarized in all material respects and, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, there are no pending legal or governmental proceedings or contracts or other documents to which any of the Company Parties is a party or to which the property of the Company or any Operating Entity is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus or a document incorporated by reference therein or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

 

17. The Shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market upon official notice of issuance.

 

18. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no holders of securities of the Company have rights to the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement pursuant to the organizational documents of the Company or pursuant to any agreement or instrument of any of the Company or any Operating Entity described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that has been filed with the Commission .

 

19. The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Placement Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be, an “investment company” within the meaning of such term as defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

20. Any required filing of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to Rule 433 under the Securities Act has been made within the time period required by Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act.

 

Such counsel shall also have furnished to the Underwriter a written statement, addressed to the Representative on behalf of all Underwriters (and which can be relied upon by them) and dated such Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter, to the effect that (x) such counsel has acted as counsel to the Company in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Closing Date, (y) based on such counsel’s examination of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Closing Date, and such counsel’s investigations made in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Closing Date, and “conferences with certain officers and employees of and with auditors for and counsel to the Company” at which conferences the contents of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus were discussed and, although such counsel is not passing upon and do not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus (except as specified in the foregoing opinion), on the basis of the foregoing, such counsel has no reason to believe that (I) the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, as of their respective effective dates contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (II) the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, at the respective dates thereof or at such Closing Date, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (III) the documents included in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, all considered together, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Such counsel need express no opinion as to the financial statements or other financial data contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus. The foregoing statement may be qualified by a statement to the effect that such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus and takes no responsibility therefor except to the extent set forth in the opinion described in clauses 15 and 16 above.

 

 

 

  37  

 

Exhibit 3.1.2

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS REVISED)

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

FULING GLOBAL INC.

 

富岭环球有限公司 

 

(Effective from the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange and as amended and Restated by Special Resolutions dated October 9, 2015)

 

INDEX

 

SUBJECT   Article No.
     
Table A   1
     
Interpretation   2
     
Share Capital   3
     
Alteration of Capital   4-7
     
Share Rights   8-9
     
Variation of Rights   10-11
     
Shares   12-15
     
Share Certificates   16-21
     
Lien   22-24
     
Calls on Shares   25-33
     
Forfeiture of Shares   34-42
     
Register of Members   43-44
     
Record Dates   45
     
Transfer of Shares   46-51
     
Transmission of Shares   52-54
     
Untraceable Members   55
     
General Meetings   56-58
     
Notice in writing of General Meetings   59-60
     
Proceedings at General Meetings   61-65
     
Voting   66-77

 

 

 

 

Proxies 78-83
   
Corporations Acting By Representatives 84
   
No Action By Written Resolutions of Members 85
   
Board of Directors 86
   
Disqualification of Directors 87
   
Executive Directors 88
   
Alternate Directors 89
   
Directors’ Fees and Expenses 90-93
   
Directors’ Interests 94-97
   
General Powers of The Directors 98-103
   
Borrowing Powers 104-107
   
Proceedings of The Directors 108-117
   
Audit Committees 118-120
   
Officers 120-124
   
Register of Directors and Officers 125
   
Minutes 126
   
Seal 127
   
Authentication of Documents 128
   
Destruction of Documents 129
   
Dividends and Other Payments 130-139
   
Reserves 140
   
Capitalisation 141-142
   
Subscription Rights Reserve 143
   
Accounting Records 144-148
   
Audit 149-154
   
Notice in writings 155-157
   
Signatures 158
   
Winding Up 159-160
   
Indemnity 161
   
Amendment to Memorandum and Articles of Association and Name of Company 162
   
Information 163

 

  2  

 

 

Interpretation

 

Table A

 

1 The regulations in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies Law (2013 Revision) do not apply to the Company.

 

Interpretation

 

2 (1) In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.

 

Word Meaning
   
Audit Committee The audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to Article 119 hereof, or any successor audit committee.
   
Auditor the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants.
   
Articles these Articles in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.
   
Board the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present.
   
Capital the share capital from time to time of the Company.
   
Clear Days in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
   
Clearing House a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
   
Company Fuling Global Inc.

 

  3  

 

 

Competent Regulatory Authority a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.
   
Designated Stock Exchange the Nasdaq Capital Market.
   
Dollars ” and “ $ ”” dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
   
Exchange Act the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
   
Head office such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.
   
Law the Companies Law (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof.
   
Member a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.
   
Month a calendar month.
   
Office the registered office of the Company for the time being.
   
Ordinary Resolution a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ notice in writing has been duly given
   
Paid Up paid up or credited as paid up.
   
Register the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time.

 

  4  

 

 

Registration Office in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.
   
SEC the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
   
Seal common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands.
   
Secretary any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.
   
Special Resolution a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ notice in writing, specifying (without prejudice to the power contained in these Articles to amend the same) the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given. Provided that, except in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at any such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five (95) per cent in nominal value of the shares giving that right and in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat, a resolution may be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which less than ten (10) clear days’ notice in writing has been given; a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles or the Statutes.

 

  5  

 

 

Statutes the Law and every other law of the Legislature of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles.
   
Year a calendar year.

 

(2) In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:

 

(a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

(b) words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;

 

(c) words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

(d) the words:

 

(i) “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(ii) “shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;

 

(e) expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;

 

(f) references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

(g) save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;

 

(h) references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not;

 

  6  

 

 

(i) Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to these Articles to the extent it imposes obligations or requirements in addition to those set out in these Articles

 

Share Capital

 

3 (1) The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come into effect is US$70,000.00 divided into 70,000,000 shares with a par value of US$0.001 each.

 

(2) Subject to the Law, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, any power of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

 

(3) No share shall be issued to bearer.

 

Alteration of Capital

 

4 The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Law alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 

(a) increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

(c) without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 12, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Board may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Members no resolution of the Members in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Board may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;

 

  7  

 

 

(d) sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Law), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 

(e) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.

 

5 The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under Article 4 and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some persons to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

6 The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Law, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by the Law.

 

7 Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.

 

Share Rights

 

8 Subject to the provisions of the Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum and Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 12 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

 

  8  

 

 

9 Subject to the Law, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a designated date or at the option of the Company or the holder if so authorised by its Memorandum of Association, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Members before the issue or conversion may by ordinary resolution of the Members determine. Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined by the Board, either generally or with regard to specific purchases. If purchases are by tender, tenders shall comply with applicable laws and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

Variation of Rights

 

10 Subject to the Law and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that:

 

(a) the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons (or in the case of a Member being a corporation, its duly authorized representative) together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class;

 

(b) every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and

 

(c) any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll.

 

11 The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

  9  

 

 

Shares

 

12 (1) Subject to the Law, these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions and for any reason including, without limitation, in response to a perceived undervalued offer in a tender offer of the Company’s securities, or as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine, but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount to par value. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by the Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by the Law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series.

 

(2) Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

(3) The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

 

  10  

 

 

13 The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Law. Subject to the Law, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.

 

14 Except as required by the Law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by the Law any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

15 Subject to the Law and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as a Member, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.

 

Share Certificates

 

16 Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Board may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.

 

17 (1) In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

 

(2) Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.

 

18 Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the payment of such reasonable out- of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.

 

  11  

 

 

19 Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Law or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.

 

20 (1) Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article 20. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.

 

(2) The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.

 

21 If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Board may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed.

 

Lien

 

22 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share that is not a fully paid share, for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share that is not a fully paid share registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually become due or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article 22.

 

  12  

 

 

23 Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

24 The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall, subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale, be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

Calls on Shares

 

25 Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ notice in writing specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no Member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

 

26 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments.

 

27 A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

 

  13  

 

 

28 If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest in whole or in part.

 

29 No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

 

30 On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

 

31 Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

32 On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

33 The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, becomepresently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month’s notice in writing of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

 

  14  

 

 

Forfeiture of Shares

 

34 (1) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ notice in writing:

 

(a) requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

 

(b) stating that if the notice in writing is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

(2) If the requirements of any such notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

35 When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice.

 

36 The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.

 

37 Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

 

38 A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with, if the Board shall in its discretion so requires, interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article 38 any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

 

  15  

 

 

39 A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the Register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

 

40 Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

 

41 The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.

 

42 The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

Register of Members

 

43 (1) The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:

 

(a) the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

 

(b) the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and

 

(c) the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

(2) The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.

 

  16  

 

 

44 The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, upon a maximum payment of $2.50 or such other sum specified by the Board, at the Office or Registration Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.

 

Record Dates

 

45 For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of the Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

 

If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. If corporate action without a general meeting is to be taken, the record date for determining the Members entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company by delivery to its head office. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

  17  

 

 

Transfer of Shares

 

46 Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

47 The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to Article 46, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognizing a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

48 (1) The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share that is not a fully paid up share to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share that is not a fully paid up share on which the Company has a lien.

 

(2) The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the Member requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

 

(3) Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefore, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law.

 

  18  

 

 

49 Without limiting the generality of Article 48, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:

 

(a) a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

(b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

(c) the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

(d) if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

 

50 If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within one month after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

51 The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be suspended and the register of members be closed at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.

 

Transmission of Shares

 

52 If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

 

53 Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or the Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.

 

  19  

 

 

54 A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 75(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

 

Untraceable Members

 

55 (1) Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article 55, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

 

(2) The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of aMember who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 

(a) all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by these Articles have remained uncashed;

 

(b) so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

(c) the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

 

  20  

 

 

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

 

(3) To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article 55 shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

 

General Meetings

 

56 An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year in which these Articles were adopted at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.

 

57 Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called an extraordinary general meeting. General meetings may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board.

 

58 The Board may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

(a) A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than 20% of the share capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

(b) The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the principal place of business of the Company (with a copy forwarded to the registered office), and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

  21  

 

 

(c) If the Directors do not within 21 calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the second said 21 calendar days.

 

(d) A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

Notice Of General Meetings

 

59 (1) An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ notice in writing but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Law, if it is so agreed:

 

(a) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.

 

(2) The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such notice in writing of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.

 

60 The accidental omission to give notice in writing of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.

 

  22  

 

 

Proceedings at General Meetings

 

61 (1) All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of:

 

(a) the declaration and sanctioning of dividends;

 

(b) consideration and adoption of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Board and Auditors and other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet;

 

(c) the election of Directors;

 

(d) appointment of Auditors (where special notice of the intention for such appointment is not required by the Law) and other officers; and

 

(e) the fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors, and the voting of remuneration or extra remuneration to the Directors.

 

(2) No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, one (1) or more Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.

 

62 If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

63 The Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

 

  23  

 

 

64 The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.

 

65 If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

 

Voting

 

66 Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles, any matter brought before any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter and Members present in person or by proxy shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each fully paid share which they hold.

 

67 Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

 

68 If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. There shall be no requirement for the chairman to disclose the voting figures on a poll.

 

69 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.

 

70 The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.

 

  24  

 

 

71 On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

72 A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

73 All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

 

74 Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holder may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.

 

75 (1) A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.

 

(2) Any person entitled under Article 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.

 

76 No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

  25  

 

 

77 If:

 

(a) any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 

(b) any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 

(c) any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted; the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

 

Proxies

 

78 Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.

 

79 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts.

 

80 The instrument appointing a proxy and, if required by the Board, the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places, if any, as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three years from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within three years from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

 

  26  

 

 

81 Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

82 A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two (2) hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

 

83 Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.

 

Corporations Acting By Representatives

 

84 (1) Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.

 

  27  

 

 

(2) If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depository entity, being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depository entity (or its nominee (s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

 

(3) Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Article.

 

No Action By Written Resolutions Of Members

 

85 Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of the Members at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with these Articles and the Law and may not be taken by written resolution of Members without a meeting.

 

Board Of Directors

 

86 (1) Unless otherwise determined by the Members in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than five (5). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Members in general meeting. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter in accordance with these Articles and shall hold office until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated.

 

(2) Subject to the Articles and the Law, the Members may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

(3) The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board. Any Director so appointed by the Board to fill a casual vacancy shall hold office for the remaining term of the Director in whose place he is appointed and shall be eligible for re-election at the expiry of the said term. Any Director so appointed by the Board as an addition to the existing Board shall be designated a class in accordance with Article 87(4), shall hold office until the expiry of the term of the class for which said Director is designated and shall then be eligible for re-election.

 

  28  

 

 

(4) No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.

 

(5) Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement).

 

(6) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the election or appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting. Any Director so appointed by the Members or the Directors shall hold office for the remaining term of the Director in whose place he is appointed.

 

(7) The Members may from time to time in general meeting by ordinary resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than two (2).

 

(8) At each annual general meeting, all of the Directors for the time being shall retire from office, retaining office until the close of such meeting, and shall be eligible for re-election.

 

Disqualification of Directors

 

87 The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

(1) resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;

 

(2) becomes of unsound mind or dies;

 

(3) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or

 

  29  

 

 

(4) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;

 

(5) is prohibited by law from being a Director; or

 

(6) ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.

 

Executive Directors

 

88 The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director. A Director appointed to an office under this Article 88 shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.

 

Alternate Directors

 

89 A Director may not at any time appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director.

 

Directors’ Fees and Expenses

 

90 The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

91 Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

92 Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

  30  

 

 

93 The Board shall determine any payment to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled).

 

Directors’ Interests

 

94 A Director may:

 

(a) hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article;

 

(b) act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director;

 

(c) continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and, unless otherwise agreed, no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Articles the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such other company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.

 

  31  

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no “Independent Director” as defined in the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and with respect of whom the Board has determined constitutes an “Independent Director” for purposes of compliance with applicable law or the Company’s listing requirements, shall without the consent of the Audit Committee take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an “Independent Director” of the Company.

 

95 Subject to the Law and to these Articles, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Article 96 herein. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director”, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by Item 7.N of Form 20F promulgated by the SEC, shall require the approval of the Audit Committee.

 

96 A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Article, a general notice in writing to the Board by a Director to the effect that:

 

(a) he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice in writing be made with that company or firm; or

 

(b) he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice in writing be made with a specified person who is connected with him; shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Article in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.

 

  32  

 

 

97 Following a declaration being made pursuant to the last preceding two Articles, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of the Company’s Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

 

General Powers of The Directors

 

98 (1) The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Members in a general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Members in a general meeting, but no regulations made by the Members in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article.

 

(2) Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any two of the Directors acting jointly on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company.

 

(3) Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

 

(a) To give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed.

 

(b) To give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration.

 

(c) To resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Law.

 

  33  

 

 

99 The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

100 The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.

 

101 The Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

102 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.

 

103 (1) The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.

 

  34  

 

 

(2) The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.

 

Borrowing Powers

 

104 The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

105 Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

 

106 Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Members, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

 

107 (1) Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

 

(2) The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.

 

  35  

 

 

Proceedings of the Directors

 

108 The Board may meet for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote.

 

109 A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by the chief executive officer or chairman, as the case may be, or any Director.

 

110 (1) The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be   equal to a majority of the Board.

 

(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.

 

(3) Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

 

111 The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.

 

112 The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

113 A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.

 

  36  

 

 

114 (1) The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.

 

(2) All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

 

115 The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.

 

116 A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act due to ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.

 

117 All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

 

  37  

 

 

Committees

 

118 Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

119 (1) The Board shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.

 

(2) The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

120 For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Specially, the Audit Committee shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any of the following parties: (i) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that gives such shareholder significant influence over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any director or executive officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any relative of such director or executive officer, (iii) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (i) or (ii) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, and (iv) any affiliate (other than a subsidiary) of the Company.

 

Officers

 

121 (1) The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Law and these Articles. In addition to the officers of the Company, the Board may also from time to time determine and appoint managers and delegate to the same such powers and duties as are prescribed by the Board.

 

(2) The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine.

 

(3) The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

  38  

 

 

122 (1) The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.

 

(2) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Law or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board.

 

123 The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.

 

124 A provision of the Law or of these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.

 

Register of Directors and Officers

 

125 The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Law.

 

Minutes

 

126 (1) The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

(a) of all elections and appointments of officers;

 

(b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 

(c) of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers.

 

(2) Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office.

 

  39  

 

 

Seal

 

127 (1) The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article 127 shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.

 

(2) Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.

 

Authentication of Documents

 

128 Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee thereof which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

 

  40  

 

 

Destruction of Documents

 

129 (1) The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:

 

(a) any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation;

 

(b) any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

(c) any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration;

 

(d) any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and

 

(e) copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed; and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Article 129 shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Article 129 shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

 

(2) Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Articles, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Article 129 and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.

 

  41  

 

 

Dividends and Other Payments

 

130 Subject to the Law, the Company in general meeting or Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members.

 

131 Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed. The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

 

132 Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide,

 

(a) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and

 

(b) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

 

133 The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment. The Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non- preferential rights.

 

134 The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

135 No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

 

  42  

 

 

136 Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

 

137 All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

138 Whenever the Board has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

 

  43  

 

 

139 (1) Whenever the Board has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:

 

(a) that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i) the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

(ii) the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ notice in writing to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

(iii) the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

(iv) the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or

 

(b) that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  44  

 

 

(i) the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

(ii) the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ notice in writing to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

(iii) the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

(iv) the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.

 

  (2) (a) The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article 45 shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Article 145 in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.

 

  45  

 

 

(b) The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article 139 , with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

(3) The Board may resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article 145 a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

 

(4) The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article 145 shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

 

(5) Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

 

Reserves

 

140 (1) The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Law. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Law in relation to the share premium account.

 

  46  

 

 

(2) Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.

 

Capitalisation

 

141 The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the basis that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article 141, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid.

 

142 The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under Article 141 and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.

 

  47  

 

 

Subscription Rights Reserve

 

143 The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Law:

 

(1) If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a) as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article 143) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article 143 a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalised and applied in paying up in full the nominal amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub- paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted;

 

(b) the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by the Law;

 

(c) upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrantholder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between:

 

  48  

 

 

(i) the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and

 

(ii) the nominal amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalised and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrantholders; and

 

(d) if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrantholder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by the Law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue. Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrantholder shall be issued by the Company with a certificat evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares. The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrantholder upon the issue of such certificate.

 

(2) Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned. Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights.

 

  49  

 

 

(3) The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders.

 

(4) A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allottedto exercising warrantholders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrantholders and shareholders.

 

Accounting Records

 

144 The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

145 The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Law or authorised by the Board or the Members in general meeting.

 

146 Subject to Article 145, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by the Law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least ten (10) days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 56 provided that this Article 146 shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.

 

  50  

 

 

147 Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Article 147 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to a summary financial statement, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.

 

148 The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 146 the documents referred to in that article or a summary financial report in accordance with Article 147 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 146 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Article 147, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.

 

Audit

 

149 Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board may appoint an Auditor to audit the accounts of the Company. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

 

150 Subject to the Law the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

151 The remuneration of the Auditor shall be determined by the Audit Committee or, in the absence of such an Audit Committee, by the Board.

 

152 If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 

153 The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

  51  

 

 

154 The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Articles shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Audit Committee. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

 

Notices

 

155 Any notice in writing or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the notice in writing being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

 

156 Any notice in writing or other document:

 

(a) if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof;

 

  52  

 

 

(b) if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member;

 

(c) if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant dispatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and m

 

(d) may be given to a Member in the English language or such other language as may be approved by the Directors, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations.

 

157 (1) Any notice in writing or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such notice in writing or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

(2) A notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

  53  

 

 

(3) Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

 

Signatures

 

158 For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received.

 

Winding Up

 

159 (1) The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

 

(2) A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.

 

160 (1) Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

 

(2) If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

 

  54  

 

 

Indemnity

 

161 (1) The Directors, Secretary and other officers for the time being of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and everyone of them, and everyone of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided that this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.

 

(2) Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company, provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director.

 

  55  

 

 

Amendment to Memorandum and Articles of Association and Name of Company

 

162 No Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company.

 

Information

 

163 No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

  56  

 

Exhibit 3.2.2

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS REVISED)

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

FULING GLOBAL INC.

 

富岭环球有限公司

 

(Effective from the listing of shares on a Designated Stock Exchange and as amended and restated by Special Resolutions dated October 9, 2015)

 

1 The name of the Company is FULING GLOBAL INC.富岭环球有限公司.

 

2 The Registered Office of the Company shall be NovaSage Incorporations (Cayman) Limited, Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 2582, Grand Cayman KY1-1103, Cayman Islands or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and shall include, but without limitation, the following:

 

  (a) (i) To carry on the business of an investment company and to act as promoters and entrepreneurs and to carry on business as financiers, capitalists, concessionaires, merchants, brokers, traders, dealers, agents, importers and exporters and to undertake and carry on and execute all kinds of investment, financial, commercial, mercantile, trading and other operations.

 

(ii) To carry on whether as principals, agents or otherwise howsoever the business of realtors, developers, consultants, estate agents or managers, builders, contractors, engineers, manufacturers, dealers in or vendors of all types of property including services.

 

(b) To exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incidental to the ownership of any shares, stock, obligations or other securities including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing all such powers of veto or control as may be conferred by virtue of the holding by the Company of some special proportion of the issued or nominal amount thereof, to provide managerial and other executive, supervisory and consultant services for or in relation to any company in which the Company is interested upon such terms as may be thought fit.

 

 

 

 

(c) To purchase or otherwise acquire, to sell, exchange, surrender, lease, mortgage, charge, convert, turn to account, dispose of and deal with real and personal property and rights of all kinds and, in particular, mortgages, debentures, produce, concessions, options, contracts, patents, annuities, licences, stocks, shares, bonds, policies, book debts, business concerns, undertakings, claims, privileges and choses in action of all kinds.

 

(d) To subscribe for, conditionally or unconditionally, to underwrite, issue on commission or otherwise, take, hold, deal in and convert stocks, shares and securities of all kinds and to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, reciprocal concessions or cooperation with any person or company and to promote and aid in promoting, to constitute, form or organise any company, syndicate or partnership of any kind, for the purpose of acquiring and undertaking any property and liabilities of the Company or of advancing, directly or indirectly, the objects of the Company or for any other purpose which the Company may think expedient.

 

(e) To stand surety for or to guarantee, support or secure the performance of all or any of the obligations of any person, firm or company whether or not related or affiliated to the Company in any manner and whether by personal covenant or by mortgage, charge or lien upon the whole or any part of the undertaking, property and assets of the Company, both present and future, including its uncalled capital or by any such method and whether or not the Company shall receive valuable consideration thereof.

 

(f) To engage in or carry on any other lawful trade, business or enterprise which may at any time appear to the Directors of the Company capable of being conveniently carried on in conjunction with any of the aforementioned businesses or activities or which may appear to the Directors or the Company likely to be profitable to the Company.

 

In the interpretation of this Memorandum of Association in general and of this Clause 3 in particular no object, business or power specified or mentioned shall be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from any other object, business or power, or the name of the Company, or by the juxtaposition of two or more objects, businesses or powers and that, in the event of any ambiguity in this clause or elsewhere in this Memorandum of Association, the same shall be resolved by such interpretation and construction as will widen and enlarge and not restrict the objects, businesses and powers of and exercisable by the Company.

 

  2  

 

 

4 Except as prohibited or limited by the Companies Law (2013 Revision), the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object and shall have and be capable of from time to time and at all times exercising any and all of the powers at any time or from time to time exercisable by a natural person or body corporate in doing in any part of the world whether as principal, agent, contractor or otherwise whatever may be considered by it necessary for the attainment of its objects and whatever else may be considered by it as incidental or conducive thereto or consequential thereon, including, but without in any way restricting the generality of the and incidental to the promotion, formation and incorporation of the Company; to register the Company to do business in any other jurisdiction; to sell, lease or dispose of any property of the Company; to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, debentures, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments; to lend money or other assets and to act as guarantors; to borrow or raise money on the security of the undertaking or on all or any of the assets of the Company including uncalled capital or without security; to invest monies of the Company in such manner as the Directors determine; to promote other companies; to sell the undertaking of the Company for cash or any other consideration; to distribute assets in specie to Members of the Company; to make charitable or benevolent donations; to pay pensions or gratuities or provide other benefits in cash or kind to Directors, officers, employees, past or present and their families; to purchase Directors and officers liability insurance and to carry on any trade or business and generally to do all acts and things which, in the opinion of the Company or the Directors, may be conveniently or profitably or usefully acquired and dealt with, carried on, executed or done by the Company in connection with the business aforesaid PROVIDED THAT the Company shall only carry on the businesses for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands when so licensed under the terms of such laws.

 

5 The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

6 The share capital of the Company is US$70,000.00 divided into 70,000,000 shares with a par value of US$0.001 each with power for the Company insofar as is permitted by law, to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Law (2013 Revision) and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained PROVIDED ALWAYS that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Memorandum of Association, the Company shall have no power to issue bearer shares, warrants, coupons or certificates.

 

7 If the Company is registered as exempted, its operations will be carried on subject to the provisions of Section 174 of the Companies Law (2013 Revision) and, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law (2013 Revision) and the Articles of Association, it shall have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

  3  

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fuling Global Inc.
Floor 4,
Willow House,
PO Box 2582,
Grand Cayman KY1-1103,
Cayman Islands

 

20 October 2015

 

Dear Sirs

 

Fuling Global Inc. (the “Company”)

 

We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended to date relating to the offering by the Company of the Company’s ordinary shares of par value US$0.001 each (the “Shares”).

 

We are furnishing this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

1 Documents Reviewed

 

We have reviewed originals, copies, drafts or conformed copies of the following documents:

 

1.1 The certificate of incorporation of the Company dated 19 January 2015.

 

1.2 The memorandum and articles of association of the Company as adopted on incorporation of the Company (the “Pre-IPO M&A”).

 

1.3 The first amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as adopted by a special resolution passed on 9 October 2015 and effective immediately upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of its Shares (the “IPO M&A”).

 

1.4 The written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company dated 14 October 2015 (the “Directors’ Resolutions”).

 

1.5 The written resolutions of the shareholders of the Company dated 14 October 2015 (the “Shareholders’ Resolutions”).

 

 

 

 

1.6 A certificate of good standing with respect to the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies dated 14 October 2015 (the “Certificate of Good Standing”).

  

1.7 A certificate of incumbency dated 20 October 2015 issued by the registered agent of the Company (the “Certificate”).

 

1.8 The Registration Statement.

 

2 Assumptions

 

The following opinions are given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion letter. These opinions only relate to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion letter. In giving the following opinions, we have relied (without further verification) upon the completeness and accuracy of the Certificate and the Certificate of Good Standing. We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:

 

2.1 Copies of documents, conformed copies or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals.

 

2.2 All signatures, initials and seals are genuine.

 

2.3 There is nothing under any law (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands) which would or might affect the opinions set out below.

 

3 Opinions

 

Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions and the qualifications set out below, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1 The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

3.2 The authorised share capital of the Company is US$70,000 divided into 70,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.001 each.

 

3.3 The issue and allotment of the Shares have been duly authorised and when allotted, issued and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Shares will be legally issued and allotted, fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a share is only issued when it has been entered in the register of members (shareholders).

 

3.4 The statements under the caption “Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

 

  2

 

 

4 Qualifications

 

In this opinion letter the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to shares in the Company, that a shareholder shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a shareholder, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with regard to warranties or representations that may be made by or with respect to the Company in any of the documents or instruments cited in this opinion letter or otherwise with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion letter.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Campbells

 

Campbells

 

  3

Exhibit 8.1

 

     
   

Kaufman & Canoles, P.C.

Two James Center, 14th Floor

1021 E. Cary St.

Richmond, VA 23219

 

 

T (804) 771.5700

F (804) 771.5777

 

kaufCAN.com

     

 

October 20, 2015

 

 

Fuling Global Inc.

Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town

Wenling, Zhejiang Province 317511

People’s Republic of China

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel as to matters of United States law, including tax law, to Fuling Global Inc., a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333- 205894) and all amendments thereto (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), as originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on July 27, 2015. The Registration Statement relates to the offering of up to a certain number of the Company’s ordinary shares, $0.001 par value per share.

 

We have examined such documents and have reviewed such questions of law, as we have considered necessary and appropriate for the purposes of our opinion set forth below. In rendering our opinions set forth below, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures and the conformity to authentic originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity for all purposes relevant hereto of all natural persons and, with respect to all parties to agreements or instruments relevant hereto other than the Company, that such parties had the requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to execute, deliver and perform such agreements or instruments, that such agreements or instruments have been duly authorized by all requisite action (corporate or otherwise), executed and delivered by such parties and that such agreements or instruments are the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of such parties. As to questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied upon factual statements and factual representations of officers of the Company.

 

Based upon and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

The statements made in the Registration Statement, under the caption “Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares,” to the extent such statements relate to matters of United States tax law, represent our opinion. This opinion is given under Item 601 of Regulation S-K, as our opinion regarding tax matters. All such statements are based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of the prospectus, all of which are subject to change. Further, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or a court will not take a contrary position.

 

 

 

Fuling Global Inc.

October 20, 2015

Page 2

 

 

Our opinions expressed above are limited to the tax laws of the United States. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this letter in the event of any changes in law or fact arising after the date hereof; provided, however, that our opinions set forth in the Registration Statement will be revised, if needed to remain accurate in all material respects as of the effective date of the Registration Statement.

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name in the Registration Statement and the prospectus that forms a part thereof. In giving these consents, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

   
  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ KAUFMAN & CANOLES, P.C.
   
  KAUFMAN & CANOLES, P.C.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Form of Subscription Agreement

 

This subscription (this “ Subscription ”) is dated ____________ , 2015, by and between the investor identified on the signature page hereto (the “ Investor ”) and Fuling Global Inc. , a Cayman Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), whereby the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Subscription .

 

Investor agrees to buy and the Company agrees to sell and issue to Investor such number of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s ordinary shares, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), as set forth on the signature page hereto, for an aggregate purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of Shares the Investor has agreed to purchase and (y) the purchase price per share (the “ Purchase Price ”) as set forth on the signature page hereto.  The Purchase Price is set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

The Shares are being registered for sale pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1, Registration No. 333-205894 (the “ Registration Statement ”).  The Registration Statement will have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) prior to issuance of any Shares and acceptance of Investors subscription. The prospectus, however, is subject to change. A final prospectus and/or prospectus supplement will be delivered to the Investor as required by law.

 

The Ordinary Shares are being offered by Burnham Securities Inc. and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc, (the “ Underwriters ”) as underwriters on a “best efforts, all or none basis”. The completion of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at a place and time (the “ Closing Date ”) to be specified by the Company and Underwriter in accordance with Rule 15c6-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).  Upon satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to closing set forth in the Underwriting Agreement and Registration Statement, at the Closing, (i) the Investor shall pay the Purchase Price by check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s escrow account per wire instructions as provided on the signature line below, and (ii) the Company shall cause the Shares to be delivered to the Investor with the delivery of the Shares to be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC system in accordance with the instructions set forth on the signature page attached hereto under the heading “DWAC Instructions” (or, if requested by the Investor on the signature page hereto, through the physical delivery of certificates evidencing the Shares to the residential or business address indicated thereon).

 

The Underwriter and any participating broker dealers (the “ Members ”) shall confirm, via the selected dealer agreement or master selected dealer agreement that it will comply with rule 15c2-4. As per rule 15c2-4 and notice to members 84-7 (the “ Rule ”), all checks that are accompanied by a subscription agreement will be promptly sent along with the subscription agreements to the escrow account by noon the next business day. In regards to monies being wired from an investor’s bank account, the Members shall request the investors send their wires by the next business day, however, we cannot insure the investors will forward their respective monies as per the Rule. In regards to monies being sent from an investors account held at the participating broker, the funds will be “promptly transmitted” to the escrow agent following the receipt of a completed subscription document and completed wire instructions by the investor to send funds to the escrow account. Absent unusual circumstances, funds in customer accounts will be transmitted by noon of the next business day. In the event that funds are sent in and the offering does not close for any reason prior to the Termination Date set forth in the final Registration Statement, all funds will be returned to investors promptly in accordance with the escrow agreement terms and applicable law.

 

2. Miscellaneous .

 

This Subscription may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other parties hereto, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.  Execution may be made by delivery by facsimile or via electronic format.

 

All communications hereunder, except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered, sent by a recognized overnight courier service such as Federal Express, or sent via facsimile and confirmed by letter, to the party to whom it is addressed at the following addresses or such other address as such party may advise the other in writing:

 

To the Company:  as set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

To the Investor:  as set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

All notices hereunder shall be effective upon receipt by the party to which it is addressed.

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement, please confirm this by signing and returning to us the duplicate copy of this Subscription.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

     
 

 

[Signature Page to Investor Subscription Agreement for Fuling Global Inc.]

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement, please confirm this by signing and returning to us the duplicate copy of this Subscription.

 

Number of Shares:__________________________ Fuling Global Inc.
   
Purchase Price per Share: $___________________  
  By: _____________________________
Aggregate Purchase  Price: $__________________ Name:__________________________
  Title: ___________________________
   
  Address Notice:
   
INVESTOR:  ________________________________ Fuling Global Inc.
 

Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town

  Wenling, Zhejiang Province
  People’s Republic of China 317511
By: ________________________________________  
Name:  
Title:    

 

¨ Check Method of Payment: Check enclosed ___ or

 

¨ Please wire $_________________________from my account held at: _____________________________

 

Account Title: _______________________; Account Number: ______________________

 

To the following instructions: Signature Bank; 950 Third Avenue, 9th Floor New York, New York 10022

ABA/Routing # 026013576

Swift #: SIGNUS33

Account # 1502534668

Account Title: Fuling Global Inc. Signature Bank as Escrow Agent

Telephone No. (646) 822 1940

Fax No. (646) 758 8372

 

By: ____________________________________ Date____________2015

Name:

Title:

 

Select method of delivery of Shares: DRS or DWAC

DWAC DELIVERY DWAC Instructions:

 

1. Name of DTC Participant (broker-dealer at which the account or accounts to be credited with the Shares are maintained): _______________________________
2. DTC Participant Number: _______________________________
3. Name of Account at DTC Participant being credited with the Shares: _______________________________
4. Account Number of DTC Participant being credited with the Shares: _______________________________

 

Or PHYSICAL DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES Delivery Instructions:

Name in which Shares should be issued:

 

Address for delivery: c/o______________________; Street_________________________________________

 

City/State/Zip: ______________________________; Attention: _____________________________________

 

Telephone No.: _____________________________ 

 

     

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ESCROW DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED ESCROW DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) entered into and dated as of this 16 th day of October 2015, amends and restates in its entirety, the existing Escrow Deposit Agreement entered into and dated as of September 15, 2015, by and among FULING GLOBAL INC., a Cayman Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), having an address at Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town, Wenling, Zhejiang Province, Peoples Republic of China 317511, BURNHAM SECURITIES INC ., a FINRA member firm (the “ Underwriter ”) as representative of the underwriters, including itself and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., having an address at 40 West 57 th Street, New York, New York 10019, and SIGNATURE BANK (the “ Escrow Agent ”), a New York State chartered bank, having an office at 950 Third Avenue, 9 th Floor, New York, NY 10022, . All capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in that certain Registration Statement on Form F-1 of the Company, as initially publicly filed July 28, 2015 (Registration No. 333-205894), as amended or supplemented from time-to-time, including all attachments, schedules and exhibits thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”).

 

 

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the terms of the Registration Statement the Company desires to sell (the “ Offering ”) up to 4,000,000 shares for an aggregate offering amount of $20,000,000 (“ Offering Amount ”) of its ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share (each, a “ Share ” together, the “ Shares ”). Each Share is being sold at a price of $5.00 per Share (share prices and number of Shares are subject to change pending final effective Registration Statement); and

 

WHEREAS , the Underwriter has an over-subscription option to sell up to an additional 750,000 Shares for an additional $3,000,000 (the “ Over-Subscription Shares ”) of offering proceeds; and

 

WHEREA S, the Underwriter is acting as Representative of the underwriters as agent for the sale of the Shares on a “best efforts, all or none basis” on behalf of the Company whereby if the Offering Amount of securities is not sold, none will be sold and all funds returned to investors; and

 

WHEREAS, unless the Offering Amount is sold by October 31, 2015 (the “ Termination Date ”), or, by November 30, 2015 (the “ Final Termination Date ”) if the Termination Date has been extended by Company and the Underwriter, the Offering shall terminate and all funds shall be returned to the subscribers in the Offering and, if the Offering Amount is sold, the Offering may continue until the Termination Date or Final Termination Date if extended; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Underwriter desire to establish an escrow account with the Escrow Agent into which the Company and the Underwriter shall instruct Subscribers introduced to the Company by the Underwriter (the “ Subscribers ”) to deposit checks and other instruments for the payment of money made payable to the order of “ Signature Bank as Escrow Agent for Fuling Global Inc. ,” and Escrow Agent is willing to accept said checks and other instruments for the payment of money in accordance with the terms hereinafter set forth; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company, as issuer, and the Underwriter, as an introducing broker-dealer, represent and warrant to the Escrow Agent that they will comply with all of their respective obligations under applicable state and federal securities laws and regulations with respect to sale of the Offering; and

 

1  

 

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Underwriter represent and warrant to the Escrow Agent that they have not stated to any individual or entity that the Escrow Agent’s duties will include anything other than those duties stated in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Underwriter warrant to the Escrow Agent that a copy of each document that has been delivered to Subscribers and third parties that include Escrow Agent’s name and duties, has been attached hereto as Schedule I .

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.            Delivery of Escrow Funds .

 

(a)          The Underwriter and the Company shall instruct Subscribers to deliver to Escrow Agent checks made payable to the order of “Signature Bank, as Escrow Agent for Fuling Global Inc.” or wire transfer to Signature Bank, 950 Third Avenue, 9 th Floor, New York, NY 10022, ABA No. 026013576 for credit to Signature Bank, as Escrow Agent for Fuling Global, Inc., Account No. 1502534668, in each case, with the name and address of the individual or entity making payment. In the event any Subscriber’s address is not provided to Escrow Agent by the Subscriber, then the Underwriter and/or the Company agree to promptly provide Escrow Agent with such information in writing. The checks or wire transfers shall be deposited into a non interest-bearing account at Signature Bank entitled “ Fuling Global Inc., Signature Bank, as Escrow Agent ” (the “ Escrow Account ”).

 

(b)          The collected funds deposited into the Escrow Account are referred to as the “ Escrow Funds .”

 

(c)          The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to enforce the collection or demand payment of any funds deposited into the Escrow Account. If, for any reason, any check deposited into the Escrow Account shall be returned unpaid to the Escrow Agent, the sole duty of the Escrow Agent shall be to return the check to the Subscriber and advise the Company and the Underwriter promptly thereof.

 

(d)          Funds or checks received by Underwriter shall be forwarded to the Escrow Agent by noon of the next business day following the date of receipt thereof by the Underwriter.

 

2.            Release of Escrow Funds . The Escrow Funds shall be paid by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the following:

 

(a)          In the event that the Company and the Underwriter advise the Escrow Agent in writing that the Offering has been terminated (the “ Termination Notice ”), the Escrow Agent shall promptly return the funds paid by each Subscriber to said Subscriber without interest or offset.

 

2  

 

 

(b)          If prior to 3:00 P.M. Eastern time on the Termination Date, the Escrow Agent receives written notice, in the form of Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof, and signed by the Company and the Underwriter, stating that the Termination Date has been extended to the Final Termination Date (the “ Extension Notice ”), then the Termination Date shall be so extended.

 

(c)          Provided that the Escrow Agent does not receive the Termination Notice in accordance with paragraph 2(a) and there is the Offering Amount deposited into the Escrow Account on or prior to later of the Termination Date or the date stated in the Extension Notice, if any, received by the Escrow Agent in accordance with paragraph 2(b) above, the Escrow Agent shall, upon receipt of written instructions, in the form of Exhibit B , attached hereto and made a part hereof, or in a form and substance satisfactory to the Escrow Agent, received from the Company and the Underwriter, pay the Escrow Funds in accordance with such written instructions, which instructions shall be limited to payment of the Underwriter’s fee and offering expenses and the payment of the balance to the Company. Such payment or payments to be made by wire transfer within one (1) Business Day of receipt of such written instructions which must be received by the Escrow Agent no later than 3:00 PM Eastern Time on a Banking Day for the Escrow Agent to process such instructions that Banking Day.

 

(d)          If by 3:00 P.M. Eastern time on the later of the Termination Date or the date stated in the Extension Notice, if any, that the Escrow Agent has received in accordance with paragraph 2(b) above, the Escrow Agent has not received written instructions from the Company and the Underwriter regarding the disbursement of the Escrow Funds or the total amount of the Escrow Funds is less than the Offering Amount, then the Escrow Agent shall promptly return the Escrow Funds to the Subscribers without interest or offset. The Escrow Funds returned to each Subscriber shall be free and clear of any and all claims of the Escrow Agent.

 

(e)          The Escrow Agent shall not be required to pay any uncollected funds or any funds that are not available for withdrawal. Should any party to this Agreement be a non-U.S. entity, the Escrow Agent may require up to an additional five (5) Business Days to open the Escrow Account.

 

(f)          If the Termination Date, Final Termination Date or any date that is a deadline under this Agreement for giving the Escrow Agent notice or instructions or for the Escrow Agent to take action is not a Banking Day, then such date shall be the Banking Day that immediately preceding that date. A Banking Day is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day that a New York State chartered bank is not legally obligated to be opened.

 

3.            Acceptance by Escrow Agent . The Escrow Agent hereby accepts and agrees to perform its obligations hereunder, provided that:

 

3  

 

 

(a)          The Escrow Agent may act in reliance upon any signature believed by it to be genuine, and may assume that any person who has been designated by the Underwriter or the Company to give any written instructions, notice or receipt, or make any statements in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so. Escrow Agent shall have no duty to make inquiry as to the genuineness, accuracy or validity of any statements or instructions or any signatures on statements or instructions. The names and true signatures of each individual authorized to act singly on behalf of the Company and the Underwriter are stated in Schedule II , which is attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Company and the Underwriter may each remove or add one or more of its authorized signers stated on Schedule II by notifying the Escrow Agent of such change in accordance with this Agreement, which notice shall include the true signature for any new authorized signatories.

 

(b)          The Escrow Agent may act relative hereto in reliance upon advice of counsel in reference to any matter connected herewith. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any mistake of fact or error of judgment or law, or for any acts or omissions of any kind, unless caused by its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(c)          The Underwriter and the Company agree to indemnify and hold the Escrow Agent harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, liabilities, damages, suits, demands, judgments or expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees) claimed against or incurred by Escrow Agent arising out of or related, directly or indirectly, to this Escrow Agreement unless caused by the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(d)          In the event that the Escrow Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or rights hereunder, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to (i) refrain from taking any action other than to keep safely the Escrow Funds until it shall be directed otherwise by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) deliver the Escrow Funds to a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(e)          The Escrow Agent shall have no duty, responsibility or obligation to interpret or enforce the terms of any agreement other than Escrow Agent’s obligations hereunder, and the Escrow Agent shall not be required to make a request that any monies be delivered to the Escrow Account, it being agreed that the sole duties and responsibilities of the Escrow Agent shall be to the extent not prohibited by applicable law (i) to accept checks or other instruments for the payment of money and wire transfers delivered to the Escrow Agent for the Escrow Account and deposit said checks and wire transfers into the non-interest bearing Escrow Account, and (ii) to disburse or refrain from disbursing the Escrow Funds as stated above, provided that the checks received by the Escrow Agent have been collected and are available for withdrawal.

 

4.            Escrow Account Statements and Information. The Escrow Agent agrees to send to the Company and/or the Underwriter a copy of the Escrow Account periodic statement, upon request in accordance with the Escrow Agent’s regular practices for providing account statements to its non-escrow clients and to also provide the Company and/or the Underwriter, or their designee, upon request other deposit account information, including Escrow Account balances, by telephone or by computer communication, to the extent practicable. The Company and the Underwriter agree to complete and sign all forms or agreements required by the Escrow Agent for that purpose. The Company and the Underwriter each consents to the Escrow Agent’s release of such Escrow Account information to any of the individuals designated by Company or the Underwriter, which designation has been signed in accordance with paragraph 3(a) by any of the persons in Schedule II.  Further, the Company and the Underwriter have an option to receive e-mail notification of incoming and outgoing wire transfers. If this e-mail notification service is requested and subsequently approved by the Escrow Agent, the Company and the Underwriter each agrees to provide a valid e-mail address and other information necessary to set-up this service and sign all forms and agreements required for such service. The Company and the Underwriter each consents to the Escrow Agent’s release of wire transfer information to the designated e-mail address(es). The Escrow Agent’s liability for failure to comply with this section shall not exceed the cost of providing such information.

 

4  

 

 

5.            Resignation and Termination of the Escrow Agent . The Escrow Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Underwriter and the Company. Upon providing such notice, the Escrow Agent shall have no further obligation hereunder except to hold as depository the Escrow Funds that it receives until the end of such 30-day period. In such event, the Escrow Agent shall not take any action, other than receiving and depositing Subscribers checks and wire transfers in accordance with this Agreement, until the Company has designated a bank, in compliance with SEC Rule 15c2-4 as successor to the Escrow Agent. Upon receipt of such written designation signed by the Underwriter and the Company, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver the Escrow Funds to such successor and shall thereafter have no further obligations hereunder. If such instructions are not received within thirty (30) days following the effective date of such resignation, then the Escrow Agent may deposit the Escrow Funds held by it pursuant to this Agreement with a clerk of a court of competent jurisdiction pending the appointment of a successor. In either case provided for in this paragraph, the Escrow Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations and released from all liability thereafter arising with respect to the Escrow Funds.

 

6.            Termination . The Company and the Underwriter may terminate the appointment of the Escrow Agent hereunder upon written notice specifying the date upon which such termination shall take effect, which date shall be at least 30 days from the date of such notice. In the event of such termination, the Company and the Underwriter shall, within thirty (30) days of such notice, appoint a successor escrow agent and the Escrow Agent shall, upon receipt of written instructions signed by the Company and the Underwriter, turn over to such successor escrow agent all of the Escrow Funds; provided , however , that if the Company and the Underwriter fail to appoint a successor escrow agent within such thirty (30)-day period, such termination notice shall be null and void and the Escrow Agent shall continue to be bound by all of the provisions hereof. Upon receipt of the Escrow Funds, the successor escrow agent shall become the escrow agent hereunder and shall be bound by all of the provisions hereof and Signature Bank shall be relieved of all further obligations and released from all liability thereafter arising with respect to the Escrow Funds and under this Agreement.

 

7.            Investment and Rule 15c2-4 Compliance . All funds received by the Escrow Agent shall be held only in non-interest bearing bank accounts at Escrow Agent and disbursed in compliance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

5  

 

 

8.            Compensation . Escrow Agent shall be entitled, for the duties to be performed by it hereunder, to a fee of $4,000, which fee shall be paid by the Company upon the signing of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall be obligated to reimburse Escrow Agent for all fees, costs and expenses incurred or that become due in connection with this Agreement or the Escrow Account, including reasonable attorney’s fees. Neither the modification, cancellation, termination or rescission of this Agreement nor the resignation or termination of the Escrow Agent shall affect the right of Escrow Agent to retain the amount of any fee which has been paid, or to be reimbursed or paid any amount which has been incurred or becomes due, prior to the effective date of any such modification, cancellation, termination, resignation or rescission. To the extent the Escrow Agent has incurred any such expenses, or any such fee becomes due, prior to any closing, the Escrow Agent shall advise the Company and the Company shall direct all such amounts to be paid directly at any such closing. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to a fee of $1,000 in the event this Agreement is amended for any reason in accordance with Section 10(d).

 

9.            Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if sent by hand-delivery, by facsimile (followed by first-class mail), by nationally recognized overnight courier service or by prepaid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the addresses set forth below:

 

If to any Underwriter:

 

Burnham Securities, Inc., as Representative of the Underwriters

40 West 57 th Street, 28 th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Dan McClory

Fax: (949) 266-5789

 

With a copy to:

 

CKR Law, LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Attention Mark Crone, Esq. or Ron Levy, Esq.

Phone: (212) 400-6900

Fax: (212) 400-6901

 

If to the Company:

 

Southeast Industrial Zone, Songmen Town

Wenling, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 317511

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: +86-576-86623099

 

6  

 

 

With a copy to:

 

Kaufman & Canoles, P.C.

Two James Center, 14th Floor

1021 E. Cary St.

Richmond, VA 23219

Attention: Anthony W. Basch

Fax: 1 (804) 771-5777

 

If to Escrow Agent:

 

Signature Bank

950 Third Avenue, 9 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention : John Gonzalez, Group Director & Senior Vice President

Fax: (646) 822-1520

 

10.          General .

 

(a)          This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be entirely performed within such State, without regard to choice of law principles and any action brought hereunder shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York, located in the County of New York. Each party hereto irrevocably waives any objection on the grounds of venue, forum nonconveniens or any similar grounds and irrevocably consents to service of process by mail or in any manner permitted by applicable law and consents to the jurisdiction of said courts. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)          This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the matters contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings relating thereto.

 

(c)          All of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the parties hereto, as well as their respective successors and assigns.

 

(d)          This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded or canceled, and any of the terms or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by each party hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect its right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver of any party of any condition, or of the breach of any term contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such condition or breach or a waiver of any other condition or of the breach of any other term of this Agreement. No party may assign any rights, duties or obligations hereunder unless all other parties have given their prior written consent.

 

7  

 

 

(e)          If any provision included in this Agreement proves to be invalid or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(f)          This Agreement and any modification or amendment of this Agreement may be executed in several counterparts or by separate instruments and all of such counterparts and instruments shall constitute one agreement, binding on all of the parties hereto.

 

11.           Form of Signature. The parties hereto agree to accept a facsimile transmission copy of their respective actual signatures as evidence of their actual signatures to this Agreement and any modification or amendment of this Agreement; provided , however , that each party who produces a facsimile signature agrees, by the express terms hereof, to place, promptly after transmission of his or her signature by fax, a true and correct original copy of his or her signature in overnight mail to the address of the other party.

 

12.           No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and no other person has any right, benefit, priority or interest under or because of the existence of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

8  

 

 

[Counterpart Signature Page to Escrow Agreement]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

FULING GLOBAL, INC.   BURNHAM SECURITIES, INC.  
           
By: /s/ Xinfu Hu   By:        /s/ Daniel J. McClory  
  Name: Xinfu Hu     Name: Daniel J. McClory  
  Title:   CEO     Title:   Managing Director  

 

SIGNATURE BANK

 

By: /s/ John Gonzalez  
  Name: John Gonzalez  
  Title:   Group Director / SVP  

 

By: /s/ Stephen Fry  
  Name: Stephen Fry  
  Title:   Senior Client Associate  

 

9  

 

 

Schedule I

 

OFFERING DOCUMENTS

 

10  

 

 

Schedule II

 

The Escrow Agent is authorized to accept instructions signed or believed by the Escrow Agent to be signed by any one of the following on behalf of the Company and the Underwriter.

 

Fuling Global Inc.

 

Name   True Signature
     
Xinfu Hu   /s/ Xinfu Hu

 

Burnham Securities Inc.

  

Name   True Signature
     
Daniel J. McClory   /s/ Daniel J. McClory
     
Rashaun Williams   /s/ Rashaun Williams

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

EXTENSION NOTICE

 

Date: October __, 2015

 

Signature Bank

950 Third Avenue, 9 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: John Gonzalez, Group Director & Senior Vice President

 

Dear Mr. Gonzalez:

 

In accordance with the terms of paragraph 2(b) of the Escrow Deposit Agreement dated as of September 15, 2015 by and among Fuling Global Inc., a Cayman Islands company (the “ Company ”), Burnham Securities Inc. as representative of the underwriters (the “ Underwriter ”), and Signature Bank (the “ Escrow Agent ”), as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Escrow Deposit Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2015 (the “ Amended and Restated Escrow Deposit Agreement ”), the Company and Underwriter hereby notifies the Escrow Agent that the Termination Date has been extended to November __, 2015 (the “ Final Termination Date ”).

 

Very truly yours,

 

Fuling Global Inc.

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Burnham Securities Inc.

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF ESCROW RELEASE NOTICE

 

Date:

 

Signature Bank

950 Third Avenue, 9 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: John Gonzalez, Group Director & Senior Vice President

 

Dear Mr. Gonzalez:

 

In accordance with the terms of paragraph 2(c) of an Escrow Deposit Agreement originally dated entered into as of September 15, 2015 (the " Escrow Agreement "), by and between ____________ (the " Company "), Signature Bank (the " Escrow Agent ") and Burnham Securities, Inc., as representative of the Underwriters (the “ Underwriter ”), as amended and restated by the Amended and Restated Escrow Deposit Agreement dated as of October 16, 2015 (the “ Amended and Restated Escrow Deposit Agreement ”), the Company and Underwriter hereby notify the Escrow Agent that the ________ closing will be held on ___________ for gross proceeds of $_________.

 

PLEASE DISTRIBUTE FUNDS BY WIRE TRANSFER AS FOLLOWS (wire instructions attached):

 

________________________: $
   
________________________: $
   
________________________: $
   
________________________: $

 

Very truly yours,

 

Fuling Global Inc.

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Burnham Securities Inc.

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form F-1/A of our report dated February 27, 2015, except for Notes 1 and 7, as to which the date is June 18, 2015 and Notes 2, 13 and 14, as to which the date is July 27, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Fuling Global Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

Friedman LLP

 

 

New York, New York

October 20, 2015